Search results
(101 - 120 of 206)
Pages
- Title
- Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1991
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
1
TUITION REFUND POLICY
The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Rcfund of all or part of the remaining
fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the
Registra~'s Office.
Schcdtrle of Reft~llr~ds:
1'1 ior to tlie second sclicdulcd class meeting...
Show more 1 TUITION REFUND POLICY The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Rcfund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registra~'s Office. Schcdtrle of Reft~llr~ds: 1'1 ior to tlie second sclicdulcd class meeting - 100'%> of tlic rcf~lndablrportion of the fcc 11f the rclundablc p111 tion of the fee I'rior to the follrtli schcdulcd class mcrting 75'%, PI ior t11 the sixth schcd~~lcd class ~iic~tirig - 500<,of tlic refundable poutic~nof the fcc. - Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated wit11 The Eva~igelicalLutheran Cl~urcliof America. Located in tlie heart of Minneapolis, the small collcge environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by t11c many cultural, sport and recreatiol~alactivities found in this vibrant ~netropolitanarea. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightf~~l and broadening experience. Campus Location C ugsburg in the Summer Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships and independent studies. Term I runs from May 28 -June 21, Term I1 runs 2. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and from June 24 - A u ? of publication. was correct at bh- DOWNTOWN MINNEAPOLIS \ \ \ \ \ \ nmer 1991 Beginnii~gof Scheduling Registratioi Classes Beg Balance of Tuition Due Term I Term I1 April 24 April 24 May 28-29 35W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn lcft on Washington (turns right o ~ i t o Cedar A v e ~ ~ u cTurli ) , left at Riverside, right at 21st A v e ~ ~ S. ue June 24-25 Last Day to: Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation Register with a Late Fee of $50 (no registrations will be accepted after this date' May 30 June 26 Holiday None July 4 \ 1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, ~ L I ~ left I I at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. I Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W) June 11 July 15 Classes End June 21 August 2 I Grades Due in Registrar's June 26 . August 7 I 1 1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. 35W from the SouthFollow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside, t ~ ~ left r n at 21st Avenue S. NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Aineildments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational .. ... I Summer Students may take one coursc during Term I and two courses during Term 11. Unlcss otherwise indicated, all courses carry a valuc of one coursc credit, the equivalent of four semester crcdits or six quartcr credits. Courses fulfilling Augsb ~ ~ distribution rg requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmcn and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level. Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in thc Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer offering,please contact the Summer Scliool Officc. Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the Summcr School Office for information Students needing housing may obtain information from the Dircctor of Resident Life The College Reserves the Right to cancel listed courses. Information and Forms Eligibility Additio~ialinformation and registration forms may be obtained from the Surnmcr School Officc Persons in Good Standing at regionally accrcdited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for tlie next Pall Term arc clieiblc to attend Augsburg Sumrncr School. Good standing implies that thc st~~dcnt has bcc~iadmitted and not s ~ ~ b s ~ q ~droppcd ~ e ~ i t l by y that institution. Write or call: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFlCE Murphy Place 731 21st Aven~~e South Miluieapolis, M N 55454 6121330-1786 Elizabeth VanderScliaaf, Dirccto~ Jay Dixen, Secretary Financial Aid Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan Any st~ldenttaking one course is regarded as a half-time student for tlie summer and is eligible to apply for a G~laralitcedStudent Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Officc to make loan arrangements (330-1046) The dcadli~icfor applying for Financial Aid for Sumrncr School is April 15, 1991. You must have a complete filc in the Financial Aid Officc by April 15 in order to rcccivc an award Other persons wishing to takc sulnmcr school w o ~k shoi~ldcontact the Dircctor of Summer Scliool to ascel tain eligibility under special circ~~mstanccs. Acceptance as a sulnlncr student does not imply admission as a regular student of A~lgsburgCollege.Those wishing to bcgin a degree program at tlic College should apply for admission tlirougli tlie Office of Admission. itarting April 24 you may schedule Summer School courses at the Regist.-. _ lffice on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each cours'e scheduled must ,e accompanied by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is appliedlo dc>SI'bmated Jourse tuition and is non-refundable except when a course is cancelled. When this happens, you may elect to receivc a deposit refund or substitute another course. To avoid disappointment in course selection, schedule as soon as you can. Many courses with limited enrollment fill early. Conversely, courses with low preregistration enrollment may be cancelled before the first day of the term Term I Summer School students are required to finalize their registrations on May 28 or 29. Term I1 registrations must be finalized on June 24 or 25. This proccdurc applies to all courses, including internships and independent studies. Finalizing registration will takc place at the Business Office, 114 Science Hall, between the lours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on May 28 and 29, and June 24 and 25. T11c balance )wing for tuition must be paid before registration is finalized. Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous term/s must be paid in full before you can finalize registration. A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on May 30. A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 26. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates. To change your registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration after tlie second day of each term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on May 30 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m In June 26 for Term I1 courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. A]-., -?fund or adjustment of fees is " determined accnrdino the "Tuition Refunc 1;-11 I The tuition charge for 1991 Summer Schc cs is as follows. $595.00 for full credit courses, $320.00 for half-credit courses, and $160.00 for fourth-credit courses. Audits are charged at the tuition ratcs listed above. 1, EDE382-8142 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS Drewlow Examination and preparation of materials and resources for lnatlielnatics instruction at the kindergarten and clelncntary levcls. Dist : No. (1/2 coursc) 6:00-9:00 }I 111 T,TII OM11 a] ART 107-8100 DRAWING BOl'lnall Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjects include slill-life, figures, building interiors, cxtcrio~s, cupcrimcntal work Dist : Yes 6:f-Of I M,T,W,'lI OM 17 ART 118-8101 ART 335-8102 PAINTING I AND I1 Bollman Watcrcolcr~-acrylic; translating thc visual world of n a t ~ ~ rlandscapes, c, still-life, sing design concepts, developing personal cxplcssion and cxplo~ing variety of Lcchnicli~cs.Weekly critiques Dist : Yes. 6:OO-9:OO / I 111 M,'l',W,.l'l~ OM1 7 BUS 322-8108 ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I Kader Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, illcome concepts, current and non-c~~rrcnt oist: N~ prerca,: BUS 221, ECO 113, IM1.3 BUS 331-8109 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT Solnick Theory of acq~~isiticln, allocation, and management of funds wilhin the firm. Sources and uses of long and s h o ~t term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, lcvcmgc, dividend policy, and related topics Prereq.: BUS 222, ECO 113 OM12 S:30-1U:J'O n.111. M,T, W,TII,F - ART 352-8103 WOMEN'S ART HISTORY Anderson A s t ~ ~ of d ythe placc of women in the history of the visual ~ ~ t ~ - artists, ~ . : as subjects, and as patrons M,T, W,T/I Foss 4.3 B10101-8104 HUMAN BIOLOGY Mickelbere .'.biological concepts from an anthropocentric " ahlc point of view. An ,Ittempt to answer silcli questions as: What makes Inan just another member of the biotic fold? Docs man have a niche in the ecosystem? What inllucnce does man have on tlie environment? What influcncc docs the cn\,ironmcnt, especially tlie urban environment, have on man? (A s t ~ ~ d emay n t not ~rcccivccredit for both 101 and 103.) Dist.: Yes. BUS 221-8105 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I Stoller Int~udicctionto business activities, basic concepts and lundamcntals of accounting, the a c c o ~ ~ n t i ncycle g and preparation of financial statements. Dist . No. S:30-10:51J 11 I I I M,T,W,T/l,F OM23 BUS 242-8106 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT Cerrito Development of tlie tlicory of managc~ucnt,organi~ation,staffing, planning and control.'Slic n a t u ~ cof a~~tliority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of tlic role or Lhc professional Inanagcr Dist : No. 6:fJO-9:00 JI.III, M,T, W,Tlr OM2.Z BUS 252-8107 PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING Meziou Basic policy and strategy issi~csin ma1 keting. I>cgal,cthical, competitive, beliavio~al, economic and technological factors as they affect prc~di~ct, prc~motion,ma1 kcting channel and p~icing decisions. Dist.: No 8:.?0-J 0:50 11 111 M,T, W,'~/I,/-' OM 13 ENG 225-8113 INTERMEDIATE EXPOSITORY WRITING Schmidt The development of essays in a val icty 01 lrletorical I ~ a r t i c ~ ~attmtin~i lar will Lx given to stylistic and organizational mattels througl~the course's workshclp format Prercq : ENG 111 6:00-9:OU p.111 M,'I,W,Tlr OM29 w ENG 351-8115 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 Palosaari A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary mo\,ements.Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is ~ i v e nto the city as settintr and svmbol in modern :an literature. kcs w. BUS 301-8110 MORALITY OF CAPITALISM Schield Is there a mural fclilndatio~ito Capitalism? As a social system bascd on a malkct monomy, Capitalism may be practical,but ~~nlc?;s it ismoral it lacks humanity And givcn the many forms of Capitalism, whid~ofthesc,are moral? This coulsc f t r u s c ~on contcmporaly authors who argue that unde~certain conditions Capitalism can bemord. Emplwsis is ~ 1 1 a1 n i ~ d c p t hvc~baland writtmanalysis of the pcr;itio~isadvanccd by tllcsc vcly asscrtivc authors. 6:UO-9:OO M,T, W,'1'11 OM27 EDU 388-8143 HUMAN RELATIONS Mueller Emphasis on the study 11f values, of commu~iication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for Ihe development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vclcations. Open to all Dis t : No (1Rco~11sc). Rcq~~ired for all Elc~nentaryalld Secondary Education majors. 5:30-8:30 {I 111 M, W lM25 I N O M I C S ECO 110-8111 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUFC Study of economic implications of metro-urban en\,ironment. By indl Dist.: Yes. Ar~nr~gcd ,.bells facing a .,..A,. - ECO 112-8112 PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS Gupta I~itroductionto macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:00 p.111. M,T, W,Tlr,F EDU 264-8140 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN AN URBAN SETTING Germundsen Stildv and investi~ationof various aspects of the tcacl;ing plofessi;. Dist.: Yes, when combuied wi EDE 363 or EDS 352. (1/ 2 course) C 6:OO-9:00 /I.III M,W EDS 282-8141 INTRODUCTION T O SPECIAL EDUCATION Introduction to tlie field of special education Examines tlic nat~lrc,causes, and educational interventions for such cxccptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairnient, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness Dist.:..No. - . -. ... GER 111-8116 BEGINNING GERMAN 1 Quanbeck Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with no pre\lious background in German. Dist.: Yes. S:30-10:50 n 111 M,T,W,T/!,F SPA 111-8117 BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I) Kingsley SPA 111-8118 BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I) Kineslev " , to develop four basic skills: Understanding, speaking, reading and writing of clemc~ltarySpanish Introduction to culti~rcof Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Yes S:30-10:50 n 111 M,T.W,Tlr.F(Scctiolr I) HPE 114-8120 SAFETY EDUCATION Enos Principles and practices of safety cducation in school and co~nmunitylifc. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course Dist.: No (1/2 coursc ) 5:UU - S:00 p 111 T,Tlr OM25 HIS 341-811~ TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY: 20THCENTURY BRITAIN Zehnder This course examines Britain during a cent~lryof glorious decline I'olitics and culture from thc Edwardian era a1 the tr~p,the World Wars and Depression, postwar adji~strncnts,and Thatcher's efforts to give Britain a second wind and a placc in the new European commi~nity. 12:UO-3:UO p 111. M,T, W,TII OM12 I INS 199-8138 INS 399-8139 INTERNSHIPS Arranged -1 MAT 173-8122 MATH OF INTEREST Kaminsky Have you ever wondered why women have been charged more than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits than men? Or why women have paid less than men for lifc insurance? Or how life insurance p r e n i i ~ l ~ are n s calculated? Or how installment loan payments arc f i g ~ ~ r eout? d Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or iumual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this coursc may be meant for you These and other interesting and usefill topics in the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered. This course shoitld bc useful for s t ~ ~ d e nint sbusiness and economics or for any s t ~ ~ d e ninterested ts in careers in finance-related fields. Dist.: Yes Math Placement Group I11 6:.?0-9:30 p.111. M, SC1 I12 MUS 218-8138 CREATIVE ARTS FOR CPECIAL NEEDS Metzler or students and professionals interested in learning LLI develop recreational music activities for people with special needs Basic Music Therapy techniqucs; also Orff Schulweik and non-traditional guitar Dist : No (1/2 course) 30-1 1 5 0 ~ . I I I . M,W ^ PHI 110-8123 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY Appoloni This coursc provides the student with some experience in examining ideas and thereby sharpening the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs S:30-10:5U n 111. M,T,W,T/i,F OM1 6 PHY 106-8124 INTRODUCTORY METEOROLOGY Jasperson The course provides a workuig knowledge of the basic science principles required for understanding weather and chnatc. Attcntiun will be givcn to the overall weather patterns of the earth and to many varied aspects of tlie weather Dist.: Yes Math Placc~nentGroup 11. 1:004:00 p III. M,T,W,TIl OM13 I I POL 121-8125 INTRODUCTION T O AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Morris The politics of A~nr.rlcangc~vc?-n~~~t!nl Including thc forms of political ~cl~v~is; lht' Ix!ll~'rnoi ~ltirticipation; the dynamics of ctrri~n?;s~r~n,rl, ~~~'t.hidcnlial and bureaucratic policy t~i~lklnj;; ~trclc~lrrcnlissues in American society Dist.: Ycs. 9:30-71:50 17.rrr. M,T,W,TI!,F OM25 POL 342-8126 SPC 342-8145 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom Effects of mass comm~~nications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, cntertainmcnt and public affairs pr~gr~amming. Dist.: Yes. 2:00-5:00 ~ . I J J . M, 7', W, Tlr, F OM27 relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the rolc of self-understanding. ( P / N grading only.) Dist.: Yes. OM10 5:00-8:OU p.111. M,T,W,TIi SOC 375-8133 Gerasimo SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY An cxarnination of the idea of "group," its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part thcy play in ~~nderstanding intcrpcrsonal relations and human behavior. Prcreq.: SOC 121 S:3U-10:50 n.111. M,T,W,Tlr,F OM29 SOC 399-8134 INTERNSHIPS Arranged Hesser SPC 329-8135 INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION Lapakko POL 459-8127 Thisrrjrlrw will cxlrlo1.c brhllr lhr' probll~tllhll~ldIhc THE FRAMEWORK OF EUROPEAN pott-~~liill trl'n~~n~nnnirstir~~r Ix,lrvo:rt IWIWIIS rrfrliffi6~.c.rrl COMMUNlTY FORMATION Hedblom nllltlr,lt ~::T"UI~!%l'rl~~41~s s11cll ;ti t ' I ~ ~ l l l . ~ . ~ r l I ~ / ~ t ~ \ . This course will analyze the formation of the ~ I r r i * r ~ t y l ~pr~judicr., ~ng, f*i<Ir ~.xperbli~rrl:~, v;,~lue,,irnrl Furn(-c~n C't)m~~ulnily i r ~ c l ~ ~ Llrc t l i ~I:r~ropi!an r~ l : c o ~ i t > ~C.-c)~iirri~~~~ity, ~~it~ ~ I I L i- ~ ~ c ~ , ~ a si ~i nn}p: t ~ r l ~ of l ~ ~ c i -1ic111-vr-rbnlqrrnhol:, will hr rh,irnirlcll. l?:olt-3:(~1~ I , I I I , M,T,w,'~.~I ()~IIs tlit. E u r t j l ~ ~ ei ~nr n r r r ~ r u ~ini i Erlrrlpcalt y d l i ~ lwurltl n r dIrrrlr!)~c~l~lt!nl . 5,rninar pvelils wlll lhr c ~ ~ . ~ t r ~ iAn SPC 347-8136 with four sessions: May 31, June 7, 14 and 21. DOCUMENTARY VIDEO Bart 9:30-11:50 n.111 F SC1319 A video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on expericnce dealing with non-fiction subjects. Sh~dcntswill work in production teams, gaining experience in ficld production and editing. PSY 105-8128 9:30-11:50n.rr!. M,T,W.Tlr,F FOSS A V Se~rririflr~ GENERAL PSI L ~ v L ~ G Y Dyrud t An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology is r ' isized, including its major sub-areas. Dist.: Yes. 0 0I . M, T, W, 7'11 OM16 REL 369-8129 RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION IN MODERN LITERATURE Skibbe Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and world view. Reading and discussion of nine works (novels, poetry, etc.). Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 n.111. M,T,W,TI? OM27 SWK 260-8131 HUMANS DEVELOPING SPC 354-8137 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION White A study dlprap d y m k s wd batfcrsldp with emphas~son lndon d ~ t u d to docision makink s y k s of leadership, n~ul conflict man~%emmt."niiuC O W comblnes IW~UI'C with pnutical e x p u h c e !u he$ the student become a more effect~veand product~ve member of a task-orlcnted small group 9 30-1 1 50 n.111 M,T, W,Tlr,F SC1112 Peters PtuvId~b w t e d p dhuaan pwth thpygh hUfr cyE6C,*fuidkt inlqiay 01 ~ l ~bialoatal. i nnd, psyUI-1 fmw$ w M Innu~vmtheigrurnthcd Tndlvldunlsmdf n r d h ihumt~npotd~y American f c ~ e Growth s related to populahons and groups whtch represent e t h c and/or Lf-tyle ~ I V P K Ih~n ~ c t\In I2 00-3 00 p 111 M,T,W,TIi lM25 SOC 265-8132 RACIAL AND MINORITY Gerasimo GROUP RELATIONS The dimensions of racial and minority g r o u ~ A~gsburg College Summer S_chool I I I OOHmOma I' EDE 387-8236 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: LANGUAGE ARTS Therres Examination and preparation of materials and resources for l a n g ~ ~ a garts c at the kindergarten and elemental y Icvcls. Laborato~y expcl.icnces Prcrcq.: EDE 255 or EDS 265. (1R course) : ( - 2 I I T,Tlr L4 June 24 -August 2 - - --- 1 I ART 132-820G PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I) Friederichsen ART 132-8201 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11) Friederichsen The camera ~ ~ s as c da tool for vist~alcreativity and expression: using black and white photograpl~ic processes Need access to a 351nni calilcra Dist : Yes. Estimated cost of lilm, ctc : $150 00-$175.00. (Class size limited ) 1 : - J i I M, W ( S L ' C ~ 1) ~OII 5 : - 9 : I M,W (Sectio~r11) BUS 222-8202 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING 11 Solnick Illt~oductionto bus~ncssactivities, accounting for corporalions Basic ct)nccpts and fundamentals of Ilianag" ial acco~~nting, planning and controlling prtrcssc3, decision-niaking and bchaviord considerations. Dist : No. I'rercq : BUS 221 10:-I 3 I I M,T, W.Tlr,F OM11 BUS 242-8203 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT Cerrito Development of the theory uf management, organization, staffing, planning and control.The nature of authority, accc~i~ntability and responsibility, 'inalysis of the role of the professional m~inagerDist : No. 6:OO-900 11 111 M,T,W,Tlr OM23 BUS 323-8204 ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I1 Kader An analysis of accoi~ntingtlicol-y pertaining to invcstnlcnts, Langiblc and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and ~ c s ved, e ~ acti~nrialtopics. Additional cmpliasis on income dctcrmination, considering p~ice Icvcl changes Dist: No. I'rcrcq : BUS 322 6:UlJ-9:30 p 111, M, W OM12 BUS 340-8205 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Cerri to l'ersonncl function in business, acquisition and utilization of h u ~ n a nresources; dcsirablc working relationships; effective integration of the worker with tlie g o d s of the firm and society Prcreq.: BUS 242 6:00-9:30 }i.~rr. T,Tlr OM11 ECO 110-8206 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella S t ~ ~ of d y~ C O I I O I I I ~ Cin~plicatio~ls of p ~ ~ b l e m facing s a metro-urban environment. By independent s t ~ ~ only dy Dist : Yes. AI 1n11pi EDE388-8237 HUMAN RELATIONS Cle~nnions Emphasis on the study of values, of communication tcchniq~~cs, a i d of the major minority groLlps in Minncwta for the developnient of interpc~sonalrelations skills~~pplicablc to tFdiing and other profcssk)~ialvocations Open to all Dist : No (1/2 course) Required for all Elenientary and Secondary Education majors 1:512:I I M, W OM25 ECO 113-8207 PRINCIPLES OF MICRO-ECONOMICS Sabella hitroduct~onto micro-economics, the theory of the liouscliold, firm, market structi~rcsand income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes OM29 ECO 315-8208 MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION I) Gupta ECO 315-8209 MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11) Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and Lhc Federal Reserve System; monetary lieory and policy Dist.: No I'rereq.: Eco 112, 113 :I-9: I M.W (Sectiorr I) 5:OU-9:30 p 111. T,TII (Scctiu~~ 11) L7 INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ARTS Mitchell An investigationof the a~tisticqi~alitieand the liistorical drvelo~mentof the film niedium. Tlie coulse includes the HIS 115-8213 MODERN MIDDLE EAST Zehnder This is a survey of Lhc volatile Middle East from the rise ol nationalism and tlic dcclu~eof the Turkish Ottoman Empile in tlie 19th Century to tlic current crisis hot spots in the I'ersian Gulf and the Levant The goal is a better ~~ndcrstanduig of how the Middle East readled its conteniporaly co~nplexity,its role in the wider world 10:OlJ-17:30 n.111 M,T,W,TIl,F OM13 PHI 130-8216 LOGIC Apolloni Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you 111ilstaccept a particular concli~sion.Must you? When docs a conclusion validly follow from premisc I-lcre we examine tlie rules which govern valid argi~mcntsand work to develop your ability to rccog~~izc and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-955 n 111 M,T,W,Tlr,F OM16 THY EDU 341-8231 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY Strandberg Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective ai~dio-\,isual materials c-teaching/learning sit~~ations. Dist.: No. (1 / 2 c 10:05-12:10 }I.III. T,Th t ENG 282-8211 THE HEROIC JOURNEY Griffin This course will study archetypal patterns of the heroic journey, as well as specific examples of such journeys. It will emphasize thc ideas of Joseph Canipbell, but will also consider other interpretations of heroic journeys. Since western civilization usually assumes that the hero is a man, usually a white man belonging to a warrior class, we will analyze the heroic warrior myth both as it is depicted in ancient and medieval epics and myths, but also as it appears in contemporary American popular narratives. But tlie heroic journey is a human journey, and thus the course will also emphasize the lleroic journcys of women a i d men who may be neither white nor warriors as they are depicted in folktales a i d novels. Dist.: Yes. A' "' 6:00-9:30 p.111, W25 EDE375-8232 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN Graves <inderprtcn curl i c i ~ l ~ ~materials, ni, teaching approaches Lab. a1 r. Prerequisite to student teaching at kuidc~garten lcvcl a i d h) obtaining a license for tcaching at that level. Dist.: No. (1 /2 course) IJrerecl : Consent of instructor EDE377-8233 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: SCIENCE Stangl Examination and preparation of niatelials and resou~cesfor science at the kindergarten -*.-' elementary lcvcl (1/4 course) 11:40-1:25 p ni. M,W /111y15-AIIS. v~vdl2 EDE383-8234 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH Bayless Examina tion and !reparation of rnater~alsand resources for phys~caleducation and health at tlie kindergarten and elementary levels Lab experiences Dist : No (1/2 course) 1:5-2:l I I M , ,I FI 5 2 L4 EDE 386-8235 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: CHILDREN'S LITERATURE Parker Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and clcmentary levels Lab exp','i"nr"' Dist.: No (1/2course) 6:01J-9:30 p.111. M L4 EER 112-8212 . E EGINNING GERMAN [I Quanbeck lassroom practice in speaking, understanding and eading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes. OM10 :lo-955 n.111 M,T,W,Tlr PA 112-8213 EGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I) ' Kingsley %PA 112-8214 Kingsley BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11) i i m s to develop the four basic skills: understanding, ;peaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. ~ntroductionto culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.:Ycs. 8:10-955 n 111. M,T, W,'r11 (Sectic111I) 5:30-7:15 p.111 M,T, W,TII (Sectiorr 11) OM18 Irl- ASTRONOMY Stenstrom Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical instruments; usel2-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prereq.: Math Placement Group 11 l.30-3:15 p.m. M,T,W,T" OM16 POL 475-8220 THE LEGAL PROCESS Fishman The course seeks to provide the undergraduate student with an introductory understanding of the functioning of our legal system. As such, it will explore: the law's interdependence with the social environment; the law's social junctions; the social and ~noral limits of the law; and, the law as a system, describin: the aspects and problems of each of the law's agenci (courts, legislative, administrative,w d er-, ~~~,~ <,"; 5:30-9:0U p.111. T,TIi jY 362-8218 ZHAVIORAL DISORDERS Leitschuh . ..i uih.duction to maladaptive human behaviors from tlie social, organic <mdpsychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany classroom le'aming. Dist.: No. Prcreq.: FSY 105 OM1 1 1 : - 5 I M,T,W,TIi PSY 373-8219 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Leitschuh Theoretical conceptualizations of orjianizational bcliavior Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. Prereq.: PSY 105 10:05-I 1:30 n.111. M,T, W,Tfi,F OM10 -- -SOC - - 121--PRINCIF OF SOCIOLOGY Pike The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be malyzed in order 1)to develop a rhetorical perspective a American feminism, and 2) to develop skidl in #ogt;ym. T,Th OM10 & SOC265-8224 RACIAL AND MINORITY SOC 3568225 ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Analvsis of adult correctionalw o ~ r a m and s processes. ~ect;res, discussion, and sitetiszs to correc'tional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No. 1:30-5:00 p.m. T,Th OM25 SOC 399-8226 INTERNSHIPS SPC 414-8228 INS 414-8229 FEMINIST RHETORIC Hesser \ 1 -4
Show less
- Title
- Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1991-1993
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
OFFICIAL
PUBLICATION OF AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
731 2 1 AVENUE
~ ~ SOUTH,M ~ u s MN
, 55454
:I1
yI
..
'
b:
612-330-1000
in.
This catalog should answer most questions students have'
about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although
information was current at the time of publication, it is...
Show more OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OF AUGSBURG COLLEGE 731 2 1 AVENUE ~ ~ SOUTH,M ~ u s MN , 55454 :I1 yI .. ' b: 612-330-1000 in. This catalog should answer most questions students have' about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic policies in this publication. If you have questions about anything in this catalog, consult a faculty advisor, the Dean of the College or the Registrar. Key offices are listed at the back of the catalog for correspondence or telephone inquiries. ': I i , k 1 I ; Location -Augsburg College was founded in 1869in Marshall, Wisconsin. The College moved to Minneapolis, Minnesota,in 1872 increase awareness and provide assistance for students with disabilities. cal Lutheran Church in America Financial Aid -Over 80 pacent of the students receive some form of financial aid from the College and many other sources. (ELCA).Although a strong plurality of students are Lutheran, two in 10 represent other Protestant denominations while approximatelytwo in 10 are Roman Catholic. Libmy -Over 175,000 items, access to over 5,000,000 through CLIC, the Twin Cities private college library consortium, and Minitex, the regional library network Accreditation -North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Approved by American Chemical Society,Council on Social Work Education, National Assodation for Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schoolsof Music, National League for Nursing. School Year -Septemberto May, 4-14 calendar, with January Interim. Two summer school sessions. Augsburg Weekend College-trimesters, September to June. Augsburg Graduate Program -trimesters, W b e r to June. Member -Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Eoard,as d d b e d on page 11. Off Campus Programs-Center for Global Education, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), Minnesota Studies in InternationalDevelopment (MSID), Study Abroad, International Business Program, Upper Midwest Association of Intedtural Education (UMAIE) and extensive cooperative education P'ogram. Athletic Affiliation -Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference 0, and National Collegiate Athletic Assodation (NCAA), Division III. Religious Affiliation -The Evangeli- Enrollment (1990-'91) -2,%5 from 26 states and 28 nations. Graduates -10,781 from 1870 through August 31,1990 . StudentlFaculty Ratio -15.6 to 1. Class size averages 20-30. Campus -15mapr buildings. Mapr renovation 1979-'80 with special emphasis on accessibility. Accessibility -Augsburg is now one of the most accessible campuses in the region. A skyway-tunnelelevator system provides access to 10 major buildings without going outside. In addition to building modifiaations, Augsburg has a student-run program to Majors -More than 45 in 22 departments. Policy -Augsburg College does not . . . on the basis of race, creed, e-t national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as requiredby Title D( of the 1972EducationalAmendments or Section 504of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admission policies, educational pmpms, activities and employment practices. Fads and Figures ................................................................................. 2 Introducing Augsburg ........................................................................ 7 Admissions ......................................................................................... 15 .................................... 21 Financing Your Education ...................... . College Costs ................................................................................. 22 Financial Aid ................................................................................. 25 Scholarships . ................................................................................... 30 Student Life ........................................................................................ 47 Academic Information .....................................................................-59 General Information .................................................................. 6 0 Academic Organization and Programs .................................... 63 Majors and Minors ....................................................................... 63 Academic Policies and Procedures ............................................76 General Education CurriculumRequirements .........................81 Evaluation and Grading .......................................................... -89 Departments and Programs (including course descriptions) .....97 Art ................................................................................................... 99 Biology ........................................................................................104 Business Administration and Management Information Systems (MIS).............................108 Chemistry .....................................................................................116 East and Southeast Asian Studies ............................................121 Economics ............................ . . ............... 123 Education .....................................................................................127 Engineering..................................................................................136 English .........................................................................................138 First Year Experience ..................................................................144 Foreign Language Department .................................................145 General Studies .................................-........ 156 Global Education Programs ......................................................157 Health and Physical Education ...............................................161 History ..................................................................................... 165 Humanities ................................................................... 169 . . Interdisciplinary Studies............................................................170 American Indian Studies .................................................... 171 Ethnic Studies .........................................................................172 Women's Studies ................................................................... 173 International Relations .............................................................174 Mathematics and Computer Science .......................................175 Metro-Urban Studies.......................... . . . ............................... 182 Music ..... ............ .............................................................. 188 Natural Science ................................ 198 Nursing ....................... , . . ..................................................... 1 9 9 Philosophy ................................................................................... 203 Physics ..........................................................................................207 Political Science ........................................................................... 212 Psychology ...................................................................................217 Religion ......................................................................................222 Scandinavian Area Studies........................................................ 227 Social Science .............................................. 228 Social Studies..................................................... ....*. .....228 Social Work ..................................................................................229 Sociology ...................................................................................... 234 Soviet and East European Studies ............................................238 Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts .............................239 College Information ........................................................................ 247 Board of Regents ......................................................................... 248 ELCA Education Division .........................................................249 Directory ......................................................................................250 Administration ................ ........................................... 251 Faculty Emeriti ............................................................................ 253 Academic Calendar ....................................................................254 Faculty ..........................................................................................Z 6 Index .................................................................................................. 269 Maps ..................................................................................................274 ..... .................... ... ....................... . . . . ............ .. A GREETING FROM THE On behalf of the entire college community, I welcome you to Augsburg College. It is a pleasure to introduce the College to prospective students and to use thisopportunity to welcome new and returning students. Augsburg has earned a reputation as an affordable, quality liberal arts college of the church. The mission of the College, its academic programs and its metropolitanlocation attract a wide variety of students, a diversity which is actively encouraged. Whether from a small town, a large city or another country, all students enjoy the sense of community here at Augsburg. The College continues to grow at a mnarkable pace, building on a tradition of excellence in its programs, faculty, students and facilities. It is a place where community, national and world leaders meet to discuss issues and ideas. I invite you to become part of this tradition of excellence -Augsburg is an exciting and challenging place to prepare for your future. I look forward to meeting you on campus. President Augsburg College is grounded in traditions -the traditions of its founders, of the church and of higher education in the liberal arts. From this framework springs a dynamic, challenging and evolving institution that rises to the challenges of today's -and tomorrow's -changing world. Augsburg is committed to educating the whole person, encouragingand respecting diversity and serving the larger community. Through education, understanding and service, Augsburg faculty, staff and students can affect the future in positive ways. The phrase, 'Think globally, act locally, rings true at Augsburg. The College's location in the heart of the Twin Cities provides rich opportunities for experiential education, volunteer service, internships and cultural enrichment. In a sense, the cities are an extended campus for Augsburg students. Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto, "Education for Service," and to the Mission of the College: To dmelopfuture ltnders of service to the world by proznding high quality educational oj?prtunifies which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community. Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first graduation was in 1879. August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876). Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway -Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such "college1' studies that would prepare students for theological study. In 1874 they proposed a three part plan: First, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students; and third, educate the farmer, worker, and businessman The statement stressed that a good education is also practical. Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years. Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (18761907), required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations.Student involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for Service." In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called the Lutheran Free-Church.The church was a group of independentcongregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity. This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. But the college division was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary. This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup, Jr. became President He worked to develop college departmentswith an appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922under the leadership of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the College as a teacher and administrator. The College's mission assumed a double character -ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bernhard Quistensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be pmident (1938-1%2).His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life. After World War JI, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the institution than the seminary, and received the most attention. Augsburg added departmentsessential to a liberal arts college, offering a modern college program based on general education requirements and elective majors. With curriculum change came a long effortto become accredited. The College reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time. A study in 1962 definedthe College's mission now as serving the good society as a whole first and the interests of the Lutheran Fnx Church second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Northwestern Seminary)in St. Paul in 1963. President Oscar A. Anderson (19&1980) continued Augsburg'semphasis on involvement with the city. He wanted to reach out b non-traditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people. During his years of leadership the College became a vital and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center, Ice Arena and Murphy Place. Dr. Charles S. Anderson has led the College since 1980.He guides Augsburg's commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in enrollment and programs and a curriculum that draws on the resources of the city as extensions of campus and classroom. Augsburg continues to grow under his leadership. Some of the accomplishments during his tenure include instituting Weekend College and three Master of Arts degree programs, hosting national and international figures at College-sponsoredforums and events, increased accessibility and the addition of the Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed: An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and church; Education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens; The city, with all its excitement, challenges and diversity is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students. Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metre politan center. There are now more than lO,W Augsburg alumni. In a world that has changed much since those first days of the College, Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a differencewhere they live and work. Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155parks in Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest medical centers -Riverside Medical Center -are adjacent to the campus, with the Mississippi River and the Seven Comers theater district just a few blocks away. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul, home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertahment and recreation opportunities, are minutes west and east via Interstate 94, which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also conned with the suburbs. (See map in back) Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul Internationalm r t and bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, d, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Ad of 1973, as amended, in its admissionspolicies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinatorslisted in the directory in the back of this catalog, or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, Seventh Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schoolsand the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary).Our programs are approved by the American Chemical Society, the Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schoolsof Music (NASM). We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsementof the institution. Registration does not mean that &its earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutionsor that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution or employer. Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other.A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus the Music Hall, Murphy Place, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication Admissions Office -The central admissions office is located at 628 21st Avenue South and pmvides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents. American Indian Support Program and International Center -Located at 620 21st Avenue South, these programs provide support services and information to American Indian and international students, as well as others who wish to spend a term studying abroad. Christensen Center -Center of non-academic activity, with spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore and offices for student government and student publications. (1%7) Center for Global Education -Located at 709 23rd Avenue South, provides offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those interested in global issues. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication-The newest building on campus establishes a new "front doof' for the College on Riverside Avenue. The Foss Center is named in recognition of the gifts of Julian and June Foss and those from a great number of alumni and friends of the College. The Tpmhom-Nelson Theater is also housed in this complex, which contains space for the campus ministry pmgram, drama and communication. Augsburg's computer lab is located in the lower level of this facility. (1988) Ice Arena -Two large skating areas for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. (1974) Melby Hall -Named in honor of J. S. Melby, Dean of Men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity Department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. (1961) Mortensen Tower - Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women from 1923to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. (1973) Music Hall -Contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. (1978) Old Main -Home for the Foreign Language and Art Departments, with class- rooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, and made accessible in 1990, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. (1900) Science Hall -Houses classrooms, wellequipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium and faculty offices. (1949) In 1960 the Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed. South Hall and Annex Houses -All located in or near the campus area,provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. George Sverdrup Library -Named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg archives, classrooms and faculty offices. (1955) Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall -Named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices. (1938) Tutor Center -This house at 2011 South Seventh Street has rooms for individual tutoring sessions, quiet study and assistance with study skills. 2222 Murphy Place -Houses offices for Weekend College, Graduate and Special Programs, and Cooperative Education, as well as classroom space. (1964) Urness Tower -Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, who have given several generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. (1967) West Hall -Apartment housing for upperclass students. (1966) Inter-Race: The International Institute for Interracial Interaction - InterRace facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of work, communities and society. The Institute provides training and consultation, research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy and legal study in five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600 21st Avenue South. Minnesota Minority Education Partnership ( M M l T ) -A program that encourages the retention and graduation of students of color. The program coordinates the existing resources of schools, families and communities and also develops new resources. Located at 2018 South Eighth Street. Scandinavian Center -Coordinates the efforts of individuals and groups interested in the five Nordic nations. Located at 2400 Butler Place. Youth and Family Institute -Designed to help churches better serve the changing needs of youth and families. The Institute at 2018 South Eighth Street offers academic programs at both undergraduate and graduate levels, as well as seminar/workshops, a resource center and counseling services. A u g s b ~ college r ~ is looking forstudents with intelligenceand characler. We want people who can ben+t from and contribute to their community -the College community and the community at large. Becausefirsthand appraisal qf programs, facilities and academic*a sphere is valuable,fieshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and me& with an Admissions Counselor. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member 4 the jkulty and to attend classes when schml is in session. Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with college planning. Just call the Admissions Ofice any weekday behoeen 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. -(612)330-1001, or toll-free (800)788-5678. They will answer your questions and arrange a tour@ any duy (including Saturhy mornings during the school year). The @ce is on the northwest corner qf Seventh Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneaplis. (Pleasecall first.) Selection of students for Augsburg College is based upon careful consideration of each candidate's academic achieuemmt, psonal qualities and interests,participation in activities and employment and potential for development as a student and a graduate of Augsburg College. lle Collegeselects students on individual merit without regard to race, creed,disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age. Application for Admission -Applicants should complete the application for admission and essay and return them to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. Transcripts-An o f f i d transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final transuipt upon graduation. Graduate Examination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school tramaipt. Test Scores -Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT).It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. Additional Information -If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an Admissions Counselor. Academic recommendationsmay be required by the Admissions Cornmittee before an admissions decision is made. On occasion, the AdmissionsCommittee may also defer a decision on a candidate's admission until other information has been received. For example, more recent test scores, results of the present semesteis coursework, additional letters of recommendation or writing samples may be requested by the Committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Admissions Office will inform the candidate. Notification of Admissions Decision -Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Studentsare notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. Confirmation of Admission -Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Diredor of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit. Those students who wish to live in College housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granted admission to begin full-time work toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendationsfrom the high school faculty and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information. Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorilycompleted at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. Augsburg College limits transfer from two-year colleges once a student has reached junior status. If all transfer work has been taken at a two-year college as freshman or sophomore, a maximum of 18Augsburg courses, or % quarter credits, will be accepted toward the minimum of 35 Augsburg course credits required for the baccalaureate degree. A cumulative grade point average (GPA)of 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is required on previous college work. Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental catalog section to see if admission to the major is necessary. Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return must apply for readmission through the Registrais Office. Students who have attended any other institution(s1during the absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. In some circumstances,people may be admitted as special students (nondegree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually part-time students, they may subsequently become candidates for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree).A transcript must be sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree)status is available from the Admissions Office. A u g s b e welcomes students from countriesaround the world. Intemational students from more than 47 countries have attended Augsburg since 1954. Studentsshould contact the Admissions Office for an International Student Application and informationon the application pracedm. Applications must be d v e d two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1 for Fall,November 1for Spring. For more information, call (612)33@1001or write to: InternationalStudent Admissions Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55454 A l l students re~eiiw~nancial k l p iindrecttly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The College r a k that difference in -fim alumni,faculty, stafi parents, church,^, foudutions and endowment income. Howeuer, the primay responsibilityfor paying@ a college education r ~ ton s students and theirfamilks.Financial aid is intended to supplement those resources. sffs The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed for the 1991-'92 academic year. The Board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditionsnecessitate. Tuition (full-time enrollment) ..........................................................$10114S.00 This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1991. Studentsare considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms with a total of seven or more courses in the school year. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees and admission to most College-supportedevents, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installmentsat the beginning of each semester. ,.-..-. -.-.... ..... Tuition (part-timeenrollment)per course , , . , $768.00 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are charged the audit rate for that course. .................................... Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course $384.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. .......................................................$2,00400 Full Board (19 meals a week)...............................................................$1,828.00 Room Rent (includes telephone) Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) ...................... Flex 5 point plan -...-.l-l.ll.$l1776.00 ....................................................................................$1,616.00 Fees Billed on Student Account Fees Payable by CheddCash ACTC Bus (full-time $ 12.00 students only) Late Registration (per day after classesbegin) $ 50.00 Registration Change after first 5 days (cancel/add/change/grade option, or combiition $ 5.00 at one time) Music Therapy Internship (one half course credit) $384.00 Private Music Lessons, per semester (14 lessons) $225.00 Student Teachiig (per course $ 30.00 for full-time students) Student Teaching (per course for part-time students) $326.00 Study Abroad (in approved non-Augsburg programs) $150.00 Student Activity Fee $ 85.00 Student Activity Fee (parttime students) $ 4250 Application (new and/or special students) $ 15.00 Nursing Credit Validation Tests $110.00 Nursing Comprehensive Exam $ 10.00 Locker Rental (commuters) $ 15.00 Student Parking Lot Permit -~ar $ 55.00 -motorcycle $ 25.00 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) $ 2.00 Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs (Schedule on file in Registra/s BOOKS AND ~ U P P w) ~ These costs are estimated to be $500.00 per year. ................................................. $100.00 Enrollment Deposit (Non-refundable) Required of all new studentsafter acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated.Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. ...................................................................... $100.00 Housing Damage Deposit Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines)at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by following the conditions delineated in the housing contract. The resident will be respon- sible for all costs i n c u r d due to late cancellationor lack of proper notification. If the new contrast is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall semester or January 1for Spring Semester, $50 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellationis after these dates. Semester Fees -Rior to the start of each semester a 'Statement of Estimated Qlarges" showingbasicchargesandfinancial aid dtsdesignatedbythe Student Financial !%rvices Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options -(1)Annual payments, due August 15 as billed; (2) Semester Payments, due August 15and January 15as billed; (3) Payment Plan -upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges letter; (4) lGmonth Payment Plan -upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 administrativefee, the annual charges may be paid in 10equal installmentsbegmung June 15 and ending March 15. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will be sent upon request. I A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of one percent per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a IGmonth payment plan in which payment is not current. Tuition is set on an annualbasis, payable in two equal installments at the begmmng of each semester. W t r a t i o n is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (Perkins Student Loan and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed. Students fill out Withdrawal from College forms available in the Office of Student Affairs.They must be filled out completely, signed and turned in to the Reg~~trar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, change to parttime, are dismissed or ~IPreleased from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100%90%80%70%60%50%- through the first five days of classes (less$100 administrativefee) from the 6th through 10th day of classes from the 11th through 15th day of classes from the 16th through 20th day of classes from the 21st through 25th day of classes from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term No refund will be made after the middle class day of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to .withdrawdue to illness or an accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending doctor stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. Students who elect to omit an Interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to a refund of Interim tuition, room and board charges. Students who participate in an approved off-campus Interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sublease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Student Life. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustmentsfor aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a person or family makes in a lifetime. So,proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, will help students and their families with both monetary and advisory assistanceto protect access to a quality education in spite of i n m i n g costs. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of scholarships,grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church and private agencies in pmviding various aid programs. For the 1989-'90 academic year approximately 83 percent of all students at Augsburg received xholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment totalling over $11,500,000 from all aid sources. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. The Family Financial Statement (FFS)of the American College Testing Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service (CSS)helps determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis estimatesthe amount a student and family can be expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factorsas current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs and special considerations. How AND WHENTO APPLY New Students - Regular Admission 1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS)or Financial Aid Form (FAF) from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application and send it to the processing agency after January 1but before April 15 for priority consideration. Minnesota residents must complete the FFS, which includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program.Augsburg's code on the FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents using the FAF, Augsburg's code is 6014. 3. Within four to six weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriateloan forms and/or work applications will be sent to you. 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended before financial aid will be offered. The financial aid transcript forms are available through the Admissions Office or Fiicial Aid. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by the applicationand Family Financial Statement (FFS).Renewal is based on the familfs financial eligibility, the student's satisfactory academicprogress and fund availability. A student applyingfor aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a s@c scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants and loans that might be available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs and fraternal organizationsfor information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children and others. Gift Assistance President's Scholarships-President's Scholarships,which assuxe gft assistance equal to tuition, are awarded annually to the most academically qualified full-timefreshmen students. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need. The awards are renewable for three years based on academic performance at Augsburg. Ekcause this is a d e d programffull tuition is assured; that is, the College guarantees the differencebetween non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due February 15. Details from the Admissions Office. Dean's Scholarships-Dean's Scholarships, which assure gift assistance equal to tuition, are awarded each fall to the most academicallyqualified full-time students who are direct transfers to Augsburg College following completion of an A.A. or AS. degree, having maintained a 35 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need and are renewable for an additional year. Because this is a unified programffull tuition is assured; that is, the College guarantees the differencebetween non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due April 1.Details from the Admissions Office. Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards -Augsburg College will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran congregation. The scholarship or grant check from the congregation must be received at Augsburg by October 1. Augsburg Tuition Grants -Available to students who have shown academic potential and have financialneed. A student's academic performance, financial need and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants -Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents who have financial need. For 199G91, they ranged from $100 to $ 5 3 3 . All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply. SupplementalEducational Opportunity Grants -A federal program administered by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1)be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident; (2) have exceptional financial need as defined by the program; (3) be capable of maintaining satisfadory academic standing at the College; and (4)be accepted for admission Pell Grants -Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1991-'92 is $2,400. Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to the Pell Grant Program. Bureau of Indian Afâ¬airs/Tribaland State Indian Scholarships-Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarshipsand Augsburg American Indian Scholarshipsare available to Indian students (both full- and part-time) who meet speclfic criteria. For Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarships,studentsmust be 1/4 degree American Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a federally recogruzed tribe. Eligibility criteria for Augsburg American Indian Scholarshipsvary; contact the American Indian Support Rogram office. Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial aid. Questionsmay be directed to the American Indian Support Office or to your local BIA, Tribal or State Indian Education Office. Loan Assistance Perkins Student Loan -A joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financialeligibility. Loans are interest-free during your education. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begn nine months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10years. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $9,000, ($18,000 including graduate school). Sta£ford Student Loans -Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is attendingat least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual interest of 8 percent (10 percent after the first four years of repayments) on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begins six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for the first two years and $4,000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of $17,250. Applications are available at the College, and some banks. The Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF)-SELF is administered through the Minnesota Higher Education CoordinatingBoard. Applications are available from the Office of Student Financial Services. Undergraduates may borrow up to $4,000 per year minus any other student loan indebtedness. Maximum undergraduate borrowing is $16,000. The minimum loan amount per year is $1,000. The interest rate is variable. Interest payments begn 90 days after the loan is disbursed and continue quarterly thereafter, while the student is enrolled. Principal payments begm the 13th month after you leave school. There are no deferments. Nursing Student Loan -Federal program with provisions similar to the Perkins Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial need and be registered at least half time. The maximum loan is $4,000 per year. SupplementalLoans for Students (SLS)-SLS is a federally sponsored loan program which permits independent students to borrow to finance their cost of education. Students can borrow up to $4,000 per year. Interest is variable with a 12 percent cap and interest payments begin 60 days after the loan is disbursed, but in many cases, can be allowed to accrue and add to the principal. Repayment begms 60 days after you leave school or cease to be enrolled at least half-time. Deferments exist for continued education or disability. Parent Loan Program (PLUS)-PLUS is a loan program to help parents meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to $4,000 per student per year with an aggregate maximum of $20,000. Repayment begm within 60 days of check disbursement at a variable interest rate not to exceed 12 percent and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application forms are availableat Augsburg College or the lending institutions Applicationsare normally filed with the bank or thrift institutionwith which your family has an account. Student Employment Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students with proven finand need who a~ at least one-half time students. Assignment is made on the basis of need and potential competence in the duties assigned.Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just like scholarships, loans and grants. A maximum of 15hours of oncampus employment per week is recommended. All oncampus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. Students should make application to both the Financial Aid and Personnel offices for work study positions. College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program -Under theseprograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matchingbasiswith the College to provide some part-tine work opportunities. Scholarshipwinners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee of the faculty unless otherwise specified. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department involved. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes. *Indicates endowed scholarships. Charles and Ellora AUiss Educational Foundation Scholarships-A number of awards of varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and ability. Established in 1973by the foundation. The Dain BosworthlIFG Foundation Scholarship -Awarded as funds are made available, to students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to deseming junior/senior students. Established in 1961to perpetuate her memory. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to two deserving junior or senior students. Established in 1%9by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor her late husband and perpetuate their memory. Elias B. Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more needy and deserving upper class students. Established in 1979 in memory of their husband and father by Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs. Clara Hoelck. M. J. Estrem Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965by Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem. EW. Hallet Scholarship-Awarded, as funds are available, to students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. The Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson and Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an Augsburg student of any class or major, based on academic performance and financial need. Established in 1987by Mr. Joseph Hsieh (6 ' 11, Andover, Ma., in loving memory of his mother, his honorable teacher and his respected advisor at Augsburg College. The Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more students who demonstratepotential and financial need. Established in 1985by Edwin C. Johnson ('25), Powers Lake, N.D. Memorial ScholarshipFoundation Scholarships*-Awarded annually to an able and deserving upper class student. Established in 1964by undesignated memorial gifts. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts ScholarshipsGiven annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972. Northern States Power Company Scholarship-Awarded to deserving students in each class year on the basis of financial need and ability. The Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors who are U.S.citizens, have a B average or above and qualify for need based aid. Established in 1987by Mr. Nystrom as an expression of his belief in young people and his hope that they will become meritorious leaders. The Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson Scholarship -Awarded annually to a student(s)of any class or major based primarily upon financial need and evidence of personal financial commitment. Established in 1991through a bequest in the will of Rev. Martin J. ('23 Academy; '26, College; '29, Seminary) and his late wife, Olga S. (2' 1) Olson, along with the gifts of many family and friends. John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund* -Awarded annually to freshman students who without assistance would be unable to pursue higher education. Established in 1963by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship*- Awarded annually to students of any class or major, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Establish in 1990 by Dr. Martin ('29) and Mrs. Esther Quanbeck, Minneapolis, Minn. Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* -Awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964. The Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more students of any class, based on academic achievement and financial need. Estab lished in 1990 by Ernest and Vivian Tinseth, Edina, Minn. The Robert W. Wauyniak Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1986 in memory of Robert Warzyniak, ('65) through memorials, supplemented by gifts of his wife, Sharon, and family. The Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment Fund* -Awarded annually to one or more students of any class who have potential and financial need. Established in 1986through the gift of Elsie L. Wildung, St. Paul, Minn. A Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters, E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie. *Indicatesendowed schokuships. Aid Association for Lutherans -Awarded annually to able and deserving upper class students who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Established in 1966. The Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students who help the College fulfill its mission of being "an intentionally diverse campus community." Awards are based upon financial need and good academic achievement (3.0 or higher G.P.A.), with preference given to students who are planning some form of Christian service. Established in 1989 by Dr. Charles S. and Mrs.Catherine G. Anderson, St. Paul, M i n . The Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student mapring in purnalism or social work. Awards are based upon academic performance and finanaal need. Established in 1990 by Mrs. Ruth M. Baker, Edina, Minn., in loving memory of her daughter, Phyllis M. Baker, a 1952 graduate of Augsburg College. The Jeroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class, based upon academic achievement, financial need and service to others. kference will be given to a student who is taking private music lessons and a student who shows teamwork in College physical recreation activities. Established in 1991by friends, alumni, faculty and staff of Augsburg College, in honor of Jeroy ('48) and Lorraine Carlson, and in appreciation for their commitment to and expression of the highest ideals of the College. The Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to science students of any class, based upon academic achivement (32+ GPA), interest and ability in the field of study, and a demonstrated sense of social and spiritual community. Established in 1989by Dr. Carl C. ('59) and Mrs. Kathleen A. ('62) Casperson, Minneapolis, Minn. The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to able and deserving student(s) who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Est?:olished in 1972by her husband, moyd Cleveland, to honor the memory of Mrs. Cleveland, Augsburg alumna, consecrated Christian leader and devoted wife. The Laura Ann Erickson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto one or more female freshmen students of any major who belong to the Lutheran Church (ELCA) and show evidence of academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1986by Raymond D. Erickson GO), in memory of his daughter, Laura Ann Erickson. David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in 1979by members of his family to honor the memory of Commander David J. Formo, 1964 alumnus. The JulianP. Foss Scholarship*-Awarded to a student of any class who has financial need, shows promise, and demonstratesfaith and dedication to overcoming difficult circumstances.Established by Julian P. Foss ('30), Mesa, Ariz. The Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student at or above the sophomorelevel who demonstrateshigh academic achievement and is preparing for a career in some form of therapy, e.g, physical, occupational, speech, music, psychological. Established at Thanksgiving 1986, by Dr. TheodoreJ. and Mrs. Fern S. Hanwick, in gratitudeto the therapists who aided in the recovery of their son, Theodore T. Hanwick ('66), from a severe accident. The King Harald Scholarship -Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1965on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald, this annual scholarship provides full tuition for a freshman student from Norway. The winner is selected from competition held in Norway by the Norge Amerika Foreningen. The Rev. JohnHjelmeland Endowed Scholarship Fund*-Awarded annuallyto second or third generation freshman or upper class students of any major who have attained a 3.0 grade point average or better. Established in 1986 by Sigvald ('41) and Helen Hjelmeland, and John ('70) and Lynn Hjelmeland. The Hoversten Peace Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class or major, based upon academic merit and financial need. Preference will be given to students who have demonstrated an interest in peace and/or whose personal outlook and career plans show promise of contributingto the cause of peace. Members of the Hoversten family and international students are encouraged to apply. The fund may also provide aid to students or faculty who undertake projects that will contribute to peace and global understanding. Established in 1989 through a bequest and trust of Dr. Lester T. Hoversten, San Jose, Calif. Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to upper class women of high moral character, with preference given to female or male students transferring from Waldorf College who are in music and/or elementary education. Established in 1975in memory of Catha Jones, 1970alumna, by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Kenneth Jones, other family and friends, and the Augsburg College Senior Challenge Program. The Torgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior who is interested in serving others, e.g. majoring in religion, education, music, social work, medicine, and based upon academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1990 through a bequest in the will of Rev. Torgney (1 ' 7 B.A. and '21 B.Div.1 and Valborg (Nydahl)Kleven, and memorial gifts by family and friends. The Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class student of any major, based upon academic achievement (3.0 G.P.A. or higher) and financial need. Preference given to college students who have demonstrated an interest in community service by active participation and whose parents have not achieved a Bachelor's Degree. Established in 1989 by family and friends in memory of Harold Lanes ('11, Academy) and in honor of Laura Lanes. I Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship-Awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $800.00, maximum $1,500. The scholarship is renewable. McVay Foundation Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. Preference given to students majoring in education, religion or social work. Established in 1986by the McVay Foundation. The Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes)Monson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any major after their first year, based upon financial need, diligence in scholastic achievement, and active membership in a Lutheran congregation. Established in 1989 by Forrest ('37) and Thelma ('37) Monson, San Diego, Calif. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a senior student(s)who has successfullyovercome adversity and has achieved excellence in academic and extracurricularperformance. Established in 1977to honor the memory of the Rev. Nyhus, a 1929 graduate of Augsburg Seminarywho overcame the adversity of early years to earn his own education and who served others with humanity and wisdom. The Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students with financial need. Preference given to students from Canada or transferring from a public mllege or university who indicate an interest in religion, music or Scandinavian studies. Established in 1988by Mrs. Evelyn Olson and Mr. Gordon Olson ('63), in memory of Rev. Ole K. Olson ('32) and in honor of Mrs. Olson's 80th birthday. The Rosemary J. Shafer Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class or major who show academic potential, financial need and a strong desire to earn a college degree, with preference given to females of high moral character. Learning disabled students are encouraged to apply. Established in 1985, and endowed in 1989by Rosemary J. Shafer, Wayzata, Minn. The John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class or major, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to students from Madagascar, or if none with financial need, then to students from other developing nations. Established in 1990 by Mrs. Agnes Siverson, Hendricks, Minn., thereby continuing a long tradition of generosity by Agnes and her late husband, John. I The Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class or major, based upon high personal motivation, rather than high academic achievement or extreme financial need. Established in 1989through a bequest in the will of Mrs. Genevieve E. Stelberg, St. Paul, Minn. * Indiuztes endowed scholarship The Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian Scholarship*-Awarded annually to American Indian students of any class or major, based upon academic performance and financial need. Established in 1988through the estate and trust of Ada Bakken, St. Charles, M i n . The Kent Anderson American Indian Scholarship*-Awarded annually to American Indian students of any class or major, based upon academic performance and financial need, with preference given to students who are affiliated with a federally-recognized American Indian tribe. Established in 1990 with the proceeds of a benefit perhrmance at Augsburg College by Louie Anderson, a native of St. Paul, Minn., who resides in Los Angeles, Calif. The Asian-Pacific Student Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are available, to two Asian-Pacific students with demonstrated financial need and who reside in Minnesota. The Otto Bremer Foundation American Indian Scholarship-Awarded to American Indian Students. Recipients will be involved in a community service project during the year. The Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to sophomore,junior or senior Chinese students who have outstanding academic records and are preparing to work among the Chinese people. Established in 1983by family and friends to honor the memory of Grace Jewel Jensen Buster, a 1922alumna. The Cargill Foundation American Indian Scholarship-Awarded to American Indian Students who either: 1) have been denied or lost tribal funds or, 2) have experienced other unusual circumstances as determined by the American Indian Program Director and the Financial Aid Director. The Hearst American Indian Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded annually to an American Indian upper class student(s)who has a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or better at Augsburg College. Established in 1984by The Hearst Foundation. The Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upper class international students who have overcome adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracunicular performance. Established in 1981by her parents, Dr. and Mrs. Einar Johnson, and other family members and friends in memory of Grace Anne (Gay) Johnson, a student at Augsburg 1971-1973. The KerridgelMuellerAmerican Indian Scholarship-Awarded annually to an American Indian student of any class or major who demonstrates academic potential and financialneed. Established in 1988by Dr. "Mike" Kerridge) and Dr. Van Mueller, Minneapolis, M i n . Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded annually to upper class Oriental international students. Established in 1978by her parents, family and friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion to sharing and loving people, especially her service to students. Pillsbury, Inc, Minority Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available, to minority students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. The Marlys JohnsonSimengaard Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded periodically to a Black American student. Established in 1964in memory of Marlys Johnson Simengaard and her Christian concern for the problems of social injustice. The St. Paul Companies, Inc Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available, to Minnesota minority students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. The JamesR Thorpe Foundation Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available, to non-traditional and minority students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. 'Indicates endowed schoLzrships Art The Queen Sonja Art Scholarship-Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1978to honor the Crown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need. August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upper class students mapring in art. Established in 1982by his wife,family and friends in memory of August Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg College. Athletic Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an able and deserving student on the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966by his parents, the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg College. Paul DahledGerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on the basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by friends to honor the memory of these two Augsburg College students. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to two or more students, participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and high Christian character. The athletic scholarship is for a male candidate only, with a preference in basketball. Established in 1975by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol, and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually based on academic achievement, personal character and ability in athletics. Established in 1945by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. Rory JordanMemorial Scholarship-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upper class students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference for students in the wrestling program. Established in 1980by the William Jordan and Charles Schulz families in memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler. Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students on the basis of achievement, personal character and promise in the field of physical education. Established in 1958by their children in memory of their parents. The Hovt Messerer Athletic Scholarshiv*- Awarded annuallv to a male athlete of any class or major, upon the recommendation of the Athletic Department. Established in 1987by Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Ia. James P. Pederson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student committed to Christian service, based on academic achievement and financial need. Preference given to students who are interested and participate in athletics and recreation. Established in 1990 by Ralph and Katherine Pederson, Santa Rosa, Calif., in memory of James, a 1934graduate, exceptional all-around athlete and coachathlete director at Augsburg College. The Stan Person Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more male students of any class or academic major who participates in the College's athletic program and shows evidence of academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1986by Glen and Gerald Person, in memory and in honor of their brother, Stan Person. Biology Biology Scholarships-Established in 1972by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in biology, natural science or medical technology. The Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Biology Scholarship* -A merit scholarship awarded annually to an upper class student majoring or minoring in biology. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. ('74) and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) ('74) Holmen. Business Administration/Economics Marianne Anderson Entrepeneurial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a woman who is interested in entrepreneurshipor engaged in business, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to Weekend College women who are older and have family responsibilities. Established in 1990 by members of the Minnesota Women Entrepreneurs (MINN-WE), in memory of Marianne Anderson, a successful woman entrepreneur, and in honor of all Minnesota Women Entrepreneurs. Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship Fund* -Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or senior students majoring in any of the areas encompassed within the Departments of Business Administration and Economics and based on academic excellence and financial need. Established in 1984by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within the business community. The Farmers Insurance Group of Companies Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are available, to second, third and fourth year students in the fields of insurance, mathematics, business administration, personnel and other areas related to the insurance industry, based primarily on the basis of financial need. Recipients will be expected to have maintained at least a 2.5 G.P.A. and are expeded to conduct themselves acording to the laws of the United States and the state of Minnesota. First Bank Systems -Awarded each year, as funds are available, without regard to a speclfic mapr, but to students with demonstrated leadership ability and an interest in entrepreneurial development. The Forss-Herr Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior business student who has shown academic achievement, has been involved in extracurricular activities and has financial need. Preference will be given to students from families where two or more children are in college at the same time. Established in 1987by Mrs. Grace F. (Forss, '57) and Mr. Douglas P. Herr, Danville, L. Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more upper class students interested in the field of business. Established in 1965by The GarnbleSkogmo Foundation. The Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship* -Awarded annually to working women of any class who want to improve their skills and education by attending Augsburg College part-time. The scholarship is designated for women who show potential and have financial need, with preference given to those studying business. Established in 1989 by two working sisters-in-law, Mildred Krohn, Berkeley, Calif., and Mrs. Eleanor Krohn, St. Louis Park, Minn. Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship*-One or more awards are made annually to a junior or senior student(s)majoring in business administration. Established in 1980 by members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher at the College. The Minnesota Mutual Life Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are available, based upon academic promise and financial need with preference given to majors in business or economics. The Norberg Business Scholarship-Awarded achievement to a student majoring in business. annually on the basis of scholastic The David L Shaver Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to business administration students of any class, based upon financial need and academic ' 61, through his performance. Established in 1988by the late David L. Shaver (7 participation in the Senior Challenge Program. The Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class student of any mapr who intends to pursue a graduate degree in business manage ment. The award is based upon academic performance and financial need. Established in 1987by Joan L. Volz, a 1968graduate. Chemistry Chemistry Scholarships*-Awarded annually to junior and senior students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Established in 1968by family, friends and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor: Manivald Aldre Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Dr. W.M. Sandstrom Walter Gordon Schnell Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Covey Hendrickson Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Established in 1986by Burton and Peggy Fosse, Burnsville, Minn. The Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Chemistry Scholarship*A merit scholarship awarded annually to an upper class student mapring or minoring in chemistry. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. ('74) and Mrs. Linda Wey)('74) Holmen. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Chemistry Scholarship-Awarded to chemistry maprs who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979. Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships*-Awarded annually to junior/senior students mapring in chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, prefaably, graduate or professional xhool goals. Established in 1984through the Conrad Sunde estate in memory of a 1915alumnus who was the first Augsburg College graduate to earn a J?h.D. in chemistry. His professional career as educator, researcher and consultant included many inventions, of which the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work. Education The S. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors and seniors mapring in elementary education, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to Weekend College students. Established in 1990 by family and friends in memory of S. Luther Kleven ('50) and in honor of the Kleven family. David Mathre Scholarship*-Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s1 in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. The Elva B. Lovell Life Scholarship* -Awarded annually to education students of any class who plan to teach. Awards are based upon academic achievement and financial need, with preference given to students who are black, older or single parents. Established in 1991by Mrs. Elva B. Lovell, Minneapolis, Minn., as an expression of her belief in diversity and literacy. The Barbara (Tjornhom) and Richard K Nelson Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto a student of any class, based upon financial need, with preference given to a person preparing for a career in elementary education. Established in 1986in honor of an alumna, Barbara (Tprnhom) Nelson and her husband, Richard K. Nelson. The St. Paul Companies, Inc., Minority Education Scholarship-Awarded to Minnesota minority students, majoring in education, who have a demonstrated need for finandal assistance. English Anne Pederson English Scholarship*-Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English, with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. Established in 1971by faculty members of the English Department to honor the 37 years of service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at Augsburg College. Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952. Foreign Language Mimi Baez Kingsley Modem Language Scholarship*-Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are mapring in modem language, with preference given to those who plan to teach language. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley. Health-Related Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a registered nurse seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983by The Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association. Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to upper class student(s)preparing for a career in medicine or health. Established in 1978in memory of Eleanor Christensen Edwards' devotion and service in health care by members of her family, Bernhard Christensen, Elsie Christensen Schroeder, Jessie Christensen, Nadia Christensen and Theodore Christensen. History The Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness History Award -Awarded annually to a senior student for excellence in history. Established in 1980by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness. H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarshipr -Awarded annually to students mapring in history, with preference given to those who plan a career in the field. Established in 1969by Dr. and Mrs. Carl H. Chrislock and augmented by other contributions to honor the memory of H. N. Hendrickson, professor of history at A u g s b q College, 1900-1952. John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to history students of any class, based on academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to minority females. Established in 1990by parents, family and friends of Dr. John R. Jenswold, Assistant Professor of History, Augsburg College. The Nydahl History Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors who have potential and financial need, with preference given to history majors. Established in 1986through a bequest in the will of Dr. Theodore L. Nydahl. Mathematics and Computer Science Mathematics Scholarship-Awarded annually to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics Department. Minnegasco Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are available, to able and deserving junior/senior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the basis of need and academic ability. Established in 1969 by Minnegasco. Metro-Urban Studies Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upper class students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of Augsburg's Mission Statement relating to the College's urban involvement. Established in 1982by colleagues, former students and friends to honor the service and leadership of the Torstensons in community development and urban affairs. Music Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to a student of choral music. Established in 1965by Thomas I. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen Benson, an Augsburg College alumna. Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music Scholarship8-Awarded annually to a student of any academic class who is a choir member not mapring in music. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)Holmen, in memory of Mr. Sam Coltvet, who believed in the value of Christian higher education and choral music. The Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a musically-gifted student, with preference given to a student of organ and/or choral music who desires to serve, professionally or otherwise, in the ministry of music of the Lutheran Church. Established in 1986 by the family. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to two or more students participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and are of high Christian character. Established in 1975by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner in memory of David Gronner, Augsburg College alumnus. 0.I. Hertsgaard Scholarship*-Awarded annually to junior/senior students who show promise of academic success and have financial need. Reference given to those who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instnniental music and intaest or potential in conducting. Established in 1966 by 0.I. Hertsgaard. The Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial Choral Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a freshman student member of the College Choir, based upon suitable academic performance and financial need. Preference will be given to a choir member who is a minority person. Established in 1990 by Garfield Hoversten ('a), family and friends, in loving memory of Bernice Kolden Hoversten ('501, a soloist with the choir. Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship*-Awarded to upper class students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Established in 1975by Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful message of music. The Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a music student of any class or major, upon the recommendation of the Music Department. Established in 1987by Lucille H. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Ia. - Kenneth 0.Lower Nordkap Male Chorus Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class student mapring in music, based upon academic performance and b c i a l need, with preference given to a person studying choral music. Established in 1986 in memory of Kenneth 0.Lower ('28) and in recognition of the heritage of the Nordkap Male Chorus. Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded annuallyto upper class student(s1preparing for careers in church music. Established in 1980by Edwin W. Norberg to honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and conducting of piano, organ and choral music. The Performing Arts Scholarship (Music) -Awarded annually to new incoming freshmen students who will participate in one of the performing arts groups. Up to 10 scholarshipswill be awarded. Faculty will base their awards upon applications and auditions. Deadline for application is February 15 of each year. St. John's Lutheran Church -John Norris Memorial Scholarship*- Awarded annually in honor of St. John's Lutheran Church's faithful sexton for 35 years, Mr. John Norris. Applicants must be U.S.citizens majoring in music who are sophomores or above. The awards are based upon financial need and satisfactory academic progress, with preference given to racial minority students. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. Established in 1953by his family to honor Henry P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951. Leland B. Sateren Choral Music Scholarship*-Awarded to outstanding students who are participants in the Augsburg Choral Music program. Rev. Mark Ronning Memorial Instrumental Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student of any class who is a member of a College instrumental group but is not studying music. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Ehiley)Holmen, in memory of Rev. Mark Ronning, who dedicated his life to helping young people. Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a participant in the concert band, based on talent and academic record. Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 1955by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg, and her brother Dorvan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-'53. String Scholarships-Awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin, viola, cello or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string ensemble and orchestra. John and Vera Thut Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded annually to upper class students who have achieved excellence in performance in voice or piano. Established in 1980by John and Vera Thut, their family and friends. The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the teaching of music, three decades of which were at Augsburg. Philosophy Kenneth C. Bailey Philosophy Scholarship*-A merit scholarship awarded annually to an upper class student majoring or minoring in philosophy. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)Holmen, in honor of Dr. Bailey's 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg College faculty. Physics Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class student majoring in physics. Established in 1976by the Augsburg College Physics Department and friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty. Political Science The Myles Stenshoel Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upper class students pursuing careers in political science. Established in 1980by Professors Norma Noonan and Myles Stenshoel. The Dr. Bernhardt J. Kleven Scholarship*-Awarded annually to seniors majoring in history k d political science, based upon substantial academic accomplishment and financial need. Established in 1989 by Dr. Bernhardt J. Kleven, graduate of 1922 and Professor Emeritus, History and Political Science. Psychology The Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class. Preference will be given to students studying psychology, especially family understanding. Established in 1989 through a bequest and trust of Dr. Lester T. Hoversten, San Jose, Calif., in honor of his parents. Religion and Christian Service Scholarships The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981by Rolland H. Bockbrader to honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation, Augsburg College and the community. Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship*-Available to both North American and international students to encourage men and women to enter fulltime Christian service. Awards are based on demonstrated academic ability, moral character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983by the Rev.and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess. Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship*Awarded annually to a student(s)in the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide offering to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0.Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church, 19S1958. The Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial Scholarship Fund -Awarded annually to students of any class or major, who plan to enter the ministry, based upon aca- demic performance and financial need. Preference will be given to students who are members of the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church, Edina, Minn. Established in 1989by a family of the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church, acting through the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church of Edina Foundation, in memory of Rev. Donald C. Carlson ('421, founding pastor of the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church of Edina. Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982to honor the memory of Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg. The Luthard 0. Gjerde Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors who are declared pre-seminary or pre-medicine students or to students mapring in social work or a related field of Christian service. Awards are based upon academic excellence and predicated upon Rev. Luthard Gjerde's commitment to the Gospel of Jesus Christ as central to the ministry of healing and wholeness. Established in 1989by Mrs. Sophia Gjerde, family and friends in memory of Rev. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Augsburg College (3 ' 3) and Augsburg Seminary ('36). The Elias P. Harbo Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student(s) in the junior or senior class who is preparing for the ministry, with preference given to those studying history, including church history. Established in 1991by the family to honor the memory of Elias P. Harbo, a graduate of Augsburg College (1886) and Augsburg Seminary (1889), the first President of the Lutheran Free Church, and later Professor of Systematic Theology at Augsburg Seminary, 1909-1927. Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship*- Awarded on the basis of need, character and interest in Christian service. Established in 1957by Iver Iverson. The Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to one or more students of any class who demonstratepotential and financial need, with preference for those who are preparing for a religious service vocation. Established in 1985by Kenneth and Vera Nelson in memory of their pastor, The Rev. Arnold J. Melom, a 1947 graduate of Augsburg College. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually on the basis of scholarship, service and devotion to the Christian faith. Established in 1975by the family and Augsburg College in memory of Gerda Mortensen for five decades of service to Christian higher education at Augsburg College. Onesimus Scholarship*-Awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. Established in 1962by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson. Johan H. 0. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annuallyto Augsburg students preparing for a professional career in Christian service. Established in 1976 by Mr. and Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in memory of Johan J. 0.Rodvik and his deep personal dedication to his calling as a minister, as well as his scholarly research and pioneering thought concerning the Apostle Paul's traditionally misunderstood attitude toward the question of equal rights and equal status for women. The Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian service. Established in 1958to honor the Rev. Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the College, 1940-1952. The Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a junior or senior preparing for a full-time vocation in the church.Established in 1980 by their children, families and friends to honor the lifelong devotion that the Rev. and Mrs. Lawrence Sateren gave to the church, Augsburg College, and Augsburg Seminary over a period of 60 years. Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary ScholarshipFund* -Awarded annually to a junior or senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Mission Department of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. Established in 1969 by the Rev. and Mrs. Morris G. C. Vaagenes. The Johan L Weltzin Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to upper division Lutheran students. Awards are based upon academic performance and financial need, with preference given to students who would like to serve in foreign missions. Established in 1987 by Pastor H. Alfred Weltzin ('411, Viroqua, Wisc., and Pastor TheodoreJ. Weltzin ('37), Watford City, N.D., in memory of their brother, Johan L. Weltzin ('73). Scandinavian Studies Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class studenfds)with academic ability, in the pursuit of a degree with concentrationin Scandinavianlanguages, literature, history and/or culture. Established in 1983 by their children and their families and friends to honor Iver and Myrtle Olson on the occasion of their golden wedding anniversary. Social Work Stem Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work Students* -Awarded annually to one or more minority social work students, based upon the student's potential and financial need, with preference given to those who are preparing for professional careers in social work Established in 1985 by Dr. Paul and Mrs. Lorene Steen, as representatives of the Steen Family. The Lisa M. Weeding Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to a female junior or senior social work student, based upon financial need and suitable academic accomplishment. Established in 1989 in memory of Lisa M. Weeding ('871, by her parents, Donald and Marilyn Weeding, family and friends. Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize*- Awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian sociology. Established in 1936 by members of his family to honor the memory of Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg from 193W35. SpeechlCommunicationrrheatre Arts Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship*-Awarded talent, scholarship and theatre participation. to a senior student based on The Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama ) -Awarded annually to new incoming freshmen students who will participate in one of the performing arts groups. Up to seven scholarshipswill be awarded. Faculty will base their awards upon applications and auditions. Deadline for application is February 15of each year. The Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre Arts/Religion Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior majoring in Theatre Arts, Communication or Religion, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to students involved in drama who are preparing for a career in religious senrice. Established in 1989by her daughter, Carolyn Canfield, family and friends in memory of Dr. Esther J. Olson, Professor of Drama at Augsburg College. 'Indicates e n d o d scholarships Experiences in the classroom are an important part college llife, but learning and development also occur in formal and infomral activities @the College and the metropolitan area. Whetherstudents are residents m commuters, the climatefor learning and living at Augsburg will add dirnensiun to their education. As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunitieswe encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Because our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, outreach teams, planning committees, retreats, peace and justice forums, concerts and plays are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each day to give thank. and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays, Trinity Lutheran worship services are held on campus, with many other churches within walking distance. We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts that God has given them. As a college of the church, we encourage students to form values guided by our Christian heritage, which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond their years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an office in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center and is available for spiritual guidance, counseling. support or information. Through student government, students secure a closer relationship with and better understanding of the administration and faculty, and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government is orgaruzed into the executive branch, the legislative branch and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring for the next year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible -program planning, writing editing or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice Fresident of the Student Body in their officesin the Christensen Center. Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, theme events, name entertainment and visiting personalitiesin various fields. The Christensen Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus. Officesfor the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. KCMR,a studentaperated non-profit radio station senring the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in Umess Tower. Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts Department and have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus workshops with visiting artsprofessionals. Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intemllegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC)and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic M a t i o n (NCAA) Division 111.Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, tennis, track and field and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, track and field, softball and tennis. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. The Student Affairs Division is comprised of a variety of programs, services and activities dedicated to complementing and enhancing students' educational experience and the academic programs of Augsburg College. These programs, services and activities provide students with an enriched collegiate experience which celebrates our rich diversity of student needs and interests; attends to the social, cultural and career development of students; and enhances students' academic performance through direct intervention and environmental management. The following information provides a brief introduction to the major efforts of the Student Affairs Division. When students are concerned about the amount of work facing them, they benefit from the programs of the Learning Center. The Center offers services that cover the basic skills in reading, writing, vocabulary, spelling, test preparation and math, as well as techniques to improve and enrich even the best of study habits. If students need help with test anxiety, procrastination, time management or study skills in general, the Center has programs that help. This office, located at 620 21st Avenue South, was created in 1978 to recruit and retain American Indian students. It is recognized as a national model for success and continues to have one of the highest retention and graduation rates of Indian studentsin the State of Minnesota. The American Indian Support program provides direct services a d assistance in areas that include but are not limited to: Indian student admissions and financialaid procedures, orientation and registration, coursework selection and academic advising, career counseling, community and professional referrals, employment assistance, internships, student housing, personal and crisis counseling. It advises and supports the Interhibal Student Union The program also provides advocacy in areas pertaining to health care, child care, mental health, court services, public assistance issues, chemical dependency and other areas that require or necessitate intervention. An academic component in the form of an American Indian Studies Minor is available (see INS, American Indian Studies). Periodically, cultural activities and exhibitions are coordinated by this office. The Black Student Affairs Office is committed to enhancing the education and personal development of students of African descent, and to providing cultural and historical awareness, academic achievement and social interaction. The Pan-African Student Union provides service to students and holds monthly meetings in the Office of Black Student Affairs. In addition, the Office sponsors events and activities such as Spiritual Life Series, Martin Luther King's Birthday, poetry readings and Augsburg Black Alumni Association meetings. Career Services assists students in many ways. The staff can help students explore interests for majors, find Internships and locate part-time jobs to try out career possibilities. The staff provides seminars on career development, interviewing skills and resume writing. Placement files are developed for each student and sent out to prospective employers and graduate programs. All students have moments of anxiety, difficulty making decisions and confusion about themselves, their values or their relationships. Sometimes students need to talk things out or receive information about the excellent helping services in the Twin Cities. The Counseling Center provides a supportive environment where students may gain greater self-knowledge and are assisted in the self awareness/personal exploration process by experienced counselors. The Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (C.L.A.S.S.) has been recognized nationally as a leader in the field of educating students with learning and physical disabilities. The C.L.A.S.S. program at Augsburg is a logical outgrowth of the College's commitment to provide a highquality liberal artseducation for students with diverse backgrounds, experiences and preparation. The staff include three licensed learning disabilities specialists, one physical disabilitiesspeclalist, and support staff members specializing in taped texts and specla1testing arrangements.This favorable staff/student ratio allows Augsbmg to offer an intense level of personal attention that is unique in the college setting. In addition to individual academic support provided by specdists, other services include advising, computer assistance and advocacy both on and offampus. The Minnesota Multiple Sclerosis Society has recognized Augsburg as an outstanding accessible organization in the field of higher education for its unique system of tunnels and skyways. FYE reflects the College's commitment to a meaningful introduction to college for our students -an enriching beginning for a college career. To provide focus for this introduction, FYE is centered on a series of themes. These themes will be reflected in and expanded upon in readings, d i m s sions and other activities. Diversity, tradition, change, ways of knowing and what it means to be an educated person are all themes associated with the Program. The College houses approximately 800 students in a traditional residence hall, aparhnent buildings, 22 houses and a family housing complex The housing staff manages these facilities and creates a wide array of educa- tional and social programming which balances and complements the educational experience of students. The staff is comprised of three professional staff members and 18paraprofessionalswho live and work closely with the resident students to provide a safe environment for living and learning. The Student Activities program creates opportunities for students to enhance their leadership skills through active involvementin developing events, activities and organizationswhich serve the student community. Hundreds of major programming efforts and targeted activities for specific student interests are generated through these efforts and make Augsburg a dynamic and enjoyable interactive environment. The Tutor Center, located at 2011 S. Seventh Street, arranges for students to meet with tutors for content tutoring in most freshman and sophomore level courses. Study rooms and a graduate student study skills counselor are available at the Center to help students. The International Programs Office focuses on the needs of international students and students interested in studying abroad. It also serves as a resource for those interested in international events and global issues. InternationalStudents -Augsburg welcomes students from countries around the world. International students from over 47 countries have attended Augsburg since 1954. International students receive assistance in meeting their educational objectives through advising on academic concerns, immigration and visa problems, financialmatters, practical matters (taxes, insurance, housing, daycare) and personal concerns (adjustment to U.S. educational system and society). New international students participate in an orientation program before the begnmng of the term which provides practical information on housing, banking, using local transportation and course registration. Students also learn about the U.S. educational system and adjusting to life at Augsburg. i Study Abroad -An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas experience. Through study abroad students may meet with grassroots women's organizationsin Mexico, work in a small business or artisan program in Kenya, examine Scandinavian perspechves on world peace in Norway, or thrill to the sounds of "The Magic Flute" at the Viennese state opera house. Study abroad provides opportunities to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further career paths, experience different cultures and gain knowledge about the increasingly interdependent world. Students intemted in studying offcampus receive advice on selecting programs which best fit their academic, career and personal objectives. Assistance is given with program application, course registration, financing and travel arrangements. Orientation and reentry programs are offered to assist students integrate the experience abroad into their coursework and personal lives. The deadline for application is December 15for offcampus study the following year. All students in good academic standing at Augsburg may apply for permission to study o f f ~ p u sThe . cost for many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for a semester oncampus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as oncampus study. Students n o d y receive the same number of course aedits abroad as they would if studying on-campus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distribution/general education and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and the International Programs Office before departure. Augsburg Community -The International Programs Office works to utilize the crosscultural perspectives of its international students and students with experienceoverseas to educate the college community on world issues. This is done through faculty, staff and student development programs which include activities sponsored by the Cross-Cultural Club and the InternationalHouse, forumson world issues sponsored by the Global Community and Amnesty International student groups, and seminars focusing on issues of crosscultural communication for faculty and staff. The College has a contract for its student health service with Srnileys Point Chic, a teaching clinic of the University of Minnesota Medical School. The Clinic is located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Officevisits for illness and injury are free for all Augsburg students. Students must check family health coverage to determine if they ~ I inP cluded; if they aw not, contact the Dean of Students' office for information regarding student health insurance. The Commons-Situated on the top floor of the Christensen Center, this is themain food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant, spaciousroom feasmall table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions ~ I P generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. Murphy's -Located on the ground floor of the Center, Murphys features gnll items, soups and salads, desserts and beverages. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program promotes student growth by asking students to actively participate in group decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more resident staff who facilitatesthe process of group living and discusses personal concerns with individual students. Augsburg requires all freshmen and sophomoresnot living at home to live in College-operated housing. Manied student housing is available in annex housing and South Hall. Studentsrent a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments the summer before they arrive at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangementsin the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1will be provided housing only if space is available. AU studentsliving on campus must pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' accounts when they move into the residence. Umess Tower -AU new students and some upperclass students live in Umess Tower. This 11story high-rise houses 324 students. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their own lounge, study and utility areas. In Urness Tower, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads and lamps. Laundry facilities a~ available in each residence. Mortensen Tower -This is the newest residence hall, an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. South H all -Contains 12apartments housing 34 upperclass students. West H all -Contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Annex Housing -This provides an alternative opportunity for group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living and learning of your housing situation is to bid for a special interest house. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as environmental concerns, men's and women's awareness, international living honors program and Scandinavian studies. The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by students and faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX.Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Office of the Registrar and the Placement Officeand to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1,1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, a d ,marital status or age. Persons additional information on these topics should contact the Office of the Dean of Students or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the directory at the end of the catalog. A.ugsburg College constructs its cuwiculum upon the premise that students must be educated as fully human sons -intellechcally, spiritually and physically. To act tff&.vely, human beings must have a broad grasp of the ofthe wmldPam which they have come as well as the m l d in which they live. By prouiding courses in the humanities, natural sciences and social sciences, the general education curriculum introduces students to the breadth and camplmPXIty of knowledge and culture. Required courses in religion are liesigned to acquaint students with the Christian tradition a d encourage them to r$ect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses qf2r students the opportunity to deuelop skills for participation in exe~cise and sporting activities. Students choosefrom over 45 majar areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a disciplineand to preprefor a career mfurther study. Thus, through a balance of cuwicuiizr activities supported by full pre grams in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education strim to educate its students in a ral wmldfar the ral wmld. Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts,the Bachelor of Music and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The BS. degree is awarded to graduates with maprs in Chemistry (ACS),Computer Science (BS.option), Music Therapy, Nursing, Physics (B.S. option) and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Music Education and Music Performance. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Augsburg also offers a Master of Arts in Leadership, Master of Arts in Education-Leadership and Master of Social Work Augsburg follows the 4 1 4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a 4week January Interim. Full-time students normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during the regular term. (SeeRegistration.) January Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ different styles of teaching and learning and to investigatequestions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular t e r n The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to classesoffered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunities within the United Statesand abroad. Independent or directed study and internships are among the many Interim options. Augsburg offers two Summer School sessions. The Summer School catalog is published in the winter of each year and is distributed to all students, and is available by contacting the Summer School Office. Augsburg Weekend College and Graduate Programs follow a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College and GraduatePrograms). The heart of any educational institution is its faculty and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree and all consider their teaching to be the f m s of their activity. Faculty are involved in research, including such varied studies as space physics, the history of medieval spirituality, women in the Soviet Union and homelessness in American cities. Music faculty perform professionally on the local and national level and studio artists' works can be seen in buildings, galleries and shows around the country. Augsburg faculty see their research as supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program which introduces them to current thought in many fieldsbut especially in teaching techniques and theories. Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and counselors and participate regularly in campus activities. Every student is assigned a freshman adviser and chooses a major adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act as both mentors and models for students. A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place to study. The main library houses over 175,000 books,journals, records, sound cassettes, films and microforms. Music, chemistry and art history slide libraries are located within the departmental areas. A service-oriented staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, &nce service and guidance in pursuing research. Students have access to a wide variety of local, regional, national and international databases. Arrangements are made for access by students with physical limitationsand special needs. Students have access via a computerized on-line catalog and daily courier service to all the library holdings of the seven private liberal arts colleges of the Twin Cities and the JamesJ. Hill Reference Library. The Library AudieVisual Center houses and supplies media equipment, films and video tapes free of charge for instructionaluse. Audio and video tape duplication within the limits set by copyright law is available. Fees are charged for the production of transparencies and posters as well as for lamination. The Center supplies television sets, VCRs, video cameras, video editing tape recorders, microphones, slide, overhead, filmstrip, opaque and movie projectors as well as screens and carts. Film bibliographies and advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center. The fall 1991completion of a new computer classroom and lab is an irnportant addition to the growing list of computer resources accessible to Augsburg students and faculty. Computing clusters located in the dormitories, the Foss Center computer lab, the Library and the Science Building are connected via a campus-wide network that offers a wide range of network services. Augsburg College became a member of the National Science Foundation's Internet in the fall of 1990, connecting Augsburg to hundreds of universities and other institutionsin the US. and around the world. Internet access and a focus on educational technology allows Augsburg to integrate these new electronic resources into many different areas of the learning process. The College curriculum is offered by 22 departmentswhich are grouped into four divisionsfor administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities -Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages,Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts, College Librarians Natural Science and Mathematics -Mark Engebretson (chaqmwn) Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics Social and Behavioral Sciences -Richard Nelson (Chairperson) Business Administration/Management Information Systems (MIS), Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology Professional Studies -Marie McNeff (Chairpemn) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing Social Work MAJORS AND MINORS Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the B.A. degree. Studentsmay contact the Registrar about creating a unique major. Art Art History Studw Art Biology Business Administration Accounting, Finance, International Business, Mi2~gt??nent and Marketing Chemisty (B.A. or B.S.) Communication Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.) East Asian Studies1 Economics Applied Economics Economics-Business Administration Education Kindergarten-Elementary Secondary (non-major, licensure only) Engineering English Foreign Languages Chinese, French, Getman,Japanese, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish Health Education History Humanities International Relations Management Information Systems Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Education (BMS Music P e r ~ n c (BM.) e Music Therapy (B.S.1 Nursing (B.S.) American Indian Studies Art Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English Foreign Languages Chinese' French, German,Japanese, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish Health Education History International Business Phiiosophy Physical Education Physics (B.A. or B.S.) Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science social Work (B.S.) Sociology Soviet and East European Area Studies ' speech Theatre Arts Transdisciplinary Management Information Systems Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Music Phiiosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies social Welfare Sociology Soviet and East European Area Studies Special Education Speech Theatre Arts Theatre Criticism Women's Studies It is possible for studentsto complete other maprs through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Students who wish to complete a rnapr offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrafs Office. I Cooperative Program of the Assodated Colleges of the Twin Cities and a g r m t s with the University ofMinnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning and intermediate courses in Arabic, Chinese, Hebrm, Japaneseand Russian. Other languages may be milable through special arrangement. Dual degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology,Washington Unimsity School of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological Uniwsity. Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education and the following fields in Secondary Education: English-LanguageArts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades 5-91, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-121, Band (K-12)and Classroom Music (grades5-12), Orchestra (K-12),Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (grade35-12), and Physical Education (K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in the Education Department and the area of their academic major(s). Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy or engineeringcan profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each field to assist students in their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program should contact the Associate Academic Dean early in their freshman year to arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser. Pre-Dentistry -These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, two courses; BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352; MAT 124; PSY 105. Requirementsat other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering-This program provides a course of study which enables students to complete introductory core requirementsin mathematics, science and the liberal arts necessary for engineering. Some students in the program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engine* while others elect to participate in a dual degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangementswith three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri, or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts,including an elected major, with the study of engineering. Pre-Law -Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools and consult the Augsburg prelaw adviser, Dr. Robert Clyde. Students may wish to take the course POL 170 (Law in the United States) to help determine their interest in law. Prelaw students should major in a discipline of their own choosing and will satisfy most law-school entrance requirements with a m r d of solid achievement in the liberal arts. Pre-Medicine -Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the Biology and Chemistry Departmentshave majors which can fulfill the academic +rements for pre-medical students. Both require CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), MAT 124,125; and PHY 121,122. The chemistry major also requires CHM 353,361, one advanced course, seminar and two or more biology courses. The biology major also requires BIO 111,112,201,491 and at least one from each of five groups -(367,386,471), (355,474), (351,353,473), (361,440), (476,481) -with 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school. Designed to meet the University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requires two years of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Pharmacy -Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 111,112; CHM 115,116,351,352; ECO 112or 113; ENG 111and a second course; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122; electivesfrom humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary -A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology or religion Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy and Greek in the junior and/or senior yea.. Pre-Veterinary Medicine -To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, two courses; MAT 124; public speaking, one course; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122; economics, one course; two courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theatre, or Upper Division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Honors Program The Honors Program is a set of opportunities designed to challenge the most academicallydistinguished students at Augsburg. Honors combines academic and cultural components with social and intellectual activities. The main components of the program include a one-per-term sequence of honors courses during the freshman and sophomore year, special topics seminars, a senior honors Interim course and a bi-monthly program of speakers and events in the city. Students gain an enriched academic experience with the support and camaraderie of other honors students. Through the program, the College can identify and meet the needs of its very best students. Members normally enter as freshmen, with opportunities for transfers and others. Requirementscenter on full participation in the program components and a GPA of approximately 3.5. Please send inquiries for the freshman and sophomore program to Joan Griffin and the junior and senior program to Larry Gockett. Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center -Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the regional library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,,000 volumes. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) -Full-time weekday students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and universities of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instructionin music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to parbcipate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools or to undertake a specific course or mapr not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The Interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles studentsbetween the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) -Augsburg, in cooperation with 17other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa and South Dakota, develops and offers off-campus study semes ters in Scandinavia, South and Central America and the Twin Cities. All HECUA programs are interdisciplinaryand address the critical issues associated with social change and the human community. The consortium also facilitatesinnovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among faculty, cooperative research, international and experiential education and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies. Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effortbetween Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialiststo help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken on both campuses. Air Force ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force RO'K program at the University of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information,contact the Office of the Registrar. Naval ROTC -Augsburg studentsmay participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Officeof the Registrar. Students are encouraged to consider study abroad as part of their educational program at Augsburg College. Study abroad provides opporhmities to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further career paths, experience differentcultures and gain knowledge about the increasingly interdependent world. Eligibility and Application All students in good academic standingat Augsburg may apply for perrnission to study off-campus. Although foreign language skills are an asset to students studyingabroad, they are not required. Since it takes some time to prepare for studying abroad, students should start planning during their freshman and sophomore years. Students must apply by December 15to study off-campus for the next academic year. Costs and Financial Aid The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for a semester on-campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis an oncampus study. Cost estimates are drawn up to assist the Financial Aid Office in awarding aid to students studying overseas. Academic Requirements and Credit Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg but will add an international dimension to any academic program. Students majoring in a variety of disciplines, from the natural sciences and mathematics to the humanities, study abroad each year. Students normally receive the same number of course credits abroad as they would if studying oncampus. Coursesabroad can fulfill major, distribution/general education and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and department chairs before departure. I E I A sample of study programs is highhghted below. For information on these or other programs overseas, contact the InternationalPrograms Office. Fall Term Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives This program of Augsburg's Center for Global Education explores the experience of women in Latin America, focusing on their roles in economic development, social change strategiesand the connectionswomen are drawing among issues of gender, race, class and global economics. Students begin at the U.S./Mexico border, live in Cuemavaca, Mexico, for most of the semester, and travel to Central America. Cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on campus. Application deadline: April 1 I Social Policy and Human Services in Latin America Each fall, Augsburg's Center for Global Education offers this program introducingparticipants to the central issues currently facing Latin America by focusing on new models of political organizing,popular education and human services. Students b e p at the US./Mexico border, live in Cuernavaca, Mexico, for most of the semester, and travel to Central America. Cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on campus. Application deadline: April 1 HECUA Augsburg, in consortiumwith other colleges and universities, offers programs through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA)in three different fullsemester programs in Norway, Ecuador or Columbia. All programs emphasize the impact of social change and crosscultural factors on the human community. HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships and field trips. For more information on HECUA programs, see the Metro-Urban Studies listing in this catalog. HECUAlSouth American Urban Semester: Ecuador or Columbia (SAUS) This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on the relationshipsbetween Third World development and the consequences of urbanization on the growth of cities in South America. Application deadline: March 15 HECUAlScandinavianUrban Studies Term: Norway (SUST) (Also offered Spring Term.) This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on contemporary Scandinavian societies and issues of the development of cities, urban problem solving and urban life. Field study in Scandinavia and the U.S.S.R. is included. Application deadlines: November 1(Spring term), March 15 (Fall term) Interim Abroad Each January, 25-30courses are offered around the world by Augsburg professors and through the Upper Midwest Association for International Education W A I E ) . Course registration is held during the Spring and Fall terms for the followingJanuary. Application deadline: October 25 Spring Term Program in Global Community This program of Augsburg's Center for Global Education examines the history of political change, the dynamics of social justice and the role of the chwch in Latin America. The program also explores the importance of community and the responsibility of U.S. citizens in working for social and political change. Students begm at the U.S./Mexico border, live in Cuernavaca, Mexico, for most of the semester, and travel to Central America. Cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on campus. Application deadline: October 15 Minnesota Studies in International Development (MSID) Augsburg, in cooperation with the ACTC colleges and the University of Minnesota,offers the opportunity to study development issues in one of seven countries: Ecuador, Colombia, India, Jamaica, Kenya, Morocco and Senegal.The program consists of coursework in the U.S., a development related internship in the country and community outreach upon return. During the Fall semester, two required predeparture courses are offered at the University of Minnesota.Directed study, internship or field research is offered in the country during Interim and Spring terms. Application deadline: May 15 HECUNLiterature, Ideology and Society in Latin America: Educador (USLA) This interdisciphaxyprogram focuses on development and social change in Latin America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature and arts and the ways in which ideologies shape perceptions of social realities. Application deadline: November 1 HECUNScandinavian Urban Studies Term: Norway (SUST) See description under listings for Fall term. ACTC German Program: Germany and Austria Students participate in intensive language study at the Goethe Institute in Germany during January and February and in a course on AustrdXrman culture, language and civilization in Vienna, Austria. Application deadline: Odober 15 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN) Augsburg participates in SPAN as a joint venture with other colleges and the University of Minnesota. Each January four countriesare selected and applicationsare accepted during Spring term. Students participate in language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study/research on the topic of one's choice during the summer, and writing a paper and community projects upon return Application deadline: May 15 Student Teaching Abroad Selected Education Department students may participate in the Intemational Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the Internationaland American Independent School Network. Students who teach abroad will also do part of their student teaching under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. For additional information, contact the Education Department. EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS Internships, Cooperative Education and Service-Learning Through Internships, Cooperative Education and Community Service, Augsburg students integrate and expand their liberal artseducation by embracing the worlds of work and service. Each work or community service placement is closely related to a student's major, course work or career interest. Augsburg's Internship, Cooperative Education and Community Service programs link employers, community organizationsand the academic program in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience and personal development. An underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and citizenship. The integration of "knowingand doing" adds breadth and depth to the liberal artscurriculum and assists students in making more informed academic, career and personal decisions. The College's metropolitan location makes possible a wide range of opportunities. Students have gained valuable learning experiencesin small and midsize companies, large corporations, non-profit organizations, schools, government agencies and community-based organizations. Academic Internships An academic internship is a carefully planned work-based learning experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning objectives. A learning agreement plan, negotiated with a faculty supervisor and work supervisor, outlining the internship objectives, strategies and evaluation methods is required. An academic internship is approved, supervised and evaluated by a faculty member in the department in which the student wishes to earn the Internship credit. Upper Division Internships are numbered 399 and Lower Division Internships are numbered 199. Registration for Internshipsconsists of the following steps: 1. Obtain the Internship registration permission form from the Internship and Cooperative Education Office and secure the signaturesof the faculty supervisor and Director of Internshipsand Cooperative Education. 2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship during the registration period. The signed permission form must be tumed in at the time of registration. (Students may preregister without a placement seared, but a suitable internship must be found by the end of the registration or drop/add period.) 3. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Internship and Cooperative Education office) must be negotiated with the faculty member responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The completed original is turned in to the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Internships are available in all majors and can be taken during a semester (or Weekend College trimester),interim or summer session. For extension of an internship beyond one term see the section of the catalog under grading. A maximum of four courses of Internship may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Cooperative Education CooperativeEducation is a college supported and monitored, paid, worklearning experience that is closely related to a student's major or career objective. The goal is to combine theory with practice. Students also earn money to help defray educational costs while gaining important on-the-job experience.Job placements typically are part-time during the academic year and/or full-time summer. Co-op jobs are flexible and can begn and end anytime. Co-op Ed is not aedited in and of itself,but a nonaedit CooperativeEducation transcript entry is available during the academic terms the student is employed. Co-op Ed students are encouraged to complete at least one Internship for credit in conjunction with their Cooperative Education participation. Co-op Ed is available to Augsburg students who have completed their freshman year and are in good academic standing. Service-Learning Augsburg's ServiceL.eaming program combines response to human needs in the community with a conscious awareness and understandingof issues, reflection and educationalgrowth. Augsburg students learn from and about the community and society in which they live by participating in orientation sessions, direct servicelearningactivities and seminarsor class discussions. Through direct service, such as volunteering at a homeless shelter, tutoring building housing for low income people or working with environmental groups, students engage in a dynamic and interactive educational approach which employs reciprocal learning between the student(s1and the community. The Service-I-eamhg Program works with community organizations and organizes @c projects to enhance student involvement and also assists with and supports the integration of service-learninginto departmental courses. The program works closely with the student directed Augsburg LINK program and campus ministry. Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a second mapr or pursue a personal interest or skill. Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends. There are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term. Although the Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses as the day school program, the cumculum is limited to selected liberal arts courses and the followingmajors: Business Administration (specializationsin accounting, finance, international business, management, and marketing), Communication (concentrationsin human relations, marketing communications, public relations/advertising, and supervisory management), Computer Science, Economics, Elementary and Secondary Education, English, Management Information Systems, Nursing, Psychology, Religion and Social Work. Augsburg College offers three graduate degree programs: the Master of Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership and the Master of Social Work Designed for working adults, the Augsburg Graduate Program operates on alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. There are thnx trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. The Master of Arts in Leadership program is based on the subject matter and approaches of the traditional liberal arts.This cross-disciplinary program directs its acadanic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues and problems relevant to orpnimtional leaders. AugsbUrg's program recognizes that today's leaders need broad-spectrum abilities to provide them with a more comprehensive understandingof their world. The Master of Arts in Education-Leadershipprogram values the role that good educators play in the lives of students, and operates from the belief that educators need to exercise leadership within the workplace without relinquishingthe role of teacher. The program promotes leadership as a process, promotes productivity within and beyond the organization and works toward progress. The Master of Social Work at Augsburg offerstwo concentrations:Family Practice and Program Development, Policy and Administration. In the Family Practice concentration, students concentrate on empowering the family nurturing systems from a developmental and holistic perspective. The Program Development, Policy and Administration concentration has been developed in response to the growing demand for creative leadership and administration of policies and servicesthat respond to human need. Both concentrations are founded on the asumptions that analysis of complex social issues and solutionsmust be based on solid research, and that the world is interdependent in all areas, includinghuman needs and the services to address them. These programs bring working adults to the campus. They are complemented by the College's Cooperative Education Program (begun in 1984) that places Augsburg students into paid work experiences. OrFmPRContinuing Education Program Augsburg College offers selected courses through ContinuingEducation. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Associate Dean for Graduate and Special Programs. Canadian Program The Canadian Program was inaugurated in 1985 with an endowment from the Mildred Joel Bequest for Canadian Studies. The program supports s p e d events and conferences as well as student internships and faculty activity in Canadian studies. The goals of the program include community involvement, increased awarenessof the importance of Canadian/U.S. relations, and provision of opportunities to learn directly from Canadians through visits and exchanges. Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian Program Coordinator Center for Global Education The Center for Global Education, founded at Augsburg in 1985 facilitates crosscultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are grounded in the perspectives of the poor and of others struggling for justice and human dignity. Students can participate in semester abroad programs, as well as Weekend College and Graduate Program courses offered at the Center's program sites in Latin America, the Middle East, Southern Africa, and the Asia/Pacific region. A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Full-time students normally register for four courses per semester and one course in the Interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4 5 courses, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. Although a student may register up to five days after the semester b e p s , registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancellingor adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a semester. A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the followingsemesters. As some courses are offeredonly in alternate years, students should also consult with Departmental advisers when planning their class registrations. Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer School Office,Weekend College Office and Graduate Program Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. Specificinformationon registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar -Science 114, for Fall and Spring Terms Interim Ofice -Memorial 230 Summer School Office -2222 Murphy Place Weekend College Office -2222 Murphy Mace Graduate Program Office -2222 Murphy Place Pre-Registration Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students may preregister during the fall for the Spring and during the spring for the Fall terms. Class Confirmation All students must confirm their registration at the begnning of each semester and complete financialarrangements. Students who do not confirmtheir registration before the first day of classes (unless s p e d arrangementshave been made) will lose all classes. They may register and confinn during the first five days, but special late fees a= assessed and added to their account. Withdrawal from College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered because this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellationof courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from College cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student StandingCommittee. Withdrawal from College and resulting adjustments in accounts an? effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. Leave of Absence Students may request a leave of absence for academic or personal reasons. A request form must be picked up from the Office of the Dean of Students. It must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized representative, and by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office. A leave of absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an extension of a leave of absence is needed, it should be requested in the same manner as the original leave of absence, and the completed form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous leave of absence, or readmission will be required. Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed by returning students. A leave of absence does not defer repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines. The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic Advisers, Department Chairpersons, the Associate Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. AU degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrar'soffice prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about requirements for these honors. 1. Completion of 35 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in one department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance)for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 18for the The course total must include three Interimsfor students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. This is calculatedon each transfer s t u d d s evaluationof transfer credits. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses q d two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P).Non-traditional grading (PIalso has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one in the minor if approvedby the department dxiqxmn Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrais Office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. 2 Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. 3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily the FYE Fall Orientationand Seminar. See the program section on the First Year Experience for a full description. 4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and over all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure and certificationrequire higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensurein education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, socialwork.) See the departmental section for details. 5. Residence -The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of seven courses for part-time students)must be at Augsburg. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. Because a new general education curriculumfakes effkc.3Septemberf 1991,other graduation ~equirementsdiffer depending on a studenYs class$katratrow Former Students Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, if possible, or using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission. Regular Students Enrolled Before June, 1991 Students enrolled b e f o June, ~ 1991, have a choice of using all graduation requirements in effect when first enrolled or c h a n p g to the graduation requirements in effect begmmngin September, 1991.No combination of requirements may be made. Students Entering Augsburg September, 1991, or Later Students entering under the followingclassificationswill follow the Distribution Requirements as outlined below. Students entering in 1991-1992 who are classified as Sophomores, Juniors, or Seniors; Those entering in 1992-1993classified as Juniorsor Seniors; Those entering in 1993-94 classified as Seniors . All other entering students will follow the requirementslisted in the section titled "The Augsburg General Education Curriculum Requirements" (see pages 81-89). Writing -A course in writing (English 111)or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of En@k Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts - An approved course from each of these seven mas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biology English-Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts (devoted to the study of literature) Psychology-sociology Economics-PoliticalScience History-Philosophy Art-Music A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's Office. Foreign Languages-Two courses (111 and 112)of one foreign language at Augsburg. Students who test above the 111level of a foreign language will take one additionalcourse at placement level in that language or two courses (111and 112)of another foreign language. International students should consult with the Registrar. Religion -Three approved courses in religion, of which not more than one may be an Interim course, are required. The number of religion courses required for graduation is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should check their Evaluation of Transfer Credit form, or consult the Reglstrar'sOffice. Urban Concerns or Women's Studies or Minority Studies -One course. Courses approved to meet this requirement arr published each t e r n Information is available at the w s t r a f s Office. Lifetime Sports -Demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports is required. Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35-courserequirement. Rationale for the Augsburg General Education Curriculum: The Augsburg faculty has designed a cohesive academic program incorporating general education, major courses, supportingcourses and elective courses leading to the bachelor's degree. The core of the Augsburg curriculum is found in the liberal artsas expressed in the General Education component of the college curriculum. Augsburg, in its Mission Statement, declares the College exists 'To develop future leaders of service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community." One way which the College seeks consciously to realize this Mission is through its General Education curriculum, which Augsburg has divided under two headings: liberal artsperspectives and skills. The term "perspective" assumes that not only are we engaged in the search for truth, but that this requires the searcher to consider questions from a variety of viewpoints, each of which has something valuable to contribute to the whole. These perspectives are not strictly identified with traditional disciplines, but are understood in ways which encourage multi-disciphq reflections on the questions at issue. They combine concerns about content with those of process and approach, directed ultimately to making the student a more effective learner and participant in society. The following requirements reflect the way in which Augsburg has chosen to view the liberal arts. Two of the four features of the Mission Statement are embodied in the General Education Perspectives: 'The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith and the City." These Perspectives emphasize that the College's affiliationwith the Lutheran Church,its insistence on the value of howing the approach which derives from the Christian roots of the College and its location in the city, deserve s p e d considerationin Augsburg's educational program. The third feature-that Augsburg is a liberal arts institution -is also emphasized in the other Liberal Arts Perspectives. Certain dimensions of human life -of what it is to be human -form the core of the required liberal arts experience. These overall perspectives on what it is to be human can themselves be studied from the vantage points of the various academic disciplines. Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person. Hence, the Perspective on Human Identity. But the person exists in both a social community and a natural world. Hence, the importance of the Perspectives on the Social World and the Natural World. Because the way in which we understand ourselves derives largely from our Western heritage, students need to learn about and reflect on sigruficant aspects of this heritage. Thus, the Perspective on the Western Heritage. At the same time, to focus on the West,alone would be ethnocentric:We live in a global society. Hence the Perspective on Inter-CulturalAwareness. Attention to moral values is found not only in the Perspective on the Character and Mission of the College: the Christian Faith, but throughout the other perspectives as well. The Perspective on Aesthetic Values enables students to foms upon aesthetic works created by themselves or others, which convey fundamentalinsights, express beauty and enhance life. Finally, the Mission Statement emphasizes that we are concerned with academic excellence. This has a number of features, including the way we teach all the courses in General Education. Beyond this, academic excellence presupposes that students have the requisite skills to do college-level work. The General Education Requirements are couched in a context which pays attention to the skills of both incoming and graduating students. Entry-level skill requirements in a number of critical areas, including reading, writing, quantitative reasoning and critical thinking, will be assessed and help given to students who need it. Graduation-level skills are also emphasized, so that students not only maintain but develop their skills during their Augsburg experience. The General Education Requirements provide a coherent way to address the Mission of Augsburg College. They are not the only way, neither do they guarantee that students who graduate from Augsburg possess the desired knowledge and character traits. What they do is provide a coherent description of the context in which we liberally educate students, a clear statement of expected outcomes and an opportunity for students to see and understand the complexity of what it is to be human and Christian in an urban setting. Entry Level Skills Requirements The entry level skills tests are inventory assessments in: reading writing word processing critical thinking quantitative reasoning (along with Math Placement) Placement in writing courses and math courses is determined by these inventories. Freshmen (all students entering Augsburg with fewer than seven college credit courses) and Sophomore (entering 1992-'93 or after) Transfer Students: Take entry level skills tests and satisfy requirements. If skill levels are deficient, students will be enrolled in the appropriate course or advised on preparation for retaking the respective tests. Students are q i i r e d to take the assessments before registering for the second term and to have demonstrated removal of deficiencies by the end of their first year at Augsburg. Effective Writing or its equivalent is required. Students who do not satisfy the entry level skill in writing will be required to take Developmental Writing before Effective Writing. Freshmen must complete the writing requirement before the begnmng of their Sophomoreyear. Students who pass the writing assessment inventory at the advanced levels (to be determined by the English Department)will not be required to take Effective Writing. Those with demonstrated word processing skills; e.g. recent verifiable work experience, are exempt from the word processing inventory. Students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are exempt from the critical thinking inventory. Students with an acceptable transfer mathematics course are exempt from the quantitative reasoning inventory, and will be given information about taking the Math Placement Test based upon previous mathematics courses. Freshman and Sophomore (entering 1992-'93 or after) transfer students will be required to satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements. Junior and Senior Transfer Students Entering Junior and Senior transfer students (entering 1993294 or after) are I exempt from word processing, reading and critical thinking assessments. Those who have not taken an Effective Writing course or a college level mathematics course must take entry level tests in writing and/or quantitative reasoning. If they do not achieve exemption from those mpirements, they must satisfy the requirement in those areas. Those who have a transfer mathematics course accepted for college credit by Augsburg College are exempt from the quantitative reasoning inventory and will be given information about taking the Math Placement test based upon previous college mathematics courses. Junior and Senior transfers (entering 1994'95 or after) are required to satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements, except that only one writing component course is required. 1 Graduation Level Skills General Education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years in college. Skills related to writing, critical thinking spealung and quantitative reasoning are deliberatecomponents of certain courses. Completion of the requisite courses with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P is required for graduation. Students are required to have two courses with writing components and one course each with critical thinking, speaking and quantitative reasoning components. These courses can simultaneously satisfy skill requirements and graduation requirements for the major or general education perspectives. 1 Lifetime Spohs Demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports is required. Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35course requirement. The General Education Liberal Arts Perspectives have the primary goal of providing the basis for begmmng to understand what it means to be a human being at this time. The goals of the Perspectives are achieved through a variety of courses which have been approved as meeting the criteria established for each Perspechve. Although courses approved for each Perspective meet the General Education requirements, not every course meets all the goals of each Perspective. Students will choose from a list of courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives, available from the Office of the Registrar. These choices are controlled by the following policies: A student will choose one course from each category. No single course can fulfill the requirementsin two or more categories. No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from the same department in meeting perspective requirements. No student may count more than one course from the same department in meeting the requirements of any single perspective except: 1.Up to three courses in religion may be used to meet the perspective, "The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith." 2. Up to two courses in a year-long sequence (biology, chemistry or physics) may be used to meet the perspective, "The Natural World." 3. Up to two courses of the same foreign language may be used to meet part of the perspective, "Intercultural Awareness." Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith This Perspective focuses on Augsburg as a College of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. As a college of the Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its educationalprogram the doctrines of the Christian faith as ~vealedin Scriptureand the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian Scrip tures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own faith and values and dgious concepts outside of the Christian faith as part of becoming educated. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect on: 1.The Bible ( for example, its origins, structures, content or interpretation). 2. Christian theological and religious concepts and their own religious beliefs. 3. Religious concepts and practices found in religious traditions outside the Christian faith. 4. Their own and others' values, their relation to Christian values, the possible grounds for these values, how these values might be critiqued and defended and the role values play in the issues that confront our society. Three courses are required to meet this Perspective except for the following 1. Junior transfer students will be required to take two courses in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg; and 2. Senior transfer students will be required to take one course in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The City This Perspective focuses on the College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect upon the city with its diverse populations, cultural, governmental and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges.In addition, students should experience the community and should explore opportunities for service in the community. This requirement must be covered either by specific courses, by internship and cooperative education experiencesor by designated or college a p proved noncredit experiences (such as volunteer service or college pmgrams). Experiences that satisfy the requirement must be accompanied by seminars related to the experience. One course is required to meet this Perspective. Perspective: Western Heritage This Perspective is intended to help students critically examine themes (found, for example, in literature, philosophy and the arts) and events that have historically shaped Western civilization Attention should be paid to the contributions to or critiques of Western thought by women and ethnic minorities. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect on: 1. Central ideas, texts or works of art that historically have been sighcant for Western society and the relation of these to present world views. 2. S p d c historical themes, trends, events and persons and their roles in shaping both the past and the present. 3. Historical and literary methods of ascertaining and conveyingthe past. Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. Perspective: Human Identity This Perspective is intended to help students view themselves as persons, men and women with unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiencesand behaviors. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect on: 1.Methods and approachesthat attempt to explain how individual persons think,feel and ad. 2. Scientific or humanistic interp~tationsof their own development as persons. 3. Questions of faith, ethics and moral choice in their personal and professional lives. 4. Fadors involved in physical and mental health. One course is required to meet this Perspective. Perspective: Aesthetics Aesthetic creationsconvey fundamental insights and values, expressbeauty and enhance life. This Perspective focuses on aesthetic qualities in artistic expressions by oneself and others. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect on: 1.Forms of artistic expression. 2. Historical development and variation in aesthetic taste and performance across cultures and how different cultures have expressed themselves through various aesthetic forms. 3. Different theories of aesthetics. 4. Their own creation or performance of a work of art. One course is required to meet this Perspective. Perspective: The Social World This Perspective is intended to help students learn to identdy, examine and critique &, economic or political systems:to understand how and why such systems develop, to see the connectionsamong these systems and to use this knowledge as a participant in society. I From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1.The characteristicsand dynamics of human organization at the group and societal level. 2. Current theories and methods for understanding social, political or economic systems. 3. The historical development of selected social, economic or political structures. 4. The relationship between various social, political, or economic systems and the student's own responsibilities in society. 5. The ways that social, economic or political structures differ across cultures and affect diverse groups in society. Two courses are required for this Perspective. Perspective: lntercultural Awareness This Perspective is intended to complement the Western Heritage Perspective by expanding students' awareness of other cultures. One course is required in which students critically reflect upon ways their own cultural biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should become better able to communicate with persons of other cultural backgrounds partially by being introduced to a specific culture other than European or mainstreamNorth American cultures. In addition, students are to gain entry into another culture by learning to speak and read a language other than their native language. For this part of the Perspective, studentsare required to have demonstrated proficiency in a foreign language. The foreign language requirement will be based upon placement: Foreign Language Placement Course Requirement 111,112 112 211 212 No course required Students who are m p r e d to complete two semestersof foreign language must complete the requirement with sequential courses in the same language. Perspective: The Natural World This Perspective is intended to help students understand themselves in relation to the physical world. Their active role as observers, explorers, and moral agents will be emphasized. Sufficient technical training in scientific knowledge, concepts and methods will be provided to equip students for critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect on: 1.Selected aspects of the natural world. 2. The characteristics, strengthsand limitations of science and the scientific method, and the complex relations between data and theories, at least in part through practical laboratory experience. 3. The history of science, its relations to other historical/social develop ments and the variety of ways persons and civilizationshave approached the natural world. 4. The relations and differencesbetween science and theology; the mutual influences of technology, values, and the natural/physical environment; the limits imposed on humans by the natural environment, and the interconnectedness of all living systems. 5. The importance of symbol systems such as mathematics in attempting to describe, classify, and model objects and events. Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options -traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students who chose the P/N option are cautioned: In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0 Some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". For transfer students, P-graded courses do not count in the requirement that 14traditionally graded courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. See P/N limitationsunder Graduation Requirements. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 and several Interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional system. English 111is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only PI 1.0 or N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/N. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/ N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performancebelow basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P 8ass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the instructor of the course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request, the work q u i d to complete the course, the plan and date for completing the work, and comments from the instructor; and must gain the approval of the R e t r a r . Ifpermission is granted, the necessary work must be completed in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and filing of a grade before the final day of the following semester. If the work is not completed by that date, the grade for the course becomes a 0.0. Internships, Independent Studies and Directed Studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. The Registrar's Office will automatically continue the registration in response to an X grade. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactoryprogress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college or dropping these continued courses will terminate their registration Under this circumstance, a re-registration as 1X by the student would be necessary if done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if done after one year, a new registration would be necessary. A course in which a grade of 0,05,1.0,15, N, I or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken and grades earned each term remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V).Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beguuung of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expestations have been met, the course will be listed on the tramaipt as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is: GPA = Total a a d e mints - 2 (P or TransferCourses) Courses taken - 8 or Transfer Courses) Classification Students are classified in August and at the end of the Fall and Interim terms. Sophomores-Seven courses completed with at least 14 grade points. Juniors-16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points. Seniors-25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points. Advanced Placement Program Test Advanced placement in courses beyond the begnning level is granted to students with scores of 3,4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. International Baccalaureate Program Coursesearned from the International BaccalaureateProgram will be considered by the College for advanced placement and appropriate d Departmental guidelines are available from the Office of the Regstrar. t Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1)it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: The College Level Examination Program (CLEP)-This is a series of standardized tests which have been developed by the College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing center for this area is the University of Minnesota.) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a subject e&nination may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the Office of the Registrar. Departmental Comprehensive Exams -These are available for students to use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: There is a departmental instrument available for s u b j j area in question. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam. The Student StandingCommittee approves the student's request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a pass/no credit basis only, and there is a charge per exam. The Credit Assessment Program (CAP)-This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and two faculty members from fields of study diredly related to the student's previous learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation of a student's previous learning, the CAP Committee applies the followingcriteria: There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experiencethat involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts coursework. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly recommended that the process not be used when four or fewer courses remain for graduation. There is an application deposit to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to the student's transcript if credit is approved. Transaipt credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of courses applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements I and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student. Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning -While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, thii learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (onefourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous experiential learning. In compiling the nine courses of credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the three assessment processes available in the APL program: CLEP exams, departmental exams and credit granted through CAP Committee assessment. English as a Second Language (ESL) Program Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary language, or who are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, Developmental Writing or Effective Writing will be detenriined by their scores on the Michigan test (8@90 range for exemption from ESL) and by a writing sample. Near the end of each term of the English as a Second Language course, an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on this test and the grade earned in the class will determine whether additional ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 90 and a course grade of 35 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement. If students do not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG 217/ 218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit will normally be granted for no more than two courses. Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the foreign language requirement for graduation. Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal The College requires that students maintain the following cumulative grade point averages (GPA): Freshman -A student who has taken fewer than seven courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher Sophomore-A student who has taken fewer than 16courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.7 or higher Junior-A student who has taken fewer than 25 courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.9 or higher Senior -A student who has taken 25 or more courses with a cumulative GPA of 2.0 or higher. It should be noted that a minimum GPA of 2.0 is q u i r e d for graduation with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA. Students whose academic achievement falls below these guidelineswill either be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term, or will be continued on probation or will be dismissed from the College. In addition, a freshman who receives two zero grades or a sophomore who receives three zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, d i s missal fromthe College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the studenfs commitment to academic progress is the major considerationin deciding whether or not to dismiss a student. Studentswho have a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw beforethe end of a term. Those on probation who voluntarily withdraw from the College, as well as those who are dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll. Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels stated above. Studentsplaced on probation as freshmen for having earned two zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earned additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students placed on probation as sophomores for having earned three zero grades may be removed from probation if their classificationchanges to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Committee on Student Standing. Dean's List The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, for a weekday schedule student or two full courses, or equivalent, for a Weekend College student, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. If permission is given, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper of each student on the Dean's List. / Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinctionis determined as follows: Summa cum laude -3 8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA M a p cum laude -3.6 up to but not including 38 cumulativeGPA Cum laude -3 3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulativeGPA To quahfy for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is appmveci by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Education. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Augsburg's standards of academic progress are given in this Catalog.When a veteran or eligible person fails to maintain these p&bed standards of progress, the College will so inform the Veterans Administration. It is the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as it is for all students. If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the equivalent for which they had been certified. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirementsof the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. m DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS Aands atruth liberal a* institution, College beliews thnt knaoledge are infmrehtai and are infiegrakd infoa whole. The ktiditwn Augsburg ofthe academic world, however, divides this unified truth into m e manageable parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of indid u a l disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more ac:cmItrleto studenti 17fese c o u can ~ be arranged in various ways to coastruct majorsI fo crmte the suhtance of a broad general education atd fo give M a t s the oppfunihj to study areas of particular individual interest. Wm'ptions qf c m r m are arranged by departments and programs. k d s u i p i i ' i o p r s ofu a brkf summay ofthe subject matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach arid requirementsfor a partkular course can be obtained from the instructor. Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its gmls and its place in the College's program. A listing of requirementsfm individual majors and minms follows the narrative. Class Schedule Courses listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/ or Spring terms. The ACTC Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Since some courses are offered in alternate years, it is important that the student review major requirementsand course offeringswith an adviser to ensure that all requirements can be met. Descriptions and schedulesfor courses offered in January Interim, Summer School, Augsburg Weekend College and the Master of Arts in Leadership, Master of Arts in Leadership-Educationand the Master of Social Work programs are published in separate catalogs. Credits A full course is offeredfor one credit A few fractional courses, for one-half or onequarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 6Gminute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Coursesnumbered below 300 are Lower Division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as Upper Division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s for juniors, and 400sfor seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description.A student ky enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not beenfulfilled if there is prior approvalby the professor teaching the course and of the academic adviser. Augsburg College offers a minor in American Indian Studies. See listing under InterdisciplinaryStudies (INS). Am DETT~~ENT (ART) Art is important as a field of study for our modem age. Our suryival as a culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this,we have made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the art program at Augsburg. Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher and art historian is to celebrate visual experiencethrough a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see. Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts,the visual arts,as taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines. Art as a human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly significant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such as language,history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education and science. A liberal arts college like Augsburg is an ideal setting for the study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas, I lI I I disciplines and attitudes. At Augsburg art study is further enhanced by associations with a sigruticant number of artgalleries and museums in the Twin Cities area. Cooperative Education and Internships in studio art and art history provide on-the-pb, supervised, evaluated experienceswhich contribute to the student's overall education and development. Primary goals include improvement of art and museum skills, production and creative strategies. Hundreds of s m c careers exist in the general area of art. Augsburg graduates have established careers in such fields as teaching in public schools and colleges, anthropology, pottery making antique restoration and sales, film and video work, portrait painting and gallery and museum work. The f u t u holds ~ a great deal of promise for artists who can combine skills with a breadth of understanding. Art Faculty Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Kristin Anderson, Lynn Bollman, Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen Studio Art Major: Nine-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107,225; three art history courses including 240. One course must be in two4imensional art (118,223, 360) and one in three-dimensional art (221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with approval of a portfolio by the Art faculty. Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102,107,225; four studio disciplines from 118,132,221,223 and 250; second level courses in two areas; 240 and two other art history courses. Consult with the Education Department for requirements in education for teacher licensw. Art History Major: Eight art history courses including 240 and 388; two studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118or 221. Honors Majors: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and development and/or special projects such as senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the Department Chairperson before the last term of the senior year. Studio Art Minor: Four studio courses including 107and 240. Art History Minor: Five art history courses including 240. Certificate in ATt: Eight art courses, including one in art history. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. Foundations in Studio Art 102 Environmental Design Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciationand criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. 107 Drawing Drawing in graphite pencils, pen and pastel pencils. Subjects include stilllife, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental work. 225 Communication Design I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, type, symbols and pictorial images. An emphasis will also be placed on the creative thought process. Studio Art 100,300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the Department. 106 108 Calligraphy Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis on the broadedged pen. Attention is given to the historical development of calligraphyand the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. This course also has an Upper Division option. Introduction to Art Therapy An introdudion/overview to art therapy as a human setvices profession, recognizing individualdevelopment through art and the creative process. This course will study the various populations served through art therapy and explore the various media and processes used. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Students need access to a 35 rnm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately $1!5&175. 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. 221 Sculpture l An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print Making I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silk-screen and woodcut. Publication Design An introduction to traditional design concerns and procedures related to publication design as well as design for desktop publishing. Theory and practice of coordinatingvisual images and typography with content in publications. Study of design in magazines, newspapers, newsletters, books and miscellaneouspublications. Students design and produce a publication as a group project. (Weekend College only.) Life Drawing See Interim Catalog. Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. Tribal Arts and Culture (see INS,American Indian Studies) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Communication Design II A study of visual communicationsin magazines, television, film,advertising symbols and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography and illustration. (Prereq.:225) Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: W)) Painting II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118) Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. Print Making II Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen, etching and woodcut, includingJapanesewoodcut technique. (Prereq.: 223) Internship Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine prow. Sculpture II Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster and plexiglass. (Prereq.: 221) 499 Independent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art maprs. Art History 240 Art History Survey A survey of Western art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research,viewing of slides, visits to museums. Note: Thefollowing m r s e s are @ad infemitfently, usually one or two sections a yem. 352 Women and Art A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, includingthe fine arts, the "traditional" arts and the work of Native American women. 382 Scandinavian Arts Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from prehistory to modern times. 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D. 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proteenaissance painting, sculpture and architecture in Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculptureand architecture, from the 14ththrough the 18thCenturies. 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculptureand architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th Century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements. BIOLOGY DEP- (BIO) Biology is the study of life and it is natural that we, as contemplative living matures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops us. This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part of the biological world, an understandingof the basic biological processes common to all organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is essential to attain seIf-understanding and to provide a basis for wise decisions. Another si@ant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that even the simplest organisms are incredibly complex and a complete understanding of even one of these has, as of yet, eluded the grasp of biologists. This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to years of intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus continue to be a fertile field for research for many years to come. Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organismshas accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been made in understandingimportant biological processes, particularly those at the cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine, veterinary medicine, agricultureand food science have depended on the findingsof basic biological research. Because the biological world reveals such variety, complexity, and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based. Because a complete understanding of biological systems depends on applicationsof the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background in the physical sciences is also important for biologists. For many, an undergraduatemajor in biology serves primarily as a basis for further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further studies in professional schools such as medicine, veterinary medicine, and dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences, leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic and applied research, and public or environmental health. Other graduates have embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high school teaching and laboratory technology. Biology Faculty Robert Herforth (Chairperson),Thomas Herbst, Esther McLaughlin, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud Major: Nine courses, including 111,112, 201 and at least one from each of the following five groups: Molecular and Cellular: 367,386,471; Cellular to Organismal: 355,474; Organismic/Animals: 351,353,473; Organismic/Plants: 361, 440; Environmental: 476,481. The ninth course may be BIO 203 or any Upper Division biology course, including an Interim course. BIO 491,a noncredit seminar, is required of all juniors and seniors. Also required: CHM 105 or 115,106 or 116,and 223; PHY 103;Math Placement Group III. Studentswho intend to enter graduate, medical, or other professional schools should consult with the Department because these schools vary in their science admission requirements. These may include CHM 351,352 instead of 223,PHY 121, 122instead of 103,and MAT 124,125 or MAT 145,146. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also q u i r e s three courses in earth and life sciences. For secondary teaching we recommend the broadest possible program in biology. Studentsplanning to teach are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their academic program. The Department works with the CooperativeEducation Office in identifying and defining Co-op Ed experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Twin Cities. This experience is open to juniors and seniors. Students interested should consult with the Biology Department CooperativeEducation Coordinator. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0overall, active participation in seminar, one course of approved Independent Study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior yea.. Minor: Five courses, including 111,112 and three Upper Division courses; CHM 115,116 (or CHM 105,106). 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentricpoint of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes a human just another member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a niche in the -system? What influence do humans have on the environment?What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on humans? (Three hours lecture. A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103.Does not apply to the major or minor) 102 The Biological World The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to gather and analyze data and propose and test theories is considered. No animal dissectionswill be done in the laboratory. (Three hours lecture; three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor.) 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103.Does not apply to the major or minor) 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal? A survey of the environmental and health implications of pollution, non-renewable resource depletion, waste disposal, war, occupational safety and health. An historical s w e y of American agriculture, world food supply and biological determinism.A critical evaluation of the socialapplication s of biological concepts. (Three hours lecture. Does not apply to the mapr or minor) Basic microbial features are considered as well as applicationsof microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. For student nurses, health maprs, or consent of instructor. Prereq.: CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Weekend College only. Does not apply to the mapr or minor) 111,112 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionarymechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instrubor. (Three hours lecture; fourhours laboratory) 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. (Rereq.: 112) 201 Methods in Biological Research An examination of methods commonly employed in biological research, which may include electrophoesis, column separations, ultracentrifugation, microscopy, cell culture, radioisotopic techniques, gas chromatographyand physiological recording. The theoretical basis of each method is discussed and experiments are conducted to demonstrate the utility of each method. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Pweq: 112) 203 Principles of Nutrition A study of the six classes of nutrients and their digestion, absorption, transport, metabolism, interaction, storage and excretion. A special effort will be made to differentiate"fact from fiction" in this controversial biological field. Clime hours lecture. Prereq.: 112or consent of instructor) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. (Prereq.: 112) 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history and evolutionaryrelationships. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparativestudy dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the verte brates. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (Threehours lecture, fourhours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) Plant Biology A survey of the mapr divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. kereq.: 112) Biochemistry An introdudory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (Three hours lecture. Prereq.: 112,CHM 223 or 352or consent of instructor. ) Immunology A study of the structureand function of the immune system at molecular, cellular and tissue levels. Both basic immunology and fundamental principles relating to clinical immunology will be considered. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) Internship Upper Division Internship. Students must be juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112) Plant Physiology A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationshipsof these processes to plant structures. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) Cellular Biology A study correlating functionwith ultrastructure in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory.Prereq.: 112, 367 or consent of instructor. ) Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112;CHM 106 or 116;PHY 103 or 122 or consent of instructor) Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as desaiptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging and regeneration are discussed. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.) 481 Ecology A survey of representativebiological communities; the study of reciprocal relationshipsbetween organisms and their environments. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112,361 or consent of instructor. ) 491 Seminar A weekly meeting of biology majors under the direction of Beta Beta Beta Biological Honor Society. Active participation by juniorsand seniors is required. Guest speakers are often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) BUSINESS ADMINERMION (BUS)AND MA NAG^ INFO-ON SYSTEMS (MIS)DEPANMEW The Department of Business Administration and Management Information Systems (MIS) is committed to developing both the theoretical and practical tools necessary for entry into and advancement in business and other organizations as well as preparation for graduate study. To this end, three majors are offered: Business Administration, Management Information Systems (MIS) and a combination major in Economics-Business Admhistration. Business Administration and MIS should be considered separately in regard to the limitation of no more than 13courses in any one department. Within Business Administration, there are five specdizations:Accounting, Finance, Management, Marketing and InternationalBusiness. Each of these areas is dependent upon a strong foundation in the liberal arts with an emphasis on solid communication and analytical skills. Recognizing the occupational realities of the business disciplines, the Department is equally committed to maintaining an application-oriented balance. This balance is achieved in part by fosteringclose ties with the corporate community, which in turnprovides a wealth of practical expertise and a wide variety of Internship opportunities as well as future job prospects. Departmental faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the community by contributing to an education which is ethically based, technically competent and socially aware. Business Administration Faculty:Amin Kader (Chairpason), Diane Busico, Thomas Busico, John C. Cenito, Mary Dean, Earl Eames, Steven Freimuth, Peter Gillen, Abo-el Yazeed Habib, M. Anaarn Hashmi, Wendy B. Hines, Marilyn Horowitz, Jane Kammerman, Myron J. Kapel, Roy LaFayette, Lori L. Lohman, Linda McKeag, Robert Kramarczuk, Fekri Meziou, Kinney G. Misterek, Thomas Morgan, Robert M. Murphy, Paul Pender, Paul E. Portz, Hamed Sallam, Milo Schield, Gregg Schneider, Robert Schultheis, Stanley H. Solnick, Stuart M. Stoller, James Urbach, Cheree Waiters, Robert D. Wykstra BUSINS (BUS) Business Administration Major (BUS) Core courses for the Accounting, Finance, Management and Marketing specializations:BUS 175,221,222,242,252,279,331, 391, ECO 112,113,313,311 or 312 or 315. *Specialization in Accounting: 12Core courses, 322,323,324, either 326 or 423 or 425. Specialization in Finance: 12Core courses, 322,433,438, either 479 or ECO 318 or 415. Speckdimtion in Management: 12 Core courses, 340,440, ECO 318, PSY 373 or SOC 349. Specialization in Marketing: 12Core courses, 352,355 or 357,450, ECO 415. Specializationin International Business: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO 112,113,313. BUS 399 or 499 is required, as well as three semesters of a foreign language (or tested equivalent).Also the following: one International Economics course and BUS 362,364 and 466. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. Combined major in Economics-Business Administration: Six Economics courses (112,113,312,313, and two other Upper Division); eight Business Administration/ MIS courses (221,222,242,252,279,331, and two other Upper Division). Notes: Studentswho plan to major in the Business Administration department are strongly encouraged to select a Department Adviser as soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and camp* hensive oral examination in the mapr field of concentration. Minor in Business Administration: Six courses, including 221,242,252,331, ECO 112and 113. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. Minor in International Business: Six courses, including 221,242 or 252, ECO 113, and three International Business courses. Other configurationsmay be permitted on consultation with the Department. *CPA. Certification: Studentswho wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (CPA) examinationprior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the mapr in Business Administration-Accountingand taken all accounting and business law offered. Students mapring in Business AdministrationAccounting are qualiiied under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination during their last semester. *C.MA Certification: Students who have taken a prescnied course of study in accountingmay take the Certified Management Accountant (CMA) examination prior to fulfilling the experiencerequirement. This certificateindicates proficiency in the area of managerial accounting. Notes: Students who have taken a prescribed course of study in accounting may take the Certified Management Accountant (CMA) examination prior to fullilling the experience requirement.This certificateindicates profiaency in the area of managerial accounting. In addition to the comes listed under Ihe title "Topics in Business Administration" (BUS295,495), the Department has also offered: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, Discrete Event Simulation, Entrepreneurship, M i m Computer Accounting, Ethics in Business, and Risk Management and Insurance. 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS (see under MIS 175) 199 Internship Lower Division Internship 221 Principles of Accounting I Introduction to business activities,basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 222 Principles of Accounting II A continuationof 221. Introductionto business activities, accounting for corporations.Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations.(Prereq.:BUS 221) 242 Principles of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing planning, and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. 252 Principles of Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS (See under MIS 279.) Topics Ledures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Accounting Theory and Practice I An analysis of h c i a l accounting with emphasis on accountingtheory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: BUS 222 and ECO 113) Accountlng Theory and Practice II A continuationof 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to liabiities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: BUS 322) Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for manage rial decision making. Manning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,242,252, 279, or consent of instructor) Tax Accountlng The more common and important provisions of planning apd compliance for income taxes. (Prereq.: BUS 221,331, ECO 112,113, or consent of instructor) Financial Management Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long- and short-term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,279; ECO 113) Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.:BUS 242) Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.:BUS 252,279, ECO 113, or consent of instructor) Marketing Communications This course looks at the communicationsaspects of marketing by integrat- ing advertising, public relations, sales promotion and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis will be placed on the design and evaluation of marketing communicationsprograms, particularly advertising; selection of media; copycreative effort; advertiseragency relationship; management of the personal selling function including sales force selection, compensation, territorial design and performance appraisal. (F'rereq.: Bus 252) Note: Both 355 and 357 cannot be taken for credit. Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Note: Both 355 and 357 cannot be taken for credit) International Business Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an international context. Appreciation of the prospective required for successfulplanning and management of any enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by foreseeingboth the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in internationalbusiness. (Prereq.: Two Business and Economics courses or consent of instructor) Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an Internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunityto spend one full term working with some organization.In addition, the student will write a report on his/her activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor) Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPA's role to form the basis of opinion on a &t of financial statements. (Prereq.: BUS 323) Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: BUS 323) Financial Theory: Policy and Practice A system's approach to financial struchue and policy. Emphasis on decision making, presentation through literature, readings, lechrres and case material. (Prereq.: BUS 331) Investment Theory Appraisal of the risk/rehun relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: All Core courses or consent of instructor) 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor) 450 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling promotion policies. (Prereq.:BUS 352 and either BUS 355 or 357) 465 International Management To provide the student with a private sector manager's perspective on the influence of national and international institutionson the multinational corporation and on the strategies, structures, practices and effects of the national co'potation in the world today. (Prereq.: BUS 242,362) 466 International Marketing Designed primarily for students interested in the study of business activities on a global xale. More specifidly, the majority of the come will be devoted to those issues and activities unique to marketing a product or service in an "international setting." Topics will include internationalenvironment scanning and analysis; comparative marketing research; strategic planning; produd, price, promotioiand distribution issues in multinational markets. (Prereq.: BUS 252,362) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS (See under MIS 479.) 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. Brereq.:consent of instructor) Major in MIS: Eve business courses (BUS 221,222,242,252 and 3311, four Economics courses (ECO 112,113,313 and 318), one Mathematics course MAT 121or 171), two Computer Science courses (CSC 170 and 210), and six MIS courses (MIS175, 279,370,375,475 and 476). CSC 352 can be taken in place of MIS 370. Notes: MIS maprs are strongly urged to consider PHI 130, MAT 122, ECO 425 and MIS 479. Students who wish to major in MIS should select an MIS faculty adviser as soon as possible to plan their degree program. Transfer Students:MIS maprs must either earn at least four of their Upper Division courses at Augsburg or must receive an exemption from the Department faculty. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and an oral examination on some aspect of the major. Course Prerequisites: If you lack either the course mpkements or the Mathematics Placement Group (MPG)quimnents, you may not be admitted by the instructor. Mathematics Placement Group (MPG) requirements: MIS 175,279,370,479, CSC 170,210 and all 100 level Math courses have Placement Group requirements. Since all maprs in Business, Economics and MIS must take MIS 279, they all must have at least MPG 111. Mathematics Placement Group Information: To obtain your current Placement Group, contact the Mathematics Department, Weekend College, or the secretaryin the Departments of Business, Economics, and MIS.A Mathematics Placement Group (MPG) is based on: 1) a review of course transfers, 2) the score on the most recent placement exam,or 3) passing various 100level Mathematics coqrses at Augsburg. If you have previous courses that are not in your MPG, submit your transcript to the Mathematics Department for review. If you plan to take the placement exam,consult the Mathematics Department for specific information on the exam schedule, the materials covered and the availabilityof computerized tutorials. see which mathematics courses will generate a particular Placement Group, consult the Mathematics Department. Placement Group time limits: The MathematicsDepartment may disregard courses taken more than five years ago and may choose to lapse an MPG given more than five years ago. 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS An introduction to microcomputer-based information systems. Study features of hardware, operating systems, languages and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS, Lotus 123(graphics, database and logical functions)dBase HI+ and Minitab. May study other applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect). The completion of MIS 370 with a passing grade will serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (prrreq.: MPG 11or else a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course). 199 Internship Lower Division Internship (see MIS 399) 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS An introduction to quantitative reasoning,descriptivemeasures, probabil- ity, sampling distributions, infaence and estimation. Emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. Minitab may be required to analyze and survey data. e r e q . : MIS 175and either Math F'lacement Group III or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104). Topics Lebures, discussions, meeting with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the area of Management InformationSystems. Directed Study Independent study for Lower Division credit (see MIS 499) Advanced Computing for Business, Economlcs and MIS An investigation of programmable systems. Examine basic algorithms and associated flow charts and pseudocode. Apply these concepts by programming some of these software: BASIC, DOS, Lotus and dBASE. (Prereq.: MPG III or a Pass in MAT 104. Also, MIS 175 or CSC 170, or, with permission of instructor, extensive knowledge of Lotus and DOS). Management lnformation Systems in the Organization Use of a systems approach in analyzing the role of information systems in organizations. Review the features of computers (hardware and software) and various types of information systems. May involve several case studies: review business needs, summarize the relevant findings (hardware, software, systems, etc.), identify the options and communicatethe recommendations.Learn to use a CASE tool such as Excelerator for systems analysis. (Preq.: BUS 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer course such as MIS 175or 370). Consult with the instructor about variances in prerequisites. Recommended: PHI 130 and ENG 223. Internship Program A student may receive credit through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with an organization. In addition, the students prepare a written report on the activities involved. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Systems Analysis and Design Identifythe necessary steps of systems analysis and design. Investigate various representations for information, processes and relationships. Utilize analytical tools such as data flow diagrams and CASE tools such as Excelerator. Complete a rudimentary systems design. (Preq.: MIS 375) lnformation Systems Projects Using skills developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a complete and extensive project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq.:MIS 475) Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business Economics and MIS Utilize computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Programming tools include spreadsheets, Minitab, SPSS and other statistical packages. Areas of interest include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and statistical inhence plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations. (Prereq.: MIS 175,279, Math Placement Group IV or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 114,121, or 122. Recommended:MIS 370) 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to provide an opportunityto analyze a topic in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Chemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those changes and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the results of physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry has been described as the central science because matter includes the entire physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves. Chemists as scientistsmust be well versed in the science of chemistry, howledgeable in fad and theory for solving scientific problems, capable of providing a public understandingof their work including potential problems as well as benefits. Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities, the arts and the social sciences is imperative if a chemist is to be truly human and therefore truly scientific. The Department is on the List of Approved Schoolsof the American Chemical Society (ACS)and offers a chemistry major which meets the chemistry background required by many fields. Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to compete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions. To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists. To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field however that may change after graduation and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise. To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to seriously study areas outside of the sciences; and To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the world around us. The presentation of mapr concepts underlying the changes in matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical world and the reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors. Chemistry Faculty:Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin E. Gyberg,John R. Holum, Joan C. Kunz, Michele Nielsen Graduation Major (Bachelor of Arts) in Chemistry:115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352, 353,361,363 and one additional course from 364 and 365,464,481,483, or Biochemistry. Participation in seminar; PHY 121,122; MAT 124,125. Because Upper Division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 124,125 or MAT 145,146 in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the sophomore year. Teaching Major: Chemistry Major (for licensure in Physical Science): Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires General Chemistry (115,116 or 105, 106); CHM 351,352,353,361,363,491; and one advanced course; PHY 121,122 and two additional physics courses. Modem Physics and Electronics are recommended. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation mapr. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the Chemistry Department for assistancein planning a course program early in their college career. Bachelor of Science: Persons completing the ACS mapr and meeting the graduation requirements of the College shall be awarded the Bachelor of Science degree. American Chemical Society Approved Major (Bachelorof Science): 12 courses including 115,116 (or 105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399, 497,499); Chemistry Seminar participation; MAT 124 or 145, MAT 125 or 146, and 224 or 245; PHY 121,122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to two semesters, computer proficiency, Modem Physics, additionalmathematics and research experience are recommended. Honors Major: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics, 3.0 overall; one course or summer of approved research; participation in seminar. Minor: Five courses which must include 115,116 (or 105,106), 353 and two other chemistry courses from 223,351,352,361 or BIO 367. Note: Credit will not be granted for both 105and 115, or for both 106 and 116. Other restrictions are in course descriptions. E Most courses in this Department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or P, or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a tw* term course in registering for the second tam. Placement in 105or 115is determined by the score on the Mathematics Placement Examination: 105requires Group II placement; 115requires Group I11 placement. High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115. 105,106 Principles of Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students who will not mapr in chemistry, although students may go from 106to 351,353. This course covers basic concepts in chemistry, often from an historical, technological or environmentalperspective. (Three onehour lectures, three hours of laboratory. Prereq.: Math Placement Group II) 109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamental principles of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's Upper Division Program), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education and others. Open also to students in the humanities and social sciences. Fmt term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special applicationsto human physiological chemistry. (Three onehour lectures, two hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward the mapr or minor in chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both 109and 105 or 115, nor can credit be earned for both 110 and 351. Prereq.:High school chemistry within the last five years) 115,116 General Chemistry An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. Many topics are presented from an historical approach and bring in discussion regarding technologies and values resulting from science, with recognition of current events or concerns. (Three onehour lectures, three hours of laboratory. Prereq.: High school chemistry, Math Placement Group III) 199 Internship A work-based learning experienceat the sophomorechemistry level in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of chemistry with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Partidpation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding quirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriateplacement site by registering with the Intanship and Cooperative Education Office. 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry This onsemester course is designed for students whose professional goals require some background in organic chemistry but not the rigor of the year-long organic course. As a survey course, topics covered will include synthesis, properties and reactions of selected aliphatic and aromatic compounds. This course will not count toward a Chemistry major, nor will credit be given for this course if Chemistry 351,352 is taken, nor does it fulfill the prerequisite requirement for Chemistry 352. Credit cannot be given for Chemistry 110and Chemistry 223, nor does Chemistry 223 meet Biochemistry requirements for other programs. (Preq.: 106 or 116.Three lectures and one threehour laboratory per week) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit/sophomore standing. Students interested in directed study projects should contact a faculty member in the Chemistry Department. 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theohesif chemical bonds, energy relations and reaction mechanisms; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmentaland industrial fields. (Three onehour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prerq.: 106or 116) 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysisand solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lech.m, one four-hour laboratory. Pweq.: 106or 116) 361,364 Physical Chemistry The basic theoreticalconcepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistryin the second semester. (Threeone-hour lectures. Prerq.: 106 or 116; PHY 121,122; MAT 124or 145, MAT 125or 146) 363,365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (112 course each) Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and analysis and experimental application of concepts p r e sented in Physical Chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken the first half of the semester and involves experiments related to 361. CHM 365 is to be taken the second half of the semester by aJl persons taking 364, except that special students may ask the Department for exemption. 399 Internship A work-based learning experienceat the junior-senior chemistry level in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is ex@. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifyingorganic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include struchm-spectra correlations for IR, UV,N M R and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (Threehours of lecture, six hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,361 or consent of instructor; some reading knowledge of German.) 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical mkhods as well as chromatographic and eledroanalyticaltechniques of analysis. (Three hours lecture, one four and onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353,361, or consent of instructor.) 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Selected topics, including descriptivechemistry, spectroscopicdata interpretation, correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (Threeonehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. kereq.:352,361, or consent of instructor.) 483 Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodingeis wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (Threeone-hour lectures. Prereq.:364 or consent of instructor.) 491 Chemistry Seminar This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry maprs under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.Juniors and seniors are expeded to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are also invited to participate. 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experiencemay be obtained by working on a summer research project in the Department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). Cooperative Education is an excellent opportunityto be involved in industrial research projects. @mior or senior standing) 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via Independent Study. aunior or senior standing) COMMUNICATION (See listing under Speech, Communicationand Theatre.) Khin Khin Jensen, Director Major or minor in East Asian Studiesare offered through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).This is an intercollege, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work with socialand recreational agencies or graduate studies. Two years of Japaneseare taught on one of the five ACTC campuses, or Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Hamline University. There also is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department for Japanese and Chinese language studies. Opportunities for language study abroad are available in Japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hong Kong and Singapore. Summer institutesare available in the People's Republic of China and in the U.S. See the Director for information and procedure to register for any of these courses or travel. Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement. Major in East Asian Studies: 10 courses, including four courses (two years) of basic college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; two courses in history; two courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies, and two courses from a list of approved electives. Major courses must have the written approval of the Director of the program. Minor in East Asian Studies: Five courses, includingtwo courses (one year) of basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; one course in history of East Asia; and two Upper Division courses in cultural specializationfrom a list of approved electives. Minor courses must have the written approval of the Diredor of the program. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentrationat Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed to be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies: Five courses, two from HIS 322, 323,324; one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 336; one from HIS 474, POL 351,363,282; and one from HIS 226,399,495,499. HIS 104 is stronglyrecommended. Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under History Department.) 299 Directed Study (See Director of Program.) 322 Modern Southeast Asia (See under History Department.) 323 Modern China (See under History Department.) 324 Modern Japan (See under History Department.) 351 Communist Political Systems (See under Political Science Department, Comparative Politics and Analysis.) 363 Communist Foreign Policies (See under Political Science Department, International Politics.) 382 From Marx to Mao (See under Political Science Department, Political Theory and Analysis.) 399 Internships (See Director of Program for guidelines to apply for an internship.) 474 The World and the West (See under History Department.) 495 Seminar (See Diredor of Program.) 499 Independent Study (See Director of Program for guidelines.) ECONOMICS (ECO) D E P . The Department of Economicsat Augsburg College offers a program stressing a strong theowtical background, quantitative techniques and an emphasis on both national and international issues. Students who graduate with a degree in Economics are well prepared to continue their education in a variety of fields due to the strong liberal arts emphasis within the mapr. Three majors are offered to students within this Department. The General Economicsmajor is designed for students who are planning graduate or professional studies. The Applied Economics mapr generally leads to careers in the business world. Finally, the combined Business Administration/Economics major is designed for those who wish to have more flexibility in plannning their program of study. Economics course offerings are designed to meet the needs of students preparing for advanced studies as well as for those who, immediatelyafter graduation, are interested in starting a career. An Augsburg Economics mapr provides a solid foundation on which to build national or international careersin business, law, government or public service. The program allows students, once they have completed the core courses, to concentrate on their specrficareas of interest. Studentsare able to combine an Economics major with other disciplines. For example, business, international relations, mathematics, management information systems (MIS), political science, Soviet and East European area studies or Scandinavian area studies are often combined with economics. Economicsmajors and minors are available both through Day School and Weekend College. Economics F a d * Satya P. Gupta (Chairperson),Jeanne Boeh,Magda PalecznyZapp, Edward Sabella. Adjunct Faculty: Paul Halverson, M. Shahid Islam, Eli Ndosi, Edward Raupp, Hamed Sallam, Yong Narn Song Major in Economics: Eight Economics courses (112,113,312,313,414, and three other Upper Division); and BUS 221,222; MIS 279; and MAT 114. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in Economics. Computer courses are also strongly recommended. Major in Applied Economics: Eight Economics courses (112,113,215,312,313, and three other Upper Division); and BUS 221,222; MIS 175,279,479; MAT 121;and PHI 130. Combined Major in EconomicsBusiness Administration:S i x Economics coursg (112,113,312,313, and two other Upper Division);eight Business Admhktration/MIS corn (BUS221,222,242,252,331; MIS 279 and two other Busings Upper Division) Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and compre hensive oral examination in the mapr field of concentration. Minor in Economics: ECO 112,113,312,313, and one additional Economics Upper Division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. Notes: Students who plan to mapr in the Department are strongly encouraged to select a Department Adviser as soon as possible in order to c a d y plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed below, these topics have been offered under ECO 295,495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, DecisionMaking with Finite Markov Chains, and Soviet Economy. 110 112 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metreurban environment.Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis," Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above mentioned topics. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration, MIS and/or Economics should enroll in ECO 112and 113 which are also open to non-majors.) Principlesof Macroeconomics An introduction to macroeconomics, national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, internationaltrade, economic growth. Application of elementaryeconomic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of 113or 110. ECO 112and 113maybe taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress rapidly to the other courses. 113 Principles of Microeconomics An introduction to microeconomics,the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of 110 or 113. ECO 112and 113may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress moR rapidly to other courses. 175 Computers for Business, Economicsand MIS (See Business, M I S 175.) 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. 215 Elements of Mathematical Economics Economic concepts explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from finance, management and marketing are also examined. Prerq.: ECO 113) History of Economic Thought A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political, economic, philosophical and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems. Major topics may include anaent, medieval, mercantilist, classical, socialist/utopian and modern economicthought. Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS (See Business, MIS 279.) Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodologyand current national and international economics problems and policies. (Prereq.:consent of instructor) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113) lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: ECO 112) lntermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113) Contemporary East-West Economic Relations This course explores the motivations for economic cooperationbetween countries with different political and economic systems. The conditions for East-West economic cooperation and its will be analyzed. The focus is on recent developments in joint economic and industrial cooperation. The institutions and systems that drive commerce and governance will be explored and explained (including institutional changes in the directing of foreign trade in centrally-planned economies).At the global level, effects of GATT, IMF, the World Bank, EEC and CMEA on EastWest economic relations will be examined. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113) Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commer- cial banks, the Federal Resenre System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113) Comparative Economic Systems This is an interdisciplinarycourse with emphasis on the differences and similarities between market and planned economies and the recent institutional changes in Eastern Europe. The course evaluates the performance of different economic systems with resped to their allocation of resources. Different theoretical models are examined and compared to their real-world variants in an attempt to assess the relevant merits of capitalism, socialism and market socialism. (Prereq.: ECO 112or 113) Management Science Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.:ECO 313) International Trade and Finance A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. Development of the basis for international trade; balance of payments; exchange rate systems and commercial policy. (kereq.: ECO 112or 113) Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an Internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunityto spend one full term working with an organization.In addition, the student &ill write a report on his/h& activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor) Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.:ECO 313. On demand.) Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313) Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and correspondingpractices in business. Among the topics considered are theories anapractices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations and an analysisof economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.:MIS 279, ECO 313) 416 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macm-emnomictheory. (Prereq.:ECO 312,313 and at least MAT 122or equivalent.On demand.) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS (See Business, MIS 479.) Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.) 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunityto analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Renq.: consent of instructor.) E D U ~ ODEPARTMENT N (EDE, EDS, EDU) Studentsintemted in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education as a base for advanced study in other careers will find opportunities in the Department of Education Professional education combinesthe study of theory with practice, and field experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location of Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the Twin Cities. Classroom teachingis the career that first comes to mind for graduates of teacher education pmgmns. Augsburg graduates are found in many classrooms within the Twin Cities m.In addition, they provide educational services in classrooms across the nation and in some foreign countries. The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program serves as a solid base for graduate education Some teaching fields mquire graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementaryor secondary education However, not all graduates choose to teach in school settings. Teacher education graduates are also found in business, working in management, sales, production and service areas. As of April 1,1988, all persons are required to take basic competency tests (prescribedby the Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading, writing skills and mathematics prior to begnning Upper Division courses. All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department. Any course grade below 2.0 must be retaken. Licensure in Kindergarten-Elementary Education is availableboth through Day School and Weekend College.Selected secondary education programs are also available in Weekend College. Education Faculty: Mary Ann Bayless, Carolyn Clemmons, Bruce Drewlow, Mary Endorf, Marian Enos, Joseph Erickson, Ann F'leener, Ethelind Garetz, Rich Gerrnundsen, Hamet Johnson, Marie McNeff, Phyllis Metcalf, Vicki Olson, JacquelineRichardson, Mary Jo Stump Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: 265,341,351,352, 381,382,383,384,386,387,388,481,482,483; HPE 114,115; SWK 260; PHY 103; and an academic minor. If those persons also desire kindergarten licensure, EDE 375: Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten, is also required. A GPA of 2 5 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in student teaching courses is required for licensure, as well as minimum grades of 2.5 in all Education courses. Students must also fulfill requirements of the Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The criteria for acceptance into the Department Licensure Rogram are available in the Education Department. PHY 103 Conceptual Physics The examination and preparation of materials and resources for Elementary School science teaching. This course fulfills the math requirement for licensure as well as the science methods course. Students must have a Level I11 Math Placement before enrolling in this course. 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore education as a major and consider its career alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek a n appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. 245 International Education An examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigationof possible careers in international education. 255 Orientatlon to Education In an Urban Setting and Field Experlence Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. @rereq.: sophomore standing or above) EDU 263 Critical Thinking Emphasis on development of the ability to analyze information, examine validity of claims and position as well as articulate positions and reasoning. Interaction with content from a variety of academic disciplines. EDU 264 Urban Education In the 1990s This course provides an opportunityfor students to serve as tutors in urban educational environments. Students will be trained to understand the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban educational settings. EDU265 Orientation to Education In an Urban Setting and Field Experience Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. (kereq.: Sophmore standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education.) 295 Topics Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offaings. Specifictopics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Lower Division Independent Study. EDU 341 Media Technology (1 12 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audievisual materials for teaching/leamingsituations. Computer training will be included in this CO351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in reading, and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. 352 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary and Fleld Experience The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. 370 Classroom Management A class for Elementary and Secondaryeducation students. The content of this course includes theories, issues and strategiesof classroom manage ment techniques. EDU 371Teaching the Individual Learner A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategiesfor teaching special education students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the student at risk Students are encouraged to take introduction to Special Education (282) prior to registering for this course. 375 Discovery Learning In the World of Kindergarten (1/2 course) Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. (Required for all persons seeking kindergarten licensure.) 381 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the kindergarten and elementarylevels. Laboratory experiences. 382 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. 383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. 384 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic Studies (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. 386 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Children's Literature (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resouKes for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. 387 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. EDU388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communicationtechniques and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Partidpation in a c o n m t seminar is acpebed. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement siteby registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. 478 School and Society (SeeSecondaryEducation.) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching K-6 Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. Students must apply to student teach at least three months prior to enrolling for the courses. Four courses in student teaching (481,482,483 and 484) are recommended unless otherwise advised by the Education Department. (Prereq.: All K-Elementary coursework satisfactorily completed or permission of the Department for an exception. Admission into the Education Department Licensure Program and admission for Student Teaching) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education (SeeSpecial Education.) 495 Topics Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 498 lndependent Study (112 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 lndependent Study Opportunityfor advanced and specialized reseamh projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the kindergarten-elementary faculty. Student Teaching Abroad Selected Education Department students may participate in the International Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the international and American School network Those interested in further information should contact the Education Department. Students who student teach abroad will do part of their student teaching in the Metro area under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to conferring with the student's mapr field adviser. Licensure Requirements of the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary schools are met through the Augsburg College Education Department Licensure Program: Baccalaureatedegree; academic mapr in an approved teaching area; EDS 265,354,388,478, methods course(s) in major area, EDS 481,482 (and 483 for Art, Music, and Physical Education teaching maprs); HPE 114,115; SWK 260; GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in all education courses, 2.5 in academic mapr and P in student teaching. Application for and acceptance into the Augsburg Licensure &gram q u i d . Criteria for admission to the program are available in the Education Department. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do %me student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to 354, the art mapr will register for 361,362; the physical education mapr for 365; and the music mapr for 355. Art and physical education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K-12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: 1) Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 2) Orchestra (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 3) Vocal and classroom music (K-9); or 4) Vocal and classroom music (5-12). Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German, Spanish), see Foreign Language Department for information on the required competencyexams. Teaching in the Minor Field: Minnesota State Rule provides for restricted teaching in selected fields in which a person has received a minor. Students must be accepted into the Education Department Licensure Program, take the minor subject area methods course, and student teach in the minor area to receive licensure or be recommended for an endorsement by Augsburg College. The Professional T e r n School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly in one full-time term in professional education. Attendance at student teaching seminars is required. All students are expected to be involved full-time in the activities of the professional term. 199 Internship A work-based learningexperiencein which a student, faculty member and site supervisordesign a learning agreement which enables the student to explore education as a mapr and consider its career alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/ registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by register- ing with the Internship and Cooperative Education Ofke. 245 International Education An examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in internationaleducation. EDU 263 Critical Thinking Emphasis on development of the ability to analyze information, examine validity of claims and positions as well as articulate positions and reasoning. Interaction with content from a variety of academic disciplines. EDU 264 Urban Education In the 1990s This course provides an opportunity for students to serve as tutors in urban educational environments.Students will be trained to understand the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban educational settings. EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience Investigatesvarious aspeas of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prerq.:Sophomore standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See SpecialEducation.) 295 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. EDU 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Elementary Education.) 350 Reading in the Content Areas (1/2 course) The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required for Secondary Education. Upper Division. 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. 355 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The developmentof music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. 356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (1/2 course each) Study and application of instructionalmethods, materials and techniques. 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle and junior high schools. For art teaching maprs only. 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (To be taken concurrentlywith 361.) 364 English Methods Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literatureis included. (Prereq.:EDS 354: Creating Learning Environments) HPE 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Health and Physical Education Department.) 366 370 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department) Classroom Management A class for Elementary and SecondaryEducation students. The content of this course includes theories, issues and strategies of classroom manage ment techniques. EDU 371Teaching the Individual Learner A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategies for teaching specla1education students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the student at risk. Students are encouraged to take EDS 282: Introduction to Special Education prior to registering for this course. 374 Natural Science Methods (1/2 course) Course structures, goals and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. Consult with the Education Department. 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategiesand curriculum development.Consult with the Education Department. 376 Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion and theatre and the directing of d c u l a r speech and theatre activities. 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. Consult with the Education Department. EDU 388 Human Relations (112 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communicationtechniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expeded. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. HPE 410 Health Methods (See Health and Physical Education Department, HPE 410: Admiistration and Supervision of the School Health Program.) 478 School and Society Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modern society and final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. (Prereq.: Senior standing; concurrent registration with 481,482,483, or 484) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. Three courses recommended of all majors and four courses required of Art, Music, and Physical Education majors. Four courses required of double majors. (Concurrent registration with 478) 495 Topics Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 498 Independent Study (1I2 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 Independent Study Opportunityfor advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the Departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Phyllis Metcalf, Coordinator Minor: Minimum of six courses (282,491; PSY 351,357; one course chosen from HPE 354, MUS 110 or 395; PSY 362; EDS 385 or SWK 304); and one course chosen from PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended as an additional course. 282 Introductionto Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes and educationalinterventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, l e g disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar.(Prereq.:completion of courses for Special Education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course.) Augsburg College has cooperative arrangementswith three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineeringdegree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis,Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Becau~of the specla1requirements and opportunitiesof these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary.Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. Stuart Anderson, Adviser University of Minnesota The Institute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineeringprograms: Bachelor of Amachelor of Engineering ( B A K E . ) enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the Institute of Technology. Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the Institute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Bachelor of ArtslMaster of Engineering (BAJME.) enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota.This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of Technology. The curriculum is thesame as the B.A./B.E. curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum.The number of such courses varies by lT department and area of emphasis within a department. Application for admission into the B.A./M.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the Institute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participantsin the B.A./M.E. program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology. Washington University (Three Year Plan) Michigan Technological University (Dual Degree Plan) These two programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University in a fiveyear period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program will be considered for admission to the engineering school if they will complete course requirements, have the requisite cumulative grade point average and are recommended by the Engineering Adviser of Augsburg College. Students are also enmuraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further informationon these and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. FinancialAid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineeringschool of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. E Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Dual Degree or ThreeTwo Programs: CHM 115,116;CSC 170;ENG 111;MAT 124,125,224,226 or MAT 145,146,245,247; PHY 121,122;additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,125 or 145, 146 and PHY 121,122 are taken in the freshman year. Studentsinterested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351,352. Those who study Enghsh believe that an intense concern for words, ideas and images helps people understand who they are and who they can become. Writing helps all of us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through the study of English we see life's complexity, experiencelifeas others do and undentand better the world in which we live and work English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and socjology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With sciencerEnglish is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communication,English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in different cultures. The Augsburg English Department integrates its program with the cultural opportunities of this vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films and readings available near the campus. Enghsh majors have the opportunity to use and refine their skills through Internships on and off campus, tutoring English as a Second -ge (ESL ) studentsrtutoring in the Writing Lab or participating in the Cooperative Education Program Students with an Augsburg Enghsh major pursue careers in elementary, secondary and college education, journalism, government, law, the minis try,library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing and other professions and businesses. English Faculty: Kathryn Swanson (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Cathleen Dalglish, Douglas Green,Joan Griffin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, John Schmit Major:Nine courses above 111,including 225 and 245;one Upper Division course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271or 272); and three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged to consult their Departmental Adviser regularly. A student with a double mapr or special program that involves considerable work in the English Department should also work closely with an adviser in the D e v e n t . Note: Transfer students must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg. English-Language Arts Teaching Major:Ten courses, including those listed under the major, ENG 345,and an Internship in the teaching of writing. One course must include a component in non-Western literature. In addition, the ACTC courses, Communication Skills in the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media, are required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their mapr during the freshman and sophomore years, and apply for teacher education not later than the spring of their junior year. Students in this program must work with advisers in the English Department and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements within the Education Department as well as the requirements for the mapr. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to Department Chairperson by October 15in senior year for Department approval. Submit and defend paper before faculty committee. Honors project may be an Independent Study program (refer to Departmental guidelines). Minor: Five courses above ENG 111,including ENG 245, an Upper Division literaturecourse, and an additional writing course. Note: Transfer students must take at least two of their English courses at Augsburg. Note on Concentration:In addition to meeting requirements for the rnapr, English maprs may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such as British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives in the mapr, by the design of an Independent Study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the Department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration. The English Placement Test: A writing sample is q u i r e d of students to determine their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students who do not show competence in composition skills such as stating and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructingparagraphs and sentences are required to enroll in Developmental Writing where they will receive more individual instruction than is possible in Effective Writing. These students must pass Developmental Writing before enrolling in Effective Writing. Note on Prerequisites:ENG 111is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division literature course is ENG 245 or consent of the instructor. 101 Developmental Writing A preparatory course for ENG 111:Effective Writing required of students identified by a writing sample (the English Placement Test) as needing additional preparation in composition. Students write short papers based on their own observations, experiences and thoughts. P/N grading only. Students receive a course credit, but this does not fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. 111 Effective Writing Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing a-itical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing and developingtopics, thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style. A Writing Lab is provided for those needing additional help. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0. 216 American Indian Literature A study of representative works of poetry and fiction by selected Arnerican Indian writers. Discussion and analysis will focus on ways in which literature reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. 217,218 English as a Second Language (ESL) Consistent, repeated work on pronunciation, vocabulary and American idioms, grammar and sentence patterns make up a major part of these courses. In-class drills and exercises, assignments and sessions with ESL tutors are means for students to improve oral skills and i n m their fluency. Understanding spoken Akerican English, speaking,reading college-level materials and writing are the skills emphasized in these two cow&. Testing will determine in these courses, and testing, as well as other course work, will determine whether the ESL requirement is met. These courses are graded either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. Students will continue in ESL until the requirement is completed. By successfully completing the courses, students will have fulfilled the foreign language distribution requirement. 223 225 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111) Intermediate Expository Writing This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing, ENG 111.Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and peer evaluation and the relationshipbetween reading and writing. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Introductionto Creative Writing The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction but including journal keeping and creative prose. Journalism This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will be placed on writing for the print media, but students will learn to write for radio and television as well. Students will consider how to recognize news, how to gather and verify facts and how to write those facts into a news story or news feature. The course will cover basic copy preparation and editing practices and include an introductionto legal and ethical questions faced by journalists. (Prereq.: 111) 241 lntroduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles and historical evolution of the film medium. The emphasis is on film as an audiovisual language. The course includes the viewing and analysis of both feature length and short films illustrating the international develop ment of film form and selected esthetic movements such as the American Studio Film and its Genres, German Expressionism, Soviet Montage, Italian Neorealism and the French New Wave. 245 lntroduction to Literature In this course students are initiated into the formal study of narrative, drama and poetry in order to appreciate more fully the pleasures of literature. The course aims to expand students' exposure to literature and therefore draws on works from several periods, from different cultures and races, from male and female writers. As the prerequisite for all upper courses in literature, Introduction to Literatureaims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills in reading about literature. 251 Readings in American Literature An introduction to representative works by 10 to 12American authors focusing on themes that yield an understandingof the Western heritage and American world views. These themes could include the emergence of national identity, the relationship between humankind and God, the nature of nature, definitionsof the American self, individuality, the place of women and of racial and ethnic minorities in the development of American thought and the continuity of Western culture in America. 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature -for example, the epics of Homer and Virgd, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's "Metamorphoses." Dante's "Inferno" will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature and their enduring relevance. 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modem period, including such authors as Cervantes, Rabelais, Molike, Voltaire and Ibsen. E Topics In Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed t have included in the ACTC Class schedule for that year. ~ e c &offer& ContemporaryPoetry and Women and Hction. Directed Study Independent study for Lower Division credit. Playwriting An introductory course in writing for the stage, television and film. Students learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.: 111,245;226 also recommended, or consent of instructor) Advanced Journallsm: Interviewing and Editing Emphasis is placed first on interviewingand then on organizing and writing the i n t e ~ e w story. The second half of the course will concentrate on editing the work of others and learning layout and design. The course will include workshop sessions during which students conduct interviews and critique the interview skills of fellow students. There will also be laboratory sessions devoted to layout and design. (Prereq.: 227) British Literature, Medieval to Elizabethan Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as the develop ment of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (F'rereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) British Literature, 17th and 18th Centuries Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the 19th Century,emphasizingRomantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationshipto their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) Creative Non-Fiction Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course will emphasizethe conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects and techniques for gathering information. l3y the end of the course, the student will be expected to write reliable reports and articles of publishable quality. (Prereq.: 225 and consent of instructor) 341 Advanced Creative Writing The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve creative writing in a single genre, as announced in the ACTC Class Schedule. (Prereq.: 226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work Offered on demand.) 345 Introduction to the English Language This course is designed to give students a structuraland historical overview of theoreticaland social issues concerning the English language. It will include a summary of theories of language development and the impact of cultural, social,economic and geographic forces on language acquisition. Students will be introduced to the primary componentsof linguistics and to the development of the English language. F i i y , this course will consider the social impact of language as a marker of identity and membership in a speech community. ((kereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 350 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysisof some works of selected American writers from colonial tim& to WWI. We will study established writers such as Hawthorne, Dickinson and Twain along with some lesser known writers who also demonstrate the rich variety of written responses to American civilization. Attention will be given to the ways writers approach issues relating to race, class and gender. Conceptions of the individual in relation to society, the nature of nature and regional differences will also be studied. The approach will be historical as well as topical. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 351 American Literature since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary works. Writers are selected to represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic and racial diversity of the men and women who have responded significantly in literary works to the changing conditions of modem American l i i . (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 361 Studies in Modern Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European and nonWestern, of the 20th Century. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 399 Internship The Department offers oncampus Internships in teaching writing and ESL, and various off-campusInternships. Interested students should consult the Department Chairperson. 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th Century beginnings up to the 20th Century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot and Hardy. Attention will be given to the conditions contributingto the rise of the novel and its emergence by the 20th Century as the dominant literary form. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 438 Shakespeare Study of 10 or 12 major plays -comedies, histories, tragedies -with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 482 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the A f f C Class Schedule for that year. Sample topics include Contemporary Poetry,Women and Fiction and Literary Criticism. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a GPA of 3.0 or consent of Department Chairperson.Provides Independent Study in the area of the student's choice. The initial months after entering college as a freshman are a period of transition. The faculty and staff wish to assist students to make the transition to being a college student successfully and to help them become part of this academic community. Students are introduced to the character of the College, its heritage as an urban liberal arts college of the church, the process of learning in a community where ideas are valued and treated seriously, and the logistics of being a college student. The First Year Experience (FYE) is composed of four parts: Summer Registration, Fall Orientation, FYE Seminarsand FYE Interim Term Courses. Participation in the Fall Orientation program and in the FYE Seminars is required of all students who begm Augsburg College as freshmen in the day schedule program. Students who meet the requirement satisfactorily by attendance at and participation in an FYE Seminar will receive a notation of a passing (P) grade for FYE 005 on their official transcript. Studentswithout a P for FYE 005 will not be permitted to graduate with an Augsburg degree. 005 FYE Seminar A series of Fall term meetings with an FYE faculty adviser to discuss issues related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College communityof learners. Discussion will be based upon readings from a variety of disciplines and sources colleded in "The Augsburg Anthology." (P/N grading only; evaluationbased on attendance and participation.) The Foreign Language Department at Augsburg College contributes in many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts education for b c e in today's world. The Department is committed to the view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed, foreign language study goes beyond the developmentof new cornrnunications skills to foster an abiding awarenessthat the splendid diversity of human languages, literatures and cultures represents a rich historic legacy developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all in common. The Departmental faculty believes that familiarity with the language and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of global perspective and hence is indispensablein the education of Augsburg students. The Foreign Language Department offers language, literatu~,and culture courses in French, German,Norwegian, Ojibwe, Russian and Spanish. Courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin and Greek are available to Augsburg students through the College's affiliation with A m , a consortiumof Twin Cities colleges. A special perspective on language is also available to Augsburg students in the linguistics courses offered by the Foreign Language Department. Linguistics goes beyond the study of individual languages to investigate the general principles which operate in and shape all languages. In thisway the study of linguisticsaffords the student a unique view of one of the most intriguingand central facets of the human mind. Foreign language skills, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, are essential in preparing for a number of careers and represent a valuable specla1qualification in many others. Anticipated careers in a number of n teaching, translation, the diplomatic corps or fields such as f o ~ i g language international business may require a foreign language major, perhaps combined with a major in some other field. In addition, students pursuing careersin many other fields such as health care, social work, the ministry, psychology or philosophy, to name just a few, often find that a foreign language minor and/or the study of linguistics qualifies them for special assignmentsin their chosen field. [i Foreign Ianguages Faculty: Mary Kingsley (Chairperson), Nancy Aarwold, Ruth Aaskov, Rick Greczyk, Roxie Hale, Nelly Hewett, Gunta Rozentals, Frankie Shackelford, Donald Steinmetz, Ronald Walter Placement Levels: Students with previous foreign language study must register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Placement is according to the number of high school semesters one has studied that language: zero-two = 111;threefour = 112; fivesix = 211; seven = 212; eight = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level should consult the Chairperson. Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they wish to take a course above the level determined by previous studies in that language. Students who elect to takea course below the one in which they are placed by the Department may do so, but grading must be P/N only. The Language requirement will be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the student was originallyplaced. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional. Basic Requirements: Maprs must take four of the Upper Division courses at Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two of the Upper Division courses at Augsburg College. 311 is prerequisiteto all Upper Division courses. Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a m i n i of one Upper Division course per year at Augsburg. See Department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information. Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the program as well as for information on Special Methods courses. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a Departmental requirement for teaching maprs. Licensure requires successful completion of the Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools under Department of Education. Honors Major: Majors seeking Departmental honors must apply in the junior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall and honors thesis demonstrating ability in Independent Study for one course credit. Consult Department Chairperson for details. Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACI'C East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director. Major Eight courses above 212, including 311,312 or 411,331 or 332,350 or 355, 351 or 353,450 or equivalents. Study abroad required. Minor: Four courses above 212, including one in conversationcomposition,one in civilization and one in literature. Interim, summer or semester in France strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor:Five Upper Division courses beyond 212, including one in conversationcomposition,one in literature, one in civilization. Study in France strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim Catalog. 011 Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Ondemand) 111,112 Beginning French Aim to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four class meetings per week Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. 211,212 Intermediate French Selected articles, interviews and literary readings are the basis of practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work 243 French Literature in Translation Major representative works of French literature are read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, studentsbecome acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (Ondemand) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 Conversation and Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effectiveorganization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A pmquisite to other Upper Division courses. 312 French Expression A twepronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and personal use.French phonology and speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modem period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.:311 or consent of instructor) 332 French Civilization Today Topics in 20th Century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understandingof French-speaking people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.) 350 Introduction to Ltterature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approachesto literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to a l l qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 351,353 Survey of French Literature The study of mapr French authors and literary movements in France through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lebures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 355 Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the mapr French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 399 Internship Upper Division Internship. 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvementand selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 450 French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story Indepth study of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presenta- tions in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings. Preq.: 311 or c o m t of instructor. On demand) 499 Independent Study Individual pursuit of a topic, movement or genre at an advanced lwel. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individualinterests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser) GERMAN (GER) Major: Eight upper division courses, including 311; 411, one in civilization, and one in literature. Semester in Germany required. Minor: Four Upper Division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, summer or semester in Germany strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: Eve courses beyond 212, including one in conversation<omposition, one in literature, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be Upper Division courses. Study in Germany strongly recommended. Recommended supporting courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature. 111,112 Beginning German GER 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understandingand reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. 199 Internship Cower Division internship. 211,212 Intermediate German For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporaryGerman life and literature. 244 German Lierature in Translation Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomore standing. On demand) 299 Independent Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 German Conversation and Composition Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. 331 German Civilization and Culture I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistorical Indo-EUIY)~~& origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the reemergence of cultural selfawareness during the Middle Ages and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Rereq.:311 or consent of 332 German Civilization and Culture II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 351 German Literature through the 18th Century Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussionsin Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitcal context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in &rman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Includes later Romanticism,Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussionsare designed to aid students' selfexpression in German.(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 lndependent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. 411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his or her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 451 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 452 German Drama Representative dramatic works from late 18th Century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 lndependentStudy Independent Study for Upper Division credit. Japaneselanguage studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the A C E East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department.See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information. 199 Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. 289 Introduction to Llnguistics An introduction to linguistic analysis and general liiguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizationalprinciples and features common to all languages) and psycholiiguistics (inquiry into the mechan- ics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language).Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (On demand. ACTC) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 Theories of Grammar Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research with the aim of illuminatingunderlying philosophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish them. The theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic and communication theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequaciesof traditional grammar. (On demand) 399 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. NORWEGIAN (NOR) Major: Eight courses above 211, including 311,312 or 331,353,411. Study in Norway required. Minor: Four courses above 211, including one in conversation-composition,one in civilization, and one in literature. Study in Norway encouraged. Recommended Supporting Preparation:A second foreign language, linguistics, European history. 111,112 Beginning Norwegian Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. 199 Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. 211 Intermediate Norwegian Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to &fferences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent) 331 Norweglan Civilization and Culture This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as much as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogenous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work (Preq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approachesto literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 353 Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are examined and considerableattention is given to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Ledures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 311 or equivalent) 399 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. 411 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa)are offered at Augsburg,both as part of the Foreign Language Department and as part of the American Indian Studies minor. 111,112 Beginnlng Ojibwe Aimed to develop basic vocabulary and grammar in order to use Ojibwe at an elementary speaking and understanding level. Emphasis on spoken Ojibwe, but secondary goals with be to develop reading and writing skills as well. Courses taught with assistance of Ojibwe elders. Through dialogues, classroom practice, oral stories from elders and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of Ojibwe culture and tradition. It will help Ojibwe students re-connect with their rich tribal heritage (though all students are welcome). Beginning Ojibwe 112continues to develop basic vocabulary and grammar in order to use Ojibwe at an elementary speaking and understanding level. Two years of Russian are offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Soviet and East European StudiesProgram, which requires two years of language for the major. See Soviet and East European Studies Program Campus Coordinator. 111,112 Elementary Russian Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease in reading, short compositions and acquaintancewith Russian culture.Extensive use of the language lab. 211,212 Intermediate Russian Continues developing the skills of writing, understanding and speaking with an added emphasis on reading. Introduction of advanced grammar topics, idioms and the study of word building in Russian. (ACT0 SPANISH(SPA) Major:Eight courses above 212,including 311,411,456 or 457, two of 352,353,354, and either 331 or 332 Study in Spain or Latin America is required. Minor:Four courses above 212,including one in conversationcomposition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212,including one in conversationcomposition, one in literature, one in civilization and two electives. All courses must be Upper Division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America recommended. Recommended supporting courses: Linguistics, another language, preColumbian civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult Department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 Beginnlng Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. 199 Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. 211,212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with two to four years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish (See Global Education, Program in Global Community.) 249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomorestanding preferred. (Ondemand) 261 Spanish Language (See Metro-Urban Studies, South American Urban Semester (SAUS) and Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA.) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 Spanish Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and written practice in correst expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work This course is a prerequisite for all Upper Division courses. (Prereq.:212 or equivalent) 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to i m p v e oral and written e x ~ s i o with n emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (Ondemand) 331 Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contributions to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary and artistic move ments. In Spanish. (Prereq.:311 or consent of instructor) I 332 Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the precolumbian avilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212, with consent of instructor.) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the theory through reading, analyzingand discussing selected works of literature. Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to all qualifed students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 352,353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. @rereg.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 456 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: one survey course) 457 Spanish Novel Study of the outstandingnovelists of the 19th and 20th Century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Rereq.:One survey course) 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. GENEIRAL STUDIES (GST) Some courseshelp to integrate learning around topics in ways which are different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include speciakd academic enrichment programs, an integrative p m s m h a r created by cooperating faculty and offerings of the Center for Global Education. General Studies Faculty:Joel Mugge, Donald Warren 009 Cooperative Education Placement in a Co-op Education assignment, satisfactory completion of evaluation process, and participation in seminars conducted by Co-op Education staff.No course credit. 140,141 Introductionto the Liberal Arts (1/2 course each) An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the philosophy and student services available at Augsburg College. The course also focuses on improving those skills so important to academic success: reading rate and comprehension, note taking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training, career planning and making decisions. 230 Cultural Issues Seminar (See under Program in Global Community.) The Center for Global Education, a program of Augsburg College, facilitates crossculturallearning experienceswhich prepare people to think more critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are grounded in the p p e d i v e s of the poor and of others struggling for justice and human dignity. The Center for Global Education offersa Spring semester program, the Program in Global Community, each year in Cuernavaca, Mexico. It is an academic program that explores the history of political change, issues of social justice and the role of the church in Latin America. Studentslive together as a communityin the Augsburg Study Center, but wiU also live with Mexican familiesin their homes for several weeks. The semester also includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board at Augsburg. Coursesare offered for credit in the disciplinesas listed. SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. macement level determined by Program Director.) GST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar This seminar consists of a series of minicourses offered in a number of relevant topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each minicourse consists of 12 hours. Any four minicourses fulfill the requirements of the seminar. (Either this course or HIS 347 required.) INS 311 The Development Process An integrative seminar providing opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development and educational theories and practices, as well as social change strategies will be examined. HIS 347 Mexico: An Historical Perspective Four specific minicourses together provide an overview of Mexico's historical development from pre-Columbian times to the present day. (Either this course or GST 230 required.) REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is an examination of the emerging 'Theology of Liberation" as articulated by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca. (Prereq.: one course in religion or theology) The Center for Global Education offers a semester program, Social Policy and Human Services in Latin America, each fall in Cuernavaca, Mexico. Throughout Latin America new models for education and human care have evolved during the last 25 years. The methodologies used attempt to teach critical thinking skills, raise people's consciousnessand increase their ability to work together to change their situations.SocialPolicy and Human !%mice in Latin America is a three and one-half month study program designed to introduceparticipants to the central issues currently facing the third world, and to focus on Latin American models of education and serviceand their contribution to the process of socialchange. These models have grown out of the sense that the achievement of basic human rights goes hand in hand with the empowerment of individualsand groups to control their own lives. The semester includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board at Augsburg College. Courses are o f f e d for d t in the disciplines as listed. SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by Program Director.) POL 295 Development Issues: Latin America A survey of global issues affecting the human condition in a rapidly changing and increasingly interdependent world: modernization and development, economic change and international trade, diminishing resources, war and revolution, peace and justice, cultural diversity. Emphasis on the development of a global~Fspective which recokizes human commonalities as well as diversity in perceptions, values and priorities. SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs Social Work is social policy in action. Currently social workers are involved at many levels of a nation's social system -with natural helping networks, families, community groups, volunteer organizations, formal government services and private initiatives.Through a series of four minicourses, the course explores the different approaches to w i a l work in several countries in order to compare methods and service and to analyze the current response to human needs in Latin America. SWK 399 Internship A supervised learning experience in an agency setting with emphasis on acquiring an overview of how the agency functions and how populations are served. The placement will be for 80 hours during the Fall term. Thae are a limited number of internship placements. Preference will be given to Social Work maprs. One and onehalf years of Spanish study (or demonstrated proficiency) is required for placement. EDE IEDS 412 Latin American Models of Education A comparative approach to learning methods of educational models being developed in Latin America. Studentswill apply their knowledge of educational concepts used in the U.S. to an understanding of basic processes employed by Latin American educators in teaching critical thinking, consciousness-raisingand cooperative problem-solvingExploring the transferabilityof these learning models to North America will be a focus throughout the course. SWK 465 or 468, or SOC 271 Social Policy and Social Justice (Social Work - Upper Division or Sociology - lower division) Social policy related to the health, education and well-being of members of Mexican and Central American societies. The course will examine the distances between policy and reality, particularly for the poorest groups, the impact of international economics and politics, and movements that have emerged dedicated to bridging the gaps between needs and policies. (Note: Augsburg students majoring in Social Work can take this course as SWK 465 if they agree to take a .5Independent Study to supplement the North American legislative procedure and mini-policy study they do on the Augsburg campus.) The Center for Global Education offers a second Fall semester program Women and Development Latin American Perspectives -in Cuemavaca, Maico. It is a three and onehalf month intensive program of study and travel designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Latin America with emphasis on the experience of women. The program explores gender roles in Latin America; women's roles in development; connections that Latin American women are drawing between gender, race, class, and global economics; and the ways in which liberation theology and feminism interface. The semester also includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board at Augsburg. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are approved for credit in Women's Studies. POL 495 may be taken as a course in Women's Studies, depending on the mini-courses chosen. SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency lwels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by Program Director.) INS 311 The Development Process An integrative seminar pmviding opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development and educational theories and practices, as well as social change strategies will be examined. POL 359 Toplcs: Women In Comparative Politics -Women In Latin America An examination of critical global issues affeding Latin America, and the impact these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and internationaltrade, political ideologies and revolution. REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is an examination of the emerging 'Theology of Liberation" as articulated by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca. Special attention will be given to the complex interactionsbetween women and religious institutions. (Prereq.:one course in religion or theology) POL 495 Seminar Any three mini-courseoffered in POL 359 plus an independent study minicourse in order to do substantial research into one of the course themes. Virtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the N e d athlete as well as the occasional player will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities. The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework for a wide range of educational experiences, including several major and minor programs general education in Physical Education; men's and women's intercollegiateathletic programs; intramural programs for men and women; and athletic facilitiesfor developmental and recreational activities. Department graduateshave traditionally found employment in educational settings. Additional career opportunitiesare possible in YMCA and community services, municipal park and recreation departments, as adult fitness instructors, and in working with people with disabilities. Health and Physical Education Faculty Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson), Brian Ammann, Carol Enke, Marilyn Pearson Florian, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Jack Osberg, JoycePfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad, Pam Schreurs,Jeff Swenson. Major: 110,114,115,320,354,410;BIO 103,108,111;CHM 105 or 109;PSY 105;SOC 231 or HPE 216,336. Teaching Major: Same as Health Education major plus 355. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Teaching Minor: 110,114,115,320or 410;â¬310103;SOC 231 or HPE 216. Personal and Community Health Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individualand the community. Health and Safety Education (It2 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes informationabout xhool health programs and prevalent health needs, problems of school age children and American Red Cross Erst Aid course. Health and Chemical Dependency Education (It2 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about xhool health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children. lnternship A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore health or physical education as a major and consider its career alternatives.Studentsshould consult with the departmentalInternship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Human Sexuality A study of the psychological, social and biological components of human sexuality. Open to all students. Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. School Health Curriculum Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.:All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series and consent of instructor) Introduction to DevelopmentaltAdapted Physical Education (112 course) A general overview of developmental/adapted physical education from early childhood to grade 12and the role of school-based health and physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students. (Prereq.: HPE 243) Tests and Measurement (112 course) S m e y of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. lnternship A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles of health or physical education with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materi- als in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community.(Prereq.: 320.Odd number years) Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. Major: 114,115,354,355; 223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472,474,475;BIO 103. Teaching Licensure Major: 114,115,354,355;223,231,232,243,350,351,365,471, 472,474,475;BIO 103.Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult Department Chairperson for individualprogram planning. Minor: 114,115;223,231,232 or 472,243.There is no PE teaching minor in Minnesota Public Schools. Coaching Endorsement: 243,351 (Prereq.:BIO 103), 475 (Prereq.: 350), a coaching theory course from 476483,and pradicum in coaching (499is an optional method for meeting the practicum requirement). Notes: Coaches entering their first assignment as head coach in Minnesota high schools are required to have a coaching endorsement and a current Minnesota teacher's license. 002,003 Lifetime Sports Three hours per week Two Lifetime Sports meet the General Education requirements. (Part-time students should consult with Department Chairperson) No course credit 101 199 Fitness for Life A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal health and fitness. Internship A workbased learning experience in which the student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore health or physical education as a major and consider its career altematives. Studentsshould consult with the departmentalIntanship Coordiitor regarding requirements and permission to register. I 223 Team Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching and officiatingteam sports. 231 Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiatingindividual and dual sports. 232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course) Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice in teaching and performing selected social dances. 243 History and Principles of Physical Education and Sport History, principles and philosophy of physical education and sport. 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 350 Kinesiology Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prereq.:BIO 103) 35t Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: BIO 103) 354 Introduction to DevelopmentaVAdaptive Physical Education (1 /2course) (SeeHealth Education.) 355 Tests and Measurement (SeeHealth Education.) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) Procedures, materials and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles of health or physical education with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. 471 Physical Education Programming Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decisionmaking for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.:243) 472 474 Gymnastics (1/2 course) Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics.Opporhmityto teach and perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and skill analysis. Swimming and Aquatics (1/2 course) Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving and water safety. Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors. (Prereq.: swimming competenceas determined by pretest.) 475 476 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course) Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.:350. Even numbered years, Interim) Coaching of Football (1/2 course) Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd numbered years) 477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course) Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching basketball. (Odd numbered years) 478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course) Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey.(Odd numbered years) 479 Coaching of Track and Field (112 course) Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching track and field. (Odd numbered years) 480 Coaching of Baseball/Softball(1/2course) Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coachingbaseball and softball. (Odd numbered years) 483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course) Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd numbered years) 499 Independent Study D i e d intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. ~ R DEPARTMEW Y (HIS) History is to society what memory is to an individual; it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalistJ.R Strayer expressed it this way: "No community can survive and no institu- tion can function without constant reference to past experience. We are ruled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are ruled by the collective memory of the past It is thememory of common experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community." A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that enables us to deal more knowledgeablywith the continuitiesand changes in m m n t issues. Established disciplines, as history long has been, train the mind by developingconcepts and skills that enable one to deal with masses of information. Many have found that history is an entree into the richer enjoyment of travel, cultural events and the broad reading enjoyed by the educated person. Accordingy, history has long held a mapr role in the liberal arts.This is true at Augsburg. The Department has strength in and requires of its majors work in four main areas: ancient and medieval, modem Europe, United States and the non-Western world. The Department's graduates are well represented among professional historians; at present, some are in graduate schools preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves as social studies teachers in elementaryand secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that field for history majors. For most of our students, however, the study of history provides one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences, valuable both for personal enrichment and a wide variety of career choices. History Faculty: Richard Nelson (Chairperson), Orloue Gisselquist, Donald Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen Major: Eight courses plus one seminar. At least four of these courses must be Upper Division. A mapr must have at least one course (either survey or Upper Level) from each of the four areas: ancient and medieval; modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may take a History mapr in combination with specified social science courses and the required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more information, see the Department Chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator. Minor: Eve courses, at least three of which must be Upper Division. Honors Major: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. Notes: First year students should enroll in one or more of the 101-104 courses. Distribution/general education credit is normally given only for courses 101-104. 200 level courses are normally reserved for sophomore or Upper Division students. Upper Division courses are numbered 300 and up. Lower Division students are normally required to take at least one 100 level course before enrolling for an Upper Division course. The Beginnings of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th Century. The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. The Modern World A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. The Modern Non-Western World An introdudion to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. Internship Lower Division Internship. U.S. History to 1877 A survey of U.S. history from Jarnestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by the Civil War. U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our time with an effort to consider the various social, economic, intellectual and political forces and events that have created the modern United States. A Tale of Twin Cities: MinneapolisISt. Paul A local history course using the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area as a case study for examining large themes and issues in U.S. urban history. Topics considered include frontier urbanism, industrialization and economic change, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, and urban politics and reform. Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century An exploration of the experiencesand contributions of selected women in China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines and the state of Hawaii. Includes a p s d i u a l perspective, gender and class issues, responses to impact of modernization and Western education. Directed Study An opportunityfor a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the direding faculty member and the chairman of the Department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. Modern Southeast Asia A study of the mapr historical events, personalities and political develop ments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. Modern Chlna A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839.The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th Century. Modern Japan An examination of the emergence of Japan as a mapr world power in the 20th Century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive fea-s of the PreMeiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. American Indian History: PreColombian to Modern (See under INS, American Indian Studies.) Topics in U.S. History In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history (excludingforeign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. History of American Foreign Policy The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed. The American Century: The U.S. Since 1900 The interaction of popular ideas and formal thought within United States society during a time of national ascendency and worldwide crisis and unrest. Topics considered include American nationalistic exceptionalism, social Darwinism, refonnism, racism, radicalism, liberalism, conservatism and other ideologies and movements. The American City A study of the development of urban centers in the United States: their colonial and frontier roots, their growth during the age of industrialization and immigration, and their adjustment to new realities in the late 20th Century. Topics for study include the dynamics of urban growth, politics and reform, urban planning, the growth of urban culture in America and shifting definitions of community in U.S. cities and suburbs. Mexico: An Historical Perspective (See under Program in Global Community.) The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks.Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 AD. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences, and Rome's contributionsin law and the political process. 370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560 A study of the scholastictradition and the role of the church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. 399 Internship in History A limited number of Internships may be available for qualified Upper Division students mapring in history. In this connection, students are encouraged to consider the opportunities available through the Cooperative Education program. 440 Topics in World History This course will investigate topics in world history which are not included in regular course offerings.The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. 474 The World and The West This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. 495 Seminar Selected topics which will be announced prior to registration. This course is designed for history majors of at least junior standing. Admission by permission of the instructor. Offered at least once each year. 499 Independent Study Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply for directed Independent Study. A maximum of one course in Independent Study may be applied toward the major. The Humanities major provides the opportunity to reflect across departmental lines, to experiencethe ways in which different academic disciplines appmch similar questions and issues and to participate in interdisciplinary learning experiences. You can, in effect, create your own major by choosing a theme or topic you wish to study and then by taking courses in various departmentsrelating to that theme. The major was created especially to encourage students not majoring in the humanities but in such areas as science, business or social science to broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second major. Faculty: Bruce Reichenbach (Chaiirson),John Benson and Richard Nelson Major: Nine courses, five of which must be Upper Division. Courses must be selected from at least four of these seven departments -Art, English, Foreign Languages, History, Philosophy, Religion, and Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. No more than three courses from any one department can be used to satisfy the requirement. Note: Each student taking a Humanities major will focus on some particular theme or Six of the nine perspective which will constitute the core of the major .pcourses must be taken in this core. The core adopted and the courses chosen to meet the requirement will be worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme or perspective of the core can be chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be created by the student in consultationwith an adviser in the humanities. Further information concerning the core can be found in the Humanities Handbook A student may not list a double major in Humanities and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution of courses selected in the Humanities major is significantly different from the other major. 499 Independent Studies Individual study and research on some interdisciplinaryhumanities topic, worked out in consultation with an adviser. The study must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. &CAN INDIAN Smm, ETHNICS m m & W O ~S m Sm InterdisciplinaryStudies covers a broad spectrum of experienceand coursework. Through Interdisciplinarycourses, students gain greater insight and understandingof cultures and perspechves different from their own. Through these experiences studentsare better prepared to become contributing members of the global community. For other Interdisciplinarycourse listings, see Global Education Programs and Metro-Urban Studies. Courses listed in these areas may be used to fulfill the Urban Concerns, Women's Studies or Minority Studies requirements under the general distributionrequirements.Consult the General Education list for courses which fulfillthe specihc Perspectives. Augsburg also offers students the opportunity to minor in American Indian Studies or Women's Studies. The American Indian Studies program offers courses that encompass the range of American Indian contributions to North American culture including art, religion, literature and history. Also offered m two begnning courses in Ojlbwe (Chippewa),the original language of one of Minnesota's native people. Mildred Mueller, Coordinator Minor:Five courses including INS 105 and at least one Upper Division course. Indian Studies courses may also be taken as part of majors or minors in other academic subjects or to meet distribution/general education requirements. INS 105 Introduction to American lndian Studies An introduction to the content areas of American Indian Studies, including an overview of American Indian history, American Indian literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, crosscultural influences, art, music and language. Required for American Indian Studies minor. OJB 111, OJB 112 Beginning Ojibwe An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa) Indians including vocabulary, reading, writing and conversational skills. Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction. The second course continues vocabulary, reading, writing, oral skills and culture, with increased emphasis on comprehension.This course is crosslisted with the Foreign Language Department. ENG 216American lndian Literature: Traditional and Modern Comparative studies of tribal oral traditions, early writings and modem literature written by or about American Indians. Problems of translation, interpretation and exploitationwill be examined. Modern novelists, poets and historians will be included. This course is cross-listed with the English Department. HIS 223 American lndian History: Pre-Columbian to Modern The government, tribal structures, philosophy, agricultureand commerce among the native people of North America are explored from p r e Columbian eras through European exploration and settlement. American Indian contributionsto world economics, agriculture, government, architecture, art and philosophy are included, as are wars, treaties, relocations and inter-governmentalrelations. This course is cross-listed with the History Department. INS 260 Contemporary American Indians The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934)with an emphasis on current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/ cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. ART 290 Tribal Arts and Culture An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within the United States with some attention to Canada, Central and South America. In addition to the visual arts of the Eastern Woodland, Plains, Pacific and Southwest Indians, some content will include drama, dance, poetry, mythology, rituals and religion. Students will produce art work such as weaving, baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture or prints. This course is cross-listed with the Art Department. INS 320 American lndian Women This course focuseson the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of native North America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over time as well as changes in these roles as a result of the influence of Western colonialism. It examines the life histories of Indian women of the past and present and assesses the contributions made by women to Indian community life today. (Rereq.:one course in Women's Studies or American Indian Studies or consent of instructor) This course is applicable to Women's Studies also. REL 370 American lndian Spirituality and PhilosophicalThought Religious beliefs, spiritual customs and philosophy of North American Indians are studied. Within these broad areas,the subjects of medicine, healing, shamanism, dreams, visions, myths and spiritual power are also included. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies and beliefs in an afterlife. This course is cross-listed with the Religion Department. Also approved as an elective: INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective (See under Women's Studies.) 231 Religion in African-American History An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism.This course is cross-listed with the Religion Department. 232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies An interdisciplinary course providing an overview of the mapr issues related to the Black experience in terms of the family, education, religion, art, economics and politics. It is designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American society. Women's Studies values the experiencesand perspectives of women by placing them at the center as it branches out to critically examine women's contributionsin life and learning. Women's Studies seeks to complement other disciplines by expanding knowledge about women, addressing misconceptions and raising new questions which spark further investigation. It seeks to empower students for leadership. Women's Studies tries to be explicit about its goals and issues. It seeks to raise awareness of diversity, to critically examine all disciplines and existing social practices, to recover past achievements of women and encourage the work that women now do, to expand perspectives and to provide a basis for decision making and critical evaluation of future learning. mi no^: Five courses which must include INS 201, three electives, one of which must be Upper Division, and INS 495 or 499. Courses may be taken from the other ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each student's program must have the written approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator. INS 199 Internship in Women's Studies INS 201 Foundations in Women's Studies This multidisciplinary course is designed to raise awareness of women's status and women's diversity; to critically examine disciplines and social practices through the lens of feminist theory; to recover past achievements of women and survey the work that women now do; to expand perspectives; and to provide a basis for critical evaluation of future learning. INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionaryand historical origins of women's roles a i d status in human society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures. This comparison will include such North American models as the Navap, 0jib;e and Iroquois; African models such as the Pygmies and other tribal groups; the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, the Middle East and China. INS 265 Women in American Culture Through discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of Black and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by Indian women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included. INS 281 Topics in Women's Studies INS 311 Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives (See Global Education Programs.) INS 320 American Indian Women (See American Indian Studies.) INS 399 Internship in Women's Studies INS 481 Topics in Women's Studies INS 495 Women's Studies Seminar Selected topics. Required of minors who do not elect to do an Independent Study. To be completed after the introductory course and electives. INS 499 Independent Study In consultationwith a faculty member and with the approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator, a student selects a specific topic for study. Required of minors who do not elect to participate in the seminar. See department listings for descriptionsof the following approved electives from other departments: ART352 Women and Art ENG 282 or 482 Topics in Literature: Women and Fiction HIS 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century WL421 Topics in American Politics POL459 Topics in Comparative Politics PSY 371 Psychology of Gender REL441 Feminism and Christianity International Relations is an interdisciplinarymajor which offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses and six electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for an Interim or a semester. Competency in one language is required and some students study two languages. The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studieswith considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast Asia and others. Recent students have had double majors in History, Political Science, or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the InternationalRelations major. Norma Noonan, Director Major: 13courses. (1) Seven required courses: ECO 112or 113, HIS 103or 104, POL 158or 160; two of the following: HIS 332, POL 363,461; POL 490; the fourth term of college work in a modem foreign language. (2) Six of the following electives (not more than three from any one disciplinemay be counted toward the mapr): ECO 360,495; HIS 322,323,324,440,474; PHI 355; POL 350,351,381,382,455,459; Rn 356; SOC 336; Interim courses, seminars, Independent Study, topics courses and courses at other colleges/universities can be considered here with the approval of the Program Direstor; fourth tern or higher of college work in a second language. Minor:Seven courses and one year of foreign language. Required: ECO 112or 113, E3IS 103or 104, and POL 158or 160. One course of HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One year of foreign language. Any three courses from the list of approved electives for the major. Not more than two courses from any department could count toward the minor. Note: Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 13required courses. Students should confer with the Program Director about regional and disciplinaryconcentrations possible within the mapr, for example, a concentration on a geographic area or in one of the major disciplines in the program. At least since b t e s , scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics in developing the skills of critical thinking, understandingabstrad concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more modem needs of quantitative reasoning, these skills are still essential for any liberally educated person. Mathematics and computer science courses at Augsburg are intended to help develop these skills. 1 Mathematical ideas in and of themselves have had a formative impact on the development of civilization and the development of compute& has also influenced modern society. To the extent that a liberal education must include a variety of perspectives on our culture and heritage, a study of these influences is important. An increasingnumber of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. This Department serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields. Majors within this Department are prepared for graduate school, work in industry or service professions, with opportunities to focus on either the theoretical or the applied areas of their vocations. In fad, the Department offers a concentration in applied mathematics as well as the more traditional major. Internshipand Cooperative Education options help studentstake advantage of Augsburg's proximity to the many technicaUy+riented enterprises in the city. Thus the Department aims to provide its own majors with skills necessary to serve the larger community through a variety of m s . MathematidComputer Science Faculty: Larry Ragland (Chairperson), Larry Copes, LarryCrockett, Suzanne Dor&, Beverly Durkee, Ken Kaminsky, Noel Petit, Beverly Stratton, Stephen Zhang Mathematics Major: Nine courses in mathematics including MAT 145,146,245, 246,324 and three electives from MAT courses above 210, at most one of which is at the 200 level; participation in departmental colloquium (MAT 491) during junior and senior years. Also required: CSC 170 or CSC 270. At least two of the Upper Division mathematics courses must be taken at Augsburg. For teaching licensure, the three electives must be 351,373, and 441. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for other require ments. Mathematics Major with concentration in Applied Mathematics: Nine courses including MAT 145,146,245,246,324 and three electives from MAT 327,328,355, 373,374, and approved topics courses (MAT 481). Also required: CSC 170 or CSC 270, PHY 121,122; participation in departmental colloquium (MAT 491) during junior and senior years. A minimum of two Upper Division mathematics courses must be taken at Augsburg. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall. Independent Study at an advanced level. Mathematics Minor: Five courses, including 145,146,245, and 246 or 247, and one elective from MAT courses above 300. For a teaching minor the additional course must be selected from MAT 314,328,351,373,441. Prerequisites/PlacementExam -Before enrolling in any mathematics course the student must have placed appropriatelyon the Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam, or have completed college courses equivalent to prerequisites. A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite. The Placement Exam is given during college registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. It is required of all entering students except those who have received a grade of C or better in a college-level mathematics course taken at another college or who have passed the College Board Advanced Place ment Exam. These students and those who place into Group V should consult with the Department about appropriate courses to take. 103 Basic Mathematics A self-paced course for students needing a review of arithmetic and transition to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, metric system, exponents, radicals and evaluation of algebraic expressions.Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Test. (kereq.:Placement Group I. P/N grading only) 104 Intermediate Algebra A self-paced course for students needing a review of basic algebraic skills and concepts. Topics include operations with polynomials and rational expressions; exponents and radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and inequalities; and graphing of linear and quadratic functions. Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. (Prereq.: 103or Placement Group 11. P/N grading only) 114 Elementary Functions A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric. For students planning to take 124 or 145. Students who have completed 124 or 145 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111) 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of finite mathematics (combinatorics,probability, matrices, linear programming and graph theory) of primary interest to students in the social and behavioral sciences, business and information science. Students who have competed MAT 171 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111) 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus with applications in the social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 or 145may not register for credit. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111. ) 124,125,224 Calculus I, ll, Ill Differential and integral calculus, including calculus of several variables and series, with applications primarily from the physical sciences, integrated with topics from plane and solid analytic geometry. Primarily for students in mathematics or the sciences. (Prereq.: 114 or Placement Group IV for 124; 124for 125; 125 for 224) 131 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further study in mathematics. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group IID 145,146 AUGMENT Mathemetics I and II The Augsburg Mathematics Enrichment Program provides exploration of mathematical ideas. Attention will be paid to historical and philosophical connections and to reading, writing and thinking in mathematics. Includes calculus concepts such as: limit, continuity, derivative, antiderivative, integral, sequences and series; and selected topics from linear algebra, abstract algebra, number theory, probability geometry, topology, dfnarnical systems, graph theory and combinatorics. (Prereq: 114 or Placement Group IV for 145; 145 for 146) 171 Discrete Mathematics Topics in discrete mathematics such as sets and logic, combinatorics, probabfity, relations and functions, vectors and matrices, boolean algebra and graph theory of primary interest to students in Computer Science and Mathematics. Students who have completed MAT 121 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Prereq.: Placement Group IV) 211 Number Theory An introductory study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 215 Elementary Linear Algebra A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations and matrices. (Prereq.: 224) 226 Differential Equations Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutionsby special integral transforms; systems of differentialequations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224) 245,246 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I & II Topics introduced in 1 6 1 4 6 are further applied, generalized and abstracted. Emphasis is on mathematical structures, logical reasoning and proof formats. Additional topics include: multiple variable calculus, vectors and vector spaces and linear transformations. (Prereq.: 146 for 245; 245 for 246) 247 Introduction to Applied Mathematics Designed primarily for applied mathematics, preengineering and physical science majors, this course includes additional topics from vector calculus, differentialequations, complex functions and linear algebra. (Prereq.: 245) 299 Directed Study Independent Stuclyfor Lower Division credit. (Pmq.: Consent of imtmctor) Abstract Algebra A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra, such as groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Rereq.: 215 or 246) Analysis An introductionto the study of mathematical analysis. Includes a rigorous study of mapr concepts used in the calculus and their applicationto more abstract situations. (Prereq.: 224,246 or 247) Special Functions of Mathematical Physics (See PHY 327) Complex Variables An introductionto complex numbers and functions, limits, differentiation and integration, series, analytic functions, conformal mappings and applications. (Rereq.: 224,246 or 247) Modern Geometry A study of transformational geometry including complex number representations and applications to fractal geometry. (Prereq.: 215 or 246) Numerical Analysis A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedur&riented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulae, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. (Prereq.: 224 or 245; CSC 170) Probability and Statistics I A study of the structure of modem probability, enumeration techniques, special discrete and continuous probability distributions with applications to statistical problems, mathematical expectation, Chebyshds inequality, the central limit theorem. (kereq.: 224 or 245) Probability and Statistics II A study of sampling distributions associated with the normal and other distributions and methods of estimation: point estimation, interval estimation; hypothesis testing, regression and analysis of variance, nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: 373 or equivalent) Internship A combined effort of student, faculty and employer to complete a specific task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices of the Cooperative Education office as well as the Mathematics Internship Supervisor. Foundationsof Mathematics Set theory, logic, axiomatic method and development of number systems. (Prereq.: completion of or concurrent registration in 314 and either 324 or 328; or consent of instructor.) 481 Topics in Mathematics Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, pmbability, statistics or computer science. (Prereq.: 314 and either 324 or 328; or consent of instructor.) 491 MathematicsIComputer Science Colloquium This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets weekly to keep the mathematics and computer science community informed about contemporary developmentsin the field and about interestingideas that don't arise in courses. Junior and senior majors must attend, and others are welcome. Sessions are presented by faculty members or outside visitors. 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and Department. Introductory Courses: 170,210, MAT 171 and MAT 124 or 145 Core Courses: 320,330,345,450 Computer Science B.A. Major: 11 courses including the four introductory courses, the four core courses and three electives. The electives must be selected from MAT 355, MAT 373 and Computer Science courses above 260. At least two electives must be selected from 270 or 271,340,352, and 445. At least two of the Upper Division courses must be taken at Augsburg. Participation in the departmental colloquium (CSC 491) is required for all junior and senior majors. Computer Science B.S. Major: 16 courses including the four introductory courses; the four core courses; 270 or 271,340,352,445, MAT 125 or MAT 146, MAT 224 or MAT 245, MAT 215 or MAT 246, and one elective selected from MAT 355, MAT 373, and Computer Science courses above 260. At least two of the Upper Division courses must be taken at Augsburg. Participation in the departmental colloquium (CSC 491) is required for all junior and senior majors. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall. Independent Study at an advanced level. Computer Science Minor: Six courses including the four introductory courses and any two of the four core courses. 145 Computing for the Liberal Arts An introduction to computers, programming and computer applications, as well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward either a computer science major or minor. Structured Programming An introductionto computers, problem-solving, algorithm development and programming using Pascal. This course provides a foundation for further studies in computer science. (Prereq.: MAT 114 or MAT 121or MAT 122or BUS 279 or Math Placement Group IV) Data Structures Data structures and their implementation, recursion, searching and sorting algorithms, and continued development of programming methods using Pascal. (Prereq.: 170. Coreq.: MAT 121or MAT 171) Electronics (See PHY 261.) FORTRAN Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) COBOL Study of COBOL programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) Algorithms A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms and tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq.: 210 and MAT 124or MAT 14.5) Theory of Computation Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages, automata, computability and computational complexity. Topics include Turing machines, Church's thesis, the halting problem and unsolvability. (Prereq.: 210 and MAT 124 or MAT 145) Digital Communicationsand Computer Networks Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and securityand general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: 210) Principles of Computer Organization An introductionto computer architecture, processors, operating systems, instruction sets and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: 210) Database Management and Design Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organiza- tion and security, includingthe development of an elementary database system. (Prereq.: 210) 399 Internship A combined effort of student, faculty and employer to complete a specific task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices of the Cooperative Education office as well as the Computer Science Internship Supervisor. 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems. mereq.: 345) 450 Principles of Programming Languages Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include programming language syntax and semantics, BNF,parsing, compilers, interpreters, data structures, control structures and the run-time environment. (Prereq.: 210) 491 MathematicsIComputer Science Colloquium (See MAT 491.) 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other courses. This course may be repeated when the topics vary. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and Department. METRDUANSTUDIES (INS) Metro-Urban Studies is a tramdisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and other related disciplines. The Metro-Uhan Studiesprogram seeks to blend classroom and field experience, theory and Internships which focus the content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the process of urbanization. The M-Urban Studiesmapr and minor a~ designed to provide underpduate pqaration forpostgraduate studiesin planning,&kchmI law, public .. admmstmtion, environmental studies, social government, community organkition and theology. 7he program and collegewideurban mpkment introduce studentsto the wide e e t y of developing mdated to urt.>an and metropolitan affairs,equipping studentswith the analytical and theoreticaltmls n q m e d to understand the metropolitancommunity. Cooperative Education and Internships are available as ways to enhance the quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the College's location The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA)and Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich the overall program Metro-Urban Studies Faculty:Garry W. Hesser (Director, SOO, Andrew Aoki (POL), Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson (PSY) Major: 13 courses including POL 122 and 421; PSY 356; SOC 211 and 381; an approved Urban History course; SOC 362 or ECO 279; SOC 363 or POL 484;an Internship (399);and any four approved urban-related c o w . HECUA offcampus programs are highly recommended, especiallythe MUST Twin Cities program. Students interested in graduate school are encouraged to take ECO 113 Principles of Micrc-Economics. Minor: Three lower level Urban Studies courses, two of which must be POL 122 and SOC 211; and two upper division courses from the following:POL 421; PSY 356; SOC 381 or Internship (399), with the Internship highly recommended where appropriate. Other combinations are feasible if approved by the Director of the Program. 199 lnternship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty.memberand site supervisor design a learning apmnent which enables the student to exploremetro-urban studies as a mapr and consider its career alternatives. Participationin a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regardjig requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Wee. 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division students (Prereq.: consent of instructor and POL 122 or SOC 211) 399 lnternship A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of metmurban studies with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the terrn/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. b - 498 lndependent Study Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course which a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. ledures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a Department faculty member. (Prereq.:POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of instructor) 499 lndependent Study Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363 and consent of instructor) URBAN STUDIES~ O N THROUGH S HEWA Augsburg co-foundedand plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortiumfor Urban Affairs (HECUAIIa consortiumof 17 colleges and universities.Augsburg's Metro-Urbandirector served as its president from 1982 to 1987. Through HECUA, Augsburg studentshave access to five interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional qualityI located in ScandinaviaISouth AmericaI Central America and the Twin Cities. This program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area. 358 Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development Interdisciplinary readings conned experiences and direct observation with theory and research on the impact of race, class and gender on social inequality and unequal urban development. Competingtheories and strategies for urban and neighborhood development are examined and assessed in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challengeit. 359 Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods provide varying -at times competing-views on the Twin Cities "civic ideology." Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews and oral history provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories and strategies for explaining and overcoming it. 399 Internships (2 credits) Internshipsplace students with sponsoring organizations that provide supervised work experience for a minimum of 24 hours a week Coursework also includes readings, seminar discussion, field assignments and writing to meet the objectives of the internship. n. SGWDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM(SUST) This interdisciphary field learning program is at the University of Oslo and examines cities and urban life in Scandinavia. 372 Norwegian Language Intensivelanguage instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying Norwegian literature. Note: For Language credit the student should consult with the Chairperson of the Foreign Language Department. 377 Scandinavia in the World Global perspedives of Scandinavian societies. Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world of super powers and their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and arms control, EastWest relations, European security, trade and the Thii World. Emphasis on Norway with field travel to Scandinavian capitals and to Leningrad for discussionswith advocates of competing perspectives. 393 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits (theaters, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a variety of media. 394 Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices as a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformationsfrom rural and regional cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on Norway, with field travel to Scandinavian capitals for a comparative perspective. 499 Independent Study Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of conducting Independent Study research, using Norwegian language skills, on a topic approved by the SUST Program Director and the appropriatehome college faculty adviser. III.SOUTH AMERICAN URBAN SEMEER (SAUS) This "semester in the city" program is located in either Quito, Ecuador, or Bogota, Colombia. It focuses upon urbanization and developmentin the Third World. 261 Spanish Language All students take Spanish at the intermediate level or conduct an Independent Study if they are at an advanced level (see below). Language emphasizes acquisition of skills for maximum participation in SAUS program and field work. 361 Introduction to Latin America Overview of Latin American geography, history, economy, politics, culture and arts with emphasis on program sites as case studies. Focus on economic development issues, theories and models applicable to Latin America. 362 Urbanization in Latin America The development of cities and implicationsfor social change in Latin America. Topics include history of cities, rural-urban migration, industrialization, environmental issues, govenunental policies'and urban elites. Models and theories of urbanization and development are compared and applied to Latin America. 363 Wealth, Poverty and Community Development The plight and prospects of the urban poor in Latin America. Emphasis on field study in bamo communities and site visits to public and private agenciesdealing with urban problems. 499 Independent Study Studentswith advanced Spanish a= required to prepare an Independent Study research paper. Depending on the topic and resources required, supervision by a professional at a local college or research institution or by SAUS faculty. N.CITY ARE This program studies the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between emerging art and urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich sources for the program. 330 Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures Exploration of the life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers and community organizers for understanding the difkrencesbetween formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and participant observation at arts performances and cultural events. 331 The Politics of Artistic Expression Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and culture in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the politics of cultural work. Readings, films and discussions integrate aesthetic theory and artistic expression with issues of social change and activism. 399 Internships (2 Credits) Internshipsinvolve participation in an ongoing project with an individual artist, community organizer, art group or organization for the purpose of learning about life and work in that setting. The form and placement varies with each student's goals, needs and experiences. A Spring semester interdisciplinaryprogram that examines relationships among literature, ideology and society and how these shape perceptions of socialrealities. 360 Latin American Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change Study of selected literary works that illustrate s d &ties and express a variety of perspectives on Latin American societies and social change. Historical survey of the dominant trends in Latin American thought as manikted in major artistic periods. 364 Latin American Arts and Society Introduction to theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships among art, ideology and society. Intensive readings include works by theorists from Europe, the U.S. and Latin America. 367 Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America Theories of ideology and overview of Latin American ideologies related to development and social change. Emphasis on current debates and their implications, with special attention to ideologies of diffusion, dependencia and Marxism. 499 Independent Study All students prepare an Independent Study paper on a topic and design approved in advance. Topics can include Latin American literature and others appropriate for Spanish language credit. (See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies (INS)).In the ACTC Class Schedule, Minority Studies courses are listed under Ethnic Studies. Music has the power to move and change us. Whether we experience music as a listener, teacher or performer, it adds a significant and satisfying dimension to our lives. As a college of the church, Augsburg celebrates the study of music as one of the @Is of God. Music in the Christian liberal arts setting reflects Augsburg's mission of educating the whole person. The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of human history and culture. In addition, all students of the College community have the opportunity of participating in choral and instrumental ensembles which perform locally, nationally and internationally. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education needs of students and offers professional training in music. The Music major combines a broad education in the liberal arts with preparation for a wide range of graduate and professional opportunities. Studentsmay choose from among four maprs in three degree programs: Bachelor of Arts-Music Major; Bachelor of Music-Performance Major; Bachelor of Music-Music Education Major, and Bachelor of Science-Music Therapy Major. In addition to opportunitiesas professional musicians, teachers of music, and music therapists, graduates have access to a wide variety of careers. Leaders in the professions and business regard a liberal arts mapr as an excellent preparation for satisfymgand effective service in many occupational areas. I 1 Music Faculty: Thomas Rossin (Chairperson), Trudi Anderson, Laine Bryce, John Dunham, Stephen Gabrielsen, Andy Heglund, Mary Homzaniecki, Kenneth Huber, Robert Karlkn, Merilee Klemp, Nicholas Lenz,Cynthia Lohman, Steven Lund, Charles McDonald, Roberta Metzler, Celeste (YBrien, Gordon W. Olson, Lila Olson, Sandra Powers, Nicholas Raths, Robert Stacke, George Stahl, Angela Wyatt Music Coordinato~Mary Ella Pratte Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor of Arts program. Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (LevelI1 repertoire) in their mapr performance medium for a faculty panel. They must then apply, by petition, to the Department before the end of their second semester of study. Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies. Freshmen who wish to be considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarshipmust have the recommendation of their ensemble director or private lesson instructor. Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation, s u b j j to Departmental approval of a performance hearing and petition during their first semester in residence. All transfer students must take the theory placement examination at the first class meeting of MUS 101 or 102. Music Education majors must apply, by petition, to the Department during the sixth term of study. Additionally, Music Education majors must apply to the Education Department for acceptance into the music education licensure program. Departmental approval and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses are necessary for the education licensure program. All other music major and minor candidates must apply, by petition, to the Department prior to registration for Upper Division courses. Auditions for memberships in ensembles are scheduled, followingapplication, during summer orientation sessions or at another time preceding initial registration, or during the first week of the school year. Honors Major: Candidates for the honors program are nominated each spring from among those juniors who have attained a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses. A faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior thesis and its defense; an additional senior recital of graduate quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble; conducting an ensemble concert; or combinations of the above. Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information. Core Curriculum (requiredof all majors): 101,102,111,112,201,211,231,232,311, 312,341,342 or 344; eight quarter courses in a major ensemble; Performance Studies and recital quirements as given under each specific degree and major. (See Applied Music section.) French or German study as stated in general education requirements. Bachelor of Arts Music Major: Offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities. Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study, or desire to enter one of the many music-related business fields of employment, most often choose this course of study. Requirements: 13course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit of music elective; Performance Studies -six quarter courses and two half courses in the major instrument or voice, two quarter courses in the minor jnstrument or voice and a half senior recital (Music 458); keyboard proficiency and passing three Music Repertoire tests.Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information. Requirements for the Music Minor: Six course credits: 101,102,111,112; 231 or 232; 341; 342 or 344;four consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent with four quarter courses in Performance Studies.Music minors must pass one Music Repertoire test. Bachelor of Music Music Education Major: Offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes coursework which allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementarythrough the secondary levels. Requirements: 17 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202,212; Performance Studies -two quarter courses, four half courses, two full courses in the mapr instrument or voice; two quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; a half junior recital (MUS 358) and a full senior recital (MUS 459); improvisation compe tency on mapr instrument or voice; keyboard proficiency, passing three Music Repertoire tests, and achieving a cumulative GPA of 2 5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium. Vocal emphasis -MUS 251,252,253,254,435 Instrumental emphasis -MUS 151,155, and one course credit of music elective Other requirements:10 and onehalf course credits: HPE 114,115; PSY 105; EDS 265,354,355,356,357 or 358,388,478,481,482,483. Consult the Education Department, Music Department Student Handbook and program adviser. Music Performance Major: Designed for students who display advanced compe tence and achievement in music performance. This degree program is chosen by students who wish to become professional performers, private instructors, or who intend to pursue a graduate degree in music performance. Requirements: 20 course credits: Core cumculum plus 202,212; Performance Studies-two quarter courses and six full courses in the mapr instrument or voice; two quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; full junior and senior recitals 358,459; keyboard proficiencytest, passing three Music Repertoire tests and achieving a cumulativeGPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium. Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information. Vocal Emphasie MUS 251,252,253,254,435, one course of music elective, two courses of French or German above the B.A. requirements. Piano or Organ Emphasis- 301,302,436,456, one-half course credit of music elective. Instrumental Emphasis MUS 301,302, one and onehalf course credits of music electives. Bachelor of Science Music Therapy Major: Fulfills academic and clinical requirements for registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and prepares students for the professional certification examination developed by the Certification Board for Music Therapists. This course of study is chosen by students who wish to become registered music therapists. Requirements: 18course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit of music elective; two of 151,155,156; 271,274,275,372,373,374,375,472,473,474,475,479; Performance Studies -six quarter courses in the mapr instrument or voice, two quarter COW in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458; keyboard proficiency, guitar proficiency, passing three Music Repertoire tests, and achieving a minimum grade of 2.5 in each music therapy course. Other require ments: EDS 282,356,357,358; PSY105,362; BIO 103; SOC 362 or PSY264. Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy certification examination. Applied Music Ensembles (MUD: One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members of mapr ensembles (MUE 111,112,121,141). Other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is required for music maprs and minors in ensemble courses. The general student may register for credit with either traditional or P/N grading, or may choose no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of two course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements. Performance Studies for credit:Four synergistic elements are required -lessons, jury examination at end of each semester, performance workshop, and listening attendance at concerts, recitals and performance workshops). Areas of Concentrations The music mapr/minor student must declare an area of concentration. A secondary area, required of Music Education students, necessitates additional lessons, jury examination and performance. Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available for all students in the following categories: No credit -one half-hour lesson and three hours of practice per week. One quarter course credit -one half-hour lesson and four hours of practice per week One half course credit -two half-hour lessons and eight hours of practice per week One course credit -two half-hour lessons and twelve hours of practice per week. Performances: All students registered in PerformanceStudies for credit must perform each year in a general student recital, at the end of each semester for a faculty panel, and additional performances as required by the instructor. Listening: All students registered in Performance Studies for credit are required to attend eight designated music events during each semester. Failure to attend the required number of Faculty Artist Series recitals, mapr ensemble concerts, or other designated music events is a factor in determining the final grade received in Performance Studies. Music maprs must pass a total of three Music Repertoire tests; music minors must pass one. (Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for contents of Music Repertoire tests.) Recitals: A committee composed of the student's teacher and two other music faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals and will conduct a prerecital hearing for senior B.M. Performance Major recitals. Concurrent registration in Performance Studies in the major performance medium is required for recital performance. Students should carefully read the Music Department Student Handbook and consult continually with their applied teacher. The following guidelines provide an outline of requirements and procedures which must be followed by all recitalists. Departmental Sponsorship Recitals required for the fulfillment of the BM., BA., or B.S. degree requixements or Honors Major will be sponsored by the Music Department. Other student recitals may be departmentally sponsored. Duration and Repertoire Level All departmentally sponsored recitals must be representative of the academic guidelines set forth in the College Catalog and Repertoire Lists available in the Music Department. 1.B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS358) will be one-half hour in duration, and will be at repertoire Level 111for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at Level IV for Music Performance majors. 2. B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459) will be one hour in duration at repertoire Level IV for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at Level V for Music Performance majors. 3. B.A. and B.S. degree senior recitals (MUS458) will be one-half hour in duration at repertoire Level 111. Keyboard Proficiency: B.A., B.M. and B.S. candidates must demonstrate elementary keyboard familiarity by passing the Piano Proficiency test. (Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for contents of Piano Proficiency test.) Many music courxs are offered in alternate years. Consult the ACTC Class Schedule or the Music Department for course offeringsin each term. Theory 101 Materials of Music 1 (112 course) Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of part writing. 102 Materials of Music 11 (112 course) Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations. Aural Skills 1 (1/2 course) Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.: concurrent registration in or completion of 101) Aural Skills 11 (1/2 course) Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102. (Prereq.: 111and concurrent registration in or completion of 102) Materials of Music 111 (1/2 course) Continuation of 102with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.: 102) Form and Analysis (1/2 course) Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th Century practice. (Prereq.: 201) Aural Skills 111 (1/2 course) Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201. (Prereq.: 112and concurrent registration in or completion of 201) Aural Skills IV (1/2 course) Further developmentof listening skills to parallel progress in 202. (Prereq.: 211 and concurrent registration in or completion of 202) Counterpoint 1 (1/2 course) 16th through 18th Century contrapuntal techniques including double counterpoint, pasacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: 201,211) Counterpoint 11 (1/2 course) Study of contemporarycounterpoint including works of Soenberg, Bartok, Hidemith, Stravinskyand Carter. (Prereq.: 301) Composition 1 (1/2 course) Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound,ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed. Composition 11 (1/2 course) Advanced arranging for vocal and instmental ensembles of varying sizes and types. Contemporarytechniques, atonal systems and larger forms are studied and used. Basic Conductlng (1/2 course) Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature. Choral Conducting (1/2 course) Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection. Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. 344 InstrumentalConducting (112 course) Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced conductingtechniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. History and Literature 130 Introductionto Music in the Fine Arts Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music majors. 230 Electronics in Music Ekploration and creation of sounds heard in 20th Century music. The study and application of practical eledronictechnology used in music will be combined with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the art. For non-music majors. 231 History and Literature of Music I A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.:112, 201) 232 History and Literature of Music II Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.:112,201) 330 Ethnic Music Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural relationship. For the general as well as the music student. The following four half courses a~ extensive studies of special eras in the history of music. (Prereq.:231,232) 331 Music of the Baroque Era (1/2 course) 332 Music of the Classical Period (1/2 course) 333 Music of the Romantic Period (112 course) 334 Music of the 20th Century (112 course) 432 Church Music and Worship Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemp* rary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology student. 435 Voice Repertoire (1I2 course) Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th Century to the present. (Prereq.: 231,232) 436 Piano Repertoire (112 course) Study of the piano literature from the 17th Century to the present by listening, analyzing and performing. (Prereq.:231,232) 498 lndependent Study (1/2 course ) Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. 499 lndependent Study Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. Technique 151,152 Voice Methods (114 course) Fundamentals of tone production and singing. 155,156 Piano Methods (1I4 course) Basic keyboard familiarity,simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary to meet specific degree requirements. (Prereq.: MUS 101) 157,158 Guitar Methods (114 course) Beginning techniques of classic guitar. 251 English Diction (114 course) Fundamental course in correct standard English diction for singing. Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open to all students rqjstered for vocal instruction. The following three quarter courses are continuations of 251 with application for the Italian, German and French languages. 252 Italian Diction (1I4 course) (Prereq.:251) 253 German Diction (114 course) (Prereq.:251) 254 French Diction (114 course) (Prereq.: 251) 358 Junior Recital B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level III for Music Education Majors; full recital at Level IV for Music Performance majors. No course credit. 456 Piano Pedagogy (1/2 course) Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of various pedagogical schools of thought. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.) 458 Senior Recftal Half recital by BA. or B.S. candidates at repertoire Level 111. No course d t . 459 Senior Recital (1 12course credit) B.M. candidates only. Recital must be preceded by a prerecital hearing by faculty committee.Repertoire Level IV for Music Education majors and Level V for Music Performance maprs. Therapy 110 Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview A survey of the music therapy programs in Minnesota, with field trips to various institutions. An introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores consideringmusic therapy as a major to give students a broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim only) 271 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (112 course) Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applicationsof recreational music activities to cliical settings. 274,275 Music Therapy Practicums Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. 372 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and developmentof an experimental research project. 373 Psychological Foundations of Music II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinaryapproach to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. 374,375 Music Therapy Practicums Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. 472 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural and biological aspects of musical behavior. Understanding of the theory of music therapy. 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar Class discussionsof theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy with music. 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (114 course each) Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two hours per week. (Prenq.:three of 274,275,374,375) 479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship (112 course) Full-time placement in an NAMT Internship setting for six months. Application for Internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements) These musical organizationsexist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of Fall semester or by arrange ment with the ensenibledirector. Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire academic year which, on occasion, includesInterim. While the Department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chapel Choir will satisfy the major, minor or distribution/general education requirements. Instruments are available for rent. 111 Augsburg Choir (114 course) 112 Chapel Choir (Y4 course) 114 Advent Vespers Choir (0) 121 Orchestra (Y4 course) 122 String Ensemble (0) 131Woodwind Ensemble (0) 141 Concert Band (Y4 course) 142 Brass Ensemble (0) 143 Jazz Ensemble (0) Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. All areas of study are available to the non-music major or minor. AU lessons are adapted to the individual needs of the student and those bearing credit are supplemented by accompanying, ensemble participation and other performances. Repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations:No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; Music Minor -Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors -Enter I and attain III; B.M. Education Major -Enter I1 and attain IV;B.M. Performance Major -Enter 11 and attain V. l l x Voice 14x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone,Baritone, Tuba 12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello, 15x Piano Bass 13x Woodwinds: Oboe,Bassoon, Clarinet, Saxophone, Flute Recorder, Horn 4 16x Guitar Percussion 18x Organ 19x Harp Note carefully the following provisions: 1.Performance study registration occurs the first week of classes. 2. Senior music maprs who have attained a cumulative GPA average of 3.0 in their mapr instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarshipwhich provides for free lessons in that mapr medium during the two semesters preceding graduation. Similar scholarships are available to entering freshmen. 3. A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons and coaching. Any lessons during the Interim or Summer are arranged privately with the teacher. 4. A student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson. 5. Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department. The Natural Science Licensure program for teachers is designed to provide strong preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements. The program of courses is designed to provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the distribution/general education requirements of the College, the requirements for appropriate majors,the courses required in the Department of Education and, in the physical sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements in Education. Early consultation with adviser is essential. Arlin Gyberg, Coordinator Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved the licensure program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend candidates in: Life Science, grades 7-12 Life Science (minor), grades 7-12 Physical Science (Chemistry major or Physics major), grades 7-12 Chemistry (minor),grades 7-12 Physics (minor), grades 7-12 Middle School Science, grades 5 9 Broad Base Requirement: Seven courses: two in Earth Science (Astronomy or Meteorology, Geology), two in General Biology, three in Physical Science (Physics for the Life Sciences or a year of General Physics, and two courses of General Chemistry). Biology Major (For licensure in L ife Science):The Broad Base requirement plus eight courses: seven BIO courses, including 491 and at least one from each of the following p u p s : 0351 (Invertebrate Zoology) or 353 (Comparative Vertebrate Zoology), (ID 355 (Genetics) or 474 (DevelopmentalBiology), (III)361 (Plant Biology) or 481 (Ecology), (W) 471 (Cellular Biology) or 473 (Animal Physiology), (V) 440 (Plant Physiology)or 476 (Microbiology),and one course in Organic Chemistry. Chemistry Major (For licensure in Physical Science):The graduation major in Chemistry: CHM 115,116 (GeneralChemistry) (or 105,106), 351,352 (Organic Chemistry), 353 (QuantitativeAnalytical Chemistry), 361 (PhysicalChemistry), 363 (PhysicalChemistry Laboratory), one Advanced Chemistry course, and Chemistry Seminar.In addition, a year of General Physics and two additional physics courses above General Physics. Modern Physics and Electronics are recommended. Physics Major (For licensure in Physical Science): The graduation major in Physics: PHY 121,122 (General Physics), 245 (ModernPhysics), 351 (MechanicsI), 362 (Electromagnetic F'ields I), 395 (ComprehensiveLaboratory) and three additional courses to be selected from 261 (Electronics),352 (MechanicsII), 363 (Electromagnetic Fields 11), 481 (Thermal Physics), 486 (Quantum Physics D, and 488 (Quantum Physics II). In addition, a year of General Chemistry and one course each of Organic Chemistry and Analytical Chemistry. Licensure with Minor: For Life Science, Broad Base Requirement plus seven courses in Biology; for Chemistry, the Chemistry minor-and an additional Upper Division course; for Physics, the Physics Minor plus one additional course above PHY 122. Science (For Middle School Licensure -grades 5-9): Broad Base Requirement and an additional seven Natural Science courses, two in Earth Science (Meteorology and Mineralogy or equivalent), two Biology courses above General Biology, and three in Physical Science, at least one each in Chemistry and Physics above the level of General Chemistry or General Physics. Note: This is not a Natural Science major; it is a program for licensure. Students must still complete a college major. Professional nursing is a scholarly discipline that offers a unique service to individuals, families and communities as they pursue goals to promote, maintain or restore their health. This service, as defined by the profession, is the diagnosis and treatment of human responses to actual or potential health problems. The xope of professional nursing practice is changing and expanding. Nurses are being called on to function in a variety of settings that differ from those in the past. Today nurses work not only in hospitals and clinics but in corporations, government agencies, communities and their own independent practices; they are direct care-givers, researchers, teachers, leaders, managers, administrators and consultants. The expanding practice of professional nursing mpkes practitioners who are liberally educated in the humanities, in the natural and social sciences and in nursing theory and methodology, and who are critical thinkers and ethical decision-makers.The nursing major, informed by study in the liberal artstradition and nursing theory, process, and research, prepares registered nurses for professional practice based on knowledge, reasoned inquiry and professional values. Augsburg's nursing program, leading to a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in Nursing, is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse registration in Minnesota. With one additional course, they are eligible to apply for School Nurse certification. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 25; a w e n t license to practice as a registered nurse in the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior to admission to the nursing major. The prerequisite courses in sociology, psychology, English, chemistry and biology listed above may apply toward distribution/general education requirements as well as toward admission to the major. All prerequisite courses must be taken using the traditional grading system and must have been completed at the 2.0 level or above. Courses with grades below 2.0 must be repeated or challenged satisfactorily. In addition, applicants must validate their theoretical knowledge via written testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice within the past five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course, or an acceptableequivalent All students are required to take the NLN Baccalaureate Comprehensive Examination during the last semester of their senior year. Nursing Department Faculty: Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Marian Enos, Sharon Ostwald, Pamela Weiss-Faman, Teri Welcher Major: 10 courses in Nursing including 305,306,310,311,330,350,403, 404,423, 427; an approved Upper Division science course; and an ethics course, either PHI 380 or REL 483. A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and the required science and ethics courses, and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the completion of the Level I and Level I1 courses of study are required. Courses in the Nursing major are offered on weekends with clinical courses requiring additional weekday time. The courses are designed so that the mapr may be completed within three years. However, more time may be required to complete the total course of study depending on the number of d t s transferred from other colleges or universities.Studentsin nursing may take non-nursing courses in both day school and Weekend College. Students interested in pursuing the Nursing mapr should consult with an adviser from the Nursing Department for program planning. Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall; applicationto the Department Chairperson by November 1of the senior year; recommendation by Nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April 15. Candidates register for 499 to complete the thesis. 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication This is a transitional course that introduces the componentsof the pro& sional role and begins the professional wcialkation process. The communicative process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse client relationship is negotiated. Interactive, group, and learning theories are explored for their applicabilityto changing professional ro1'es and practice. A teaching project is required. (Rereq. or current enrollment: an a p proved Upper Division science class) 306 Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development is provided in this course. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing conceptual models are studied and their application to practice is examined using the nursing process format. Clinical application of a holistic health assessment is required. (kereq.:305) 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuseson community health delivery systems and the practice of public health nursing. Concepts of health are examined as they apply to current community health problems and issues. Clinical application of course content includes the assessment of an elderly person and definition of a framework for the assessment of a specific community. Ethical issues related to community health decision-making with aggre gate groups are explored. (Prereq.: 330) Community Health Nursing II: Practicum* This course provides a clinical experiencein the practice of public health nursing in which the student provides direct care to culturally diverse clients and groups. The student will provide care to both disease and disability and health promotion clients. The student will analyze a specific community system and the community's provision of health related s e ~ c e s(Prereq.: . 310) Trends and Issues in Nursing This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary economic, social, political and professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for nursing practice. (Prereq.: 306; PHI 380 or REL 483 or concurrent enrollment) Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and the methods appropriate to nursing are emphasized in this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice. (Prereq.: 330) Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families This course provides a theoretical basis for nursing of culturally diverse families throughout the life span. Content includes family as a social system and explores theories related to family structure and functioning as well as families with psychosocial problems. Consideration is given to the role of the nurse in family health care. (Prereq.: 350. To be taken prior to or concurrentlywith 423.) Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and management as emerging professional nurse roles. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism. (Prereq.:403) Practicum In Nursing I: Nursing of the Family* This is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunityto apply content from 403 in providing nursing care to complex families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq.: 403 or concurrent enrollment) Practicum in Nursing II: Leadership and Management* This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected practice setting. (Prereq.: 404) Topics in Nursing This course is designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the needs and interests of the students and faculty. (Prereq.: Senior standing or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 Independent Study This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives and methods of evaluation prior to registration. *If the pracficums in nursing me not taken concurrently with their respectice theory courses, students me required to consult zvithfaculty prior to registration regarding reztiezv of the theoretical content. The Philosophy Department assists students to understand issues raised in the traditional areas of philosophy. To this end, we consider problems of knowledge and questions of truth, the nature of reality, the basis of values and rules for correct reasoning. Our goals am to instill in students a love of truth, to inspire a curiosity about the sipficance and meaning of the world they experience and to develop the skills of critical analysis and creative synthesis. The liberal arts curriculum provides an opportunity for students to explore different aspects of the world from a variety of perspectives or disciplines. Philosophy plays a central role in the liberal arts by encouraging students to explore questions about themselves, human experience, right and wrong, the world and God.Ekpmng with two Somatic principles: "The unexamined life is not worth living" and l'Know yourself," the study of philosophy assists students in the realization of their unique potential for understanding and self-fulfillment Four courses in the history of philosophy -begmmng with the ancient Greeks and Romans and continuing through the Medieval and the Renaissance periods to the present -form the core of the philosophy program. In these courses students are taught how to read, understand and criticize great texts of Western civilization. In addition, students have the opportunity to explore the relation of philosophy to other disciplines and to take advanced seminarsin special topics. This major has been carefully planned so that students can easily have two majors. Though some majors go on to graduate school in philosophy, most use the major to prepare for other professional studies such as law, medicine or the Christian ministry. Many enter the marketplace, confident that the study of philosophy has given them the ability to think critically. I Philosophy Faculty: Bruce Reichenbach (Chaiierson), David Apolloni, Kenneth Bailey, Mark Fuehrer, Paul Holmer Major: Nine courses, including 230,241,242,343,344, and a course in the 400s (other than 499). Five of the courses must be Upper Division. Honors Major: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the Philosophy faculty.Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the Department. Minor: Five courses including two from 241,242,343, and 344. I 110 Introduction to Philosophy Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. Another is that they may have had little opportunityto examine critically some of the ideas basic to Western culture. The purpose of this course is to provide the student with some experience in examining ideas and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. 120 Ethics Ethics studies our moral beliefs, helping studentsto consider the basis which they use to make moral judgments. The course explores the rnapr philosophical approachesto evaluating moral actions and then applies these approaches to contemporary personal and social moral issues. This enables students to be aware of the nature of value disputes, the different perspectives taken and the reasoning used to resolve them. Throughout the course Christian ethics will inform our considerations. Students taking 120 may not take 125. 125 Ethics and Human Identity This course is a philosophical study of the role of human understanding, feelings and action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. We begin by asking what the end or purpose of human life is, assessing the role of reason, will and passion with respect to this end, and then deciding on the moral and intellectual virtues required to reach the end. The topic of friendship and human loves is investigated next. The course ends with an analysis of human happiness. Students taking 125 may not take 120. 230 Logic Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn the rules which govern valid arguments and develop their ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. The last part of the course focuses on inductive reasoning. 241 History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers The writings of Plato and Aristotle are the foundations of all philosophical thought in Western civilization. In this course students will read and analyze some of the key works by Plato and Aristotle. In addition, other philosophical schools of thought in the ancient world will be studied: Stoicism, Epicureanism and Neoplatonism, in order to familiarizethe student with the other elements that constitute classical philosophy. 242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy The Middle Ages was a period of great synthesisof elements of Christian revelation, classical philosophy and Islamic culture. In this course students will read writings by St. Anselm, St. Bonaventure, Occam, St. Thomas Aquinas, Hildegard and Nicholas of Cusa in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation involved in constructinga Christian philosophy. Sincethe Renaissance intensified the medieval synthesis, students willbe exposed to the thought of Pico, Ficino and Bruno. 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 343 Historyof Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy Does knowledge begin with innate ideas or with experience? Can we get beyond our own concepts to know the world itself! What is an idealistic view of the world? This course studies the mapr rationalists of the 17th Century (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz), the mapr empiricists of the 18th Century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy and 19th Century Idealism and the reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzxhe). (Suggestedprior course, 241 or 242) 344 History of Philosophy IV: 20th Century Philosophy What lies behind 20th Century philosophys love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism and phenomenology. (Suggested prior course, 241,242 or 343) 350 Philosophy of Religion What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so, what can be said about God? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? Are miracles possible? Are we really immortal? We will conduct a systematicinquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Cross-listed with Religion 350) 355 Oriental Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianismand Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy) 360 Political Philosophy By studying the writings of political philosophers from antiquityup to the modem period, students will be asked to examine crucial questions concerning the organization of human society.The relation of the nature of the state to religion, the home and the aty will be looked at through the eyes of Plato, Aristotle, Cicero, Dante and Machiavelli. 365 Philosophy of Science The course explores whether scientists' knowledge of the world is profoundly different from and better than that of the nonscientist, what constitutes scientific knowledge and the degree of certainty yielded by the methods used by scientists to attain knowledge. In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 230 or one course in natural science) 370 Existentialism Studies in the writings -both philosophical and literary -of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested:one prior course in philosophy) 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 399 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. 410 Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem or interdisciplinaryproblems. S e m iformat. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggestedprior courses: any from 241,242,343,344 or consent of instructor) 430 Studies in Individual Philosophers Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses: 241,242,343 or consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. See Health and Physical Education Physicists are not only curious about the world, but ambitious as well. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles which describe and govern all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers" in previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles to the largest of galaxies and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero temperature to the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinatingand expanding area of study and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in many of the liberal arts disciplines and contributesto society's understandingof such areas as energy, weather, medical science and space exploration Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing M e n g e , the Department intends to bring to the students not only basic concepts but also insights into recent developments. In this process, the faculty expects challenges to arise, be met and stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment and an interest in experimental techniques. To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in physics provides flexibility. It also serves as a stepping stone for graduate work in related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmentalscience, engineering and medical and health related fields. In addition, the Physics program at Augsburg functions in a supportiverole for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry, biology and computer science. The Department also supervises the Pre-Engineeringprogram with degree programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelois and the advanced degree levels. The Department maintains active research programs through its Center for Atmospheric and Space Sciences. Several students work each academic year and summer as research assistants in these efforts, which are supported by NASA, the National Science Foundation and other federal agencies. The Department also administers Augsburg College's portion of funds designated for the Minnesota Space Grant College Consortium, fundedby NASA. Cooperative Education, Internship and Undergraduate Research programs provide opportunitiesfor students to apply their physical science knowledge and problem solving skills in practical situations in industrial, govemmental and academic settings. Studentsmay participate in alternating term Co-op programs or work part-time during two or moR academic terms. Internship opportunitiesalone generally involve only one semester. The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for the non-science students that will enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the basic starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable students to follow new developments with some degree of comp~hension. Physics Faculty Kenneth Erickson (Chairperson),Stuart Anderson, Mark Engebretson, JeffreyJohnson, Robert Stenstrom,William Momma. Physics Research Staff: Anthony Hansen, William Jasperson, Miriam Peterson, David Venne. Atmospheric Sciences Research Group, Augsburg College Center for Atmospheric and Space Sciences. BA. Major:Nine courses, including 121,122,245,351,362,363,395 and 3% (onehalf course each), plus two courses above 122. B.S. Major: 12courses, including 121,122,245,261,351,352,362,363,395 and 396 (one-half course each), and 486, plus two courses above 122. A year of introductory chemistry is also required. B.S. Major with Concentrationin Space Physics: 13courses, including 121,122, 245,261,320,351,352,362,363,395 and 3% (one-half course each). 420 and 486, plus one course above 122. A year of introductory chemistry is also required. In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the Physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 124or 145, 125or 146, and PHY 121,122 during the freshman year, and MAT 224 or 245 and 226 or 247 during the sophomoreyear. Teaching Licensure Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the Catalog and consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Honors Major: A GPA of 3 5 in physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. Minor: Five courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122. Society of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics. Sigma Pi Sigma: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor in physics, have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank in the upper third of their class. 101 Astronomy A descriptivecourse covering our solar system, stars and galaxies. In addition the course traces the development of scientific thought from early civilization to the present day. The necessary optical instnunents are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron and a threeinch Questar. Night viewing and laboratory sessions are important components of the course. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11) 103 Conceptual Physics An introductory course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and provide a broad survey of physics. The course stresses a hands-on intuitive a p proach to physics and is designed to serve students in biology and education. (ll-me onehour lectures, two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 111) 106 Introductory Meteorology A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere.The course is designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for kderstanding weather and climate. Attention will be given to the overall weather patterns of the earth and to the many varied aspects of weather, some of which include: clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tomadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influence of weather on pollution, fronts, cyclones and optical phenomena of the sky. Laboratory exercises are included as an integral part of the course. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution/generaleducation requirement for the liberal arts student. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11) 111 Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of 20th Century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modem society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (Three onehour lectures, two-hour laboratory. Praeq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11) 121,122 General Physics I, II A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism and optics. Designed for Physics majors, Pre-Engineering students and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. ('Tluee one-hour lectures, %hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 124 or 145, or concurrent registration) 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore physics as a major and consider its career alternatives. Participationin a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement siteby registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. 245 Modern Physics An introduction to modem physics from an historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of, quantum mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures. F'rereq.: 122) 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 103,111 or 122; and MAT 122or 125 or 146) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 320 Introductionto Space Science A survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric and upper atmospheric physics. Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms and magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation and a m r a . (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245) 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics An introduction to mathematical physics at an intermediate level, with emphasis on functions which have been developed to aid in analyzing problems in physics and engineering. Beginning with a review of complex numbers and partial differentiation, topics include Fourier series, series solution of selected differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other orthogonal functions, partial differential equations and functions of a complex variable. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: 122or consent of instructor, MAT 224 or 245 or equivalent.) 351,352 Mechanics I, II A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (Three orle-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, MAT 226 or 247) 362,363 ElectromagneticFields I, II The classical electromagneticfield theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's kuations, electric and magnetic properties of materials and the theory of electromagneticradiation based on Maxwell's equations. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226 or 247) 395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory (112 course each) An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics and modem physics. (One threehour laboratory and one seminar hour per week. Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor) 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of physics with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, intaestd students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. 420 Plasma Physics A rigorous study of the fundamentals of plasma physics including plasma parameters, plasma drifts and particle motion, electric and magnetic fields, kinetic theory, and Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution function and Boltzmann equation, magnetohydrodynamics, plasma waves and instabilities and transport processes. The applicationsof plasma physics to laboratory and space plasmas will be emphasized. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: 362,363 or concurrent registration) 481 Thermal Physics The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperatureis an important variable. The subject is developed from two independentyet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamicsand the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: 351) 486 Quantum Physics I A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Sduoedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values, angular momentum and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. (Three onehour lecture. Prereq.: 295, 351) 488 Quantum Physics II The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics and particle physics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.:486) 499 Independent Study An opportunity for students to explore systematicallya problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with Departmental approval. P O ~SCIENCE L DEP- (POL) Firmly grounded in the liberal artstradition, political science has mots in the humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of statistical analysis, it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but also to mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and sigruficanceof authority in human affairs establish the focusof political science; because politics is a central and enduring reality in the world, it affects and is affected by many other human concerns. As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and analysis to examine political reality and to suggest and test alternatives. The student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and values, investigatepolitical cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare political systems and develop perspectives on international relations. In the process, the student will be encouraged to relate insights from other liberal arts disciplines such as philosophy, psychology, economics, history and sociology to the study of politics. Providing work in several sub-fields of political science, the major supplies the breadth appropriate for graduate work in the discipline, as well as in public adminstration, public policy analysis, law and other professions. It also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service, business, communications and other fields. Lqplative and other Intemships, as well as si@cant independent research projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg Political Science students in the Twin Cities area; combined with broad, balanced and flexible course offerings, these special opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful career. Augsburg Political Science students have the benefit of an experienced faculty that brings a balanced expertise to the course offerings, as well as speual strengthsin interpreting politics in the contexts of the mass communications media, communism, and American public law. The Departmental faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics, involving as it does an understanding of the human heritage and the importance of informed choice in human affairs, is an important as@ of liberal learnings. Political Science Faculty Norma Noonan (Chairpason), Milda Hedblom, Andrew Aoki, Philip Fishman, Mary Ellen Lundsten, William Morris, Myles Stenshoel Major: Nine courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362). Required: 121 or 122or 160 or 170; 158; 484; and at least five other Upper Division courses in fourout of five political science areas. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. Honors Major:The Honors Mapr in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's gradepoint average must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the Departmental Chairperson. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. Minor: Five courses, including 121or 122or 170; 158; and at least three Upper Division courses in three out of five political science areas. Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics, (ID Comparative Politics and Analysis, (III) InternationalPolitics, (IV)Public Law and (V)Political Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements. Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a Political Sciencemajor in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the Department Chairperson. See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered. I. American Government and Politics 121 American Government and Politics The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas, the pattern of participation, the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policymaking, and current issues in American society. 122 Metropolitan Complex Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors and strudures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation and meetings with political experts and activists. 325 Public Administration The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizingpolitical and economic interaction. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor.) E 326 Political Parties and Behavior The political behavior of the electorate emphasizingpublic opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest p u p s and media in presidential elections (optionalin nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor. Fall term of electionyears.) 342 Mass Communications In Society Effects of mass communicationson individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking entertainmentand public affairs programming. gunior and senior students only.) 370 Constitutional Law (See Section IV for description.) 371 Topics in Constitutional Law (See Section IV for description.) 421 Topics in American Politics Selected themes, including legislative, executiveor judicial process and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus;topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.:one course in political science or consent of instructor. On demand.) II. Comparative Politics and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process, with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporaryissues. 350 Comparative Democracies The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:one course in political science or consent of instructor) 351 Communist Political Systems A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other Communist states in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (F'rereq.: one course in politid science or consent of instructor) 359 Topics: Women In Comparative Politics Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored. Themes will vary. (Prereq.: One course in political science or consent of instructor) 459 Topics in Comparative Politics Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons of political p m s s e s such as political participation, communications, political developments, political change and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor. On demand.) Ill. lnternational Politics 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations and a focus on recent problems. 363 Communist Foreign Policies Analysis of the motivation, formulation and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) 461 Topics in lnternational Politics Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) 490 Seminar in lnternational Relations Capstone semjnar for students mapring in International Relations; analysis of some methods for studying internationalrelations; analysis of mapr trends; senior thesis. Open to other studentsby consent of instructor. (kereq.: four courses in the International Relations sequence) IV. Public Law 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. 370 Constitutional Law The legal-plitical-philosophicalrole of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor) 371 Topics in Constitutional Law Selected topics in Constitutional Law, especially Civil Rights. Content will vary, defined by the subtitle of the course. (preq.: 170 or consent of -. -.--, :- -. 375 Media Regulation, Law, and Ethics A study of key issues and contemporaryconflicts in media ethics and regulation, including the uses of law to settle disputes about content in the media, access to the media and ownership of the media. Alternative justifications and critiques of mass media systems will be examined. (Prereq.: Lower Division political science course, speech/communications course, SPC/POL 342, or permission of instructor) V. Political Theory and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section 11for description) A study of influential political philosophers, emphasiig the values, goals and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) 381 Topics in DemocraticTheory A study of democratic theory. The s u b j j matter will vary and be defined by the subtitle of the course: American political thought, comparative democratic theory, etc. (prereq.:one course in political science or consent of instructor) 382 Marxist Theory: From Marx to Mao Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.:158or consent of instructor) 484 Political Analysis Seminar An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study; mapr research required. (F'rereq.:SOC 362 Statistical Analysis; 158and two Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor) VI. Seminars, Independent Study and Internships 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the Department to determine project. (P/N grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants exception.) 295 Lower Division Seminar Special topics. Consult Department Chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (On demand) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division students. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 399 lnternshlp Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine project. (Prerq.: consent of instructor. P/Ngrading only unless Internship Supervisor grants exception) 484 Political Analysis Seminar An analysis of &fferent approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examinationof the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research required. (Prereq.: SOC 362 Statistical Analysis; 158and two Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor) 490 Seminar in International Relations (See W o n 111for description) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Consult Department Chairperson concerningterms and subject matter. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 498 lndependent Study: Metropolitan Resources An independentlydesigned course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, s y m p sia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional College resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 IndependentStudy Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (prey.: consent of instructor) Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of a liberal education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of human behavior by studyinghow people cope with their environment and interact with each other. The Department's courseshave three basic goals: (1)to introduce the student to the m m n t information and methods in psychology as well as earlier approaches to psychological questions; (2) to develop the ability to analyze, interpret and evaluate behavioral researchIand (3) to provide practice in the application of these principles. The Department program provides an emphasis on both field experiences and the theoretical foundation for graduate study in psychology and related areas. Cooperative Education and Internships are designed to provide students with practical pre-professional experience.On-thepb experience gives students the opportunity to test career fields and develop professional contacts. Psychologistsuse a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology, human development, personality and computer applications. The Psychology program's emphasis on the use of a problem solving approach, the acquisition of information about human development and interaction, and the development of human relations skills can be beneficial in careers in business, education and other social services, the church and government, as well as in careers such as research, law and medicine. Student interns are placed in the metropolitan area where they can acquire practical, pre-professional experienceand develop professional contacts. This program mutually benefits the students and the community. I I Psychology Faculty Nancy Steblay (Chairperson),Lyla Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson Major: 10 courses including 105,230,330,381,399, and 493. A minimum of five courses must be from Augsburg. Students are also acpeded to select one course from the Developmental/Personalitycourses and other electives to complete the mapr. Not more than two courses from among 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward requirements for a mapr. It is recommended that Psychology majors take additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular interests in psychology; for example, areas such as business administration, biology or communication.AU psychology maprs must have an adviser in the Psychology Department. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the mapr program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the Department Chairperson for more detailed requirements. Minor: Five courses including 105, with a minimum of two courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward the minor. 101 Self-Identity and Values A study of self-identity and values as related to personal l i i . This course uses a psychological perspective to explore the role of the individual in the larger social context. Major topics include the acquisition, develop ment and evolution of self-identity and values and the influence of sex roles. (This course does not substitute for PSY 105as a prerequisiteto Upper Division psychology courses.) 102 The Individual in a Social World An investigation of the behavior of the individual as it occurs in social environments. Examples of human behavior which are best understood through analysis of both individual and social factors will serve as the course framework. The scientific method is emphasized as an aid in understandingissues of influence in social systems, with major topics including attitude formation and group processes. (This course does substitute for PSY 105as a prerequisiteto Upper Division psychology courses.) 105 Principles of Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Application of psychological concepts to everyday situations is emphasized. 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty adviser and site supervisor design a lezrning agreement which enables the student to explore psychology as a possible major and consider its career options. See PSY 399 for additional information. (Prereq.: 102or 105 and one other psychology course) 230,330 Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in such areas as human learning, problem solving, social psychology and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing in Research Methods II. Majors in Psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence;230 must precede 330; 330 should be taken in the term immediately following 230. (Prereq.: 102or 105and MPG III) 251 Sensing and Perceiving An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the processing of environmentalinformation and how this relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience.Topics include: adaptationto novel environments, machine intelligence and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.:102or 105. On demand) 299 Directed Study Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. (Prereq.: 102or 105) 325 Social Behavior Social factors which influence individual and group behavior in naturalis- tic and experimental settings. Topics include: cooperation, competition, affiliation, conformity and attitudes. (Prereq.: 102or 105) Developmental Psychology: Child Emphasis on normal child developmentand behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing developmental sequence and continuity.Inquiry into practical implications and applicationsof data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 102or 105) Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Considerationof data and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 102or 105) Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to developmentduring the middle adult and older adult periods of life. Includes perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.: 102or 105) Brain 81Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep and wakefulness, motivation and emotion, learning and memory and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 102 or 105)Additional lab hours required. (On demand) Environmental Psychology This course uses a cultural-ecologicalviewpoint to study the influence which the environment, both natural and human-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmentalstress; territoriality; defensible space and crime; and specific environments such as rooms, buildings and cities. (Prereq.: 102or 105) Learning Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 102or 105) PsychologicalAssessment Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence. (Prereq.: 102or 105. On demand) Personality An introduction to the field of personality study including theory, research, assessment and contemporary applications. (Prereq.: 102or 105) Behavior Disorders An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. (F'rereq.: 102or 105) Psychology of Gender A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex difkrences and roles, the effed of society upon values and goals, differentiallegal status of each sex and psychophysiologicaldata bearing upon these differences. (Prereq.:102 or 105 or consent of instructor) Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizationalbehavior. A study of the individual, groups, structure, change and developmentin organizations. (Prereq.: 102 or 105) Psychology in Historical Perspective Historical developmentof psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses) Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty adviser and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links the principles and methods of psychology with the opportunities available at the placement. Prior to the be$nning of registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. (Prereq.:junior class standing and four psychology courses) Program Evaluation The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to programs for social improvement.Designing information systems for the ongoing monitoring of programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing program effectiveness and efficiency.The political and organizational context of program monitoring and evalukion. The role of evaluation research for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264 or SOC 362;SOC 363.O n demand) Counseling Psychology Principles, methods and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: three psychology courses and junior class standing) Current Topics in Psychology Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 102 or 105 and consent of instructor) Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: five psychology courses) 499 Independent Study Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed Study. Augsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective from which to undertake its educational task The biblical faith and tradition of the Christian church have influenced the Western world to a degree much greater than is sometimes recogruzed. They have affected and continue to influence language, literature, history, values and political structures. The student encounters this religious tradition in studying these and other areas. The study of religion and theology is intended to make such encounters more meaningful by a better knowledge of biblical history and that of the Christian church and by a larger acquaintance with theological thought. While it is true that the fundamental orientation of this College is to the Christian faith, it is also true that the field of religion obviously includes more thanis represented by the Christian faith. Large segments of the earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different from those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion seeks to introduce students to some of these major religious traditions. Coursesin religion are not intended to be footnotes to courses in other disciplines and departments. The study of religion and the discipline of theology have an integrity of their own. It is the hope and expectation of the Department that students will become better acquainted with the content and character of the Christian faith, enabling them to reflect theologically on their own religious commitment. The College offers both a major and a minor in Religion. Studentswho wish to work in the church as a parish or youth worker or as a director of Christian Education may find a major in Religion appropriatefor that purpose. Religion Faculty: Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson),John Benson, Bradley Holt, Lynne Lorenzen, Curtis Peter, William Russell, Eugene Skibbe Major: Eight courses, including 111,221,356,481 and 495, the seminar especially for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking the seminar, each major must have written one formal research paper and placed it on file with the Department Chairperson. Only one Interim course may be applied to the major. One Upper Division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. Religion Major with a Concentrationin Youth and Family Minis* This major requires nine courses including an Internship. In addition to the courses required for a Religion mapr, namely REL 111,221,356,481 and 495, the following are required: REL 342,343,415, and a supervised Internship in the Youth and Family area. Consultation with one of the staff members in the Youth and Family Institute is required in order that proper preparation in discipline areas outside the Department of Religion may be achieved. Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue one of the regular teacher education programs in the Department of Education to prepare for licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, five courses in reliion are required: 111,221,362, The Christian Day School (Interim) and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in both a public school setting and in a Christian Day School. This program prepares students who are intmsted in teaching in Christian day schools, particularly those of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, although participation is not limited to such schools. Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; research project approved by the Department and colloquium with the Department. Minor: Five courses. Not more than one Interim course may be counted for the minor. Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. All maprs are urged to consult with the Department Chairperson. 111 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 199 Internship Internship on Lower Division level. 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation.The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. 231 Religion in African-American History (See INS Minority Studies.) 299 Directed Study Independent Study on Lower Division level. 342 Theology of Youth and Family Living Contemporarytheories of youth and family living are examined within the context of Christian teachings. Emphasis will be placed on individual development at every age, how individuals relate in systems and how Christian ideas intersect to enhance the functioningof families, particularly in relationshipto current crises in teenagers &d families. Theology of Marriage The Christian tradition provides the opportunityfor wholeness by promising forgiveness of unworthy aspects of oneself, access to God's love, and greater acceptanceof one's spouse. In this course, parallel concepts of psychological wholeness, in the Jungiantradition, and of repentance and forgiveness in the Christian tradition are applied to marital relationships. Philosophy of Religion (See Philosophy Department) Denominationsand Religious Groups in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and religious groups. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. Survey of Church History A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Reformation and modem periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the periods in question. The expansion of the church, its inner life, its relation to the state and the development of its doctrine will be major elements of the study. Life and Work of the Church Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. The Church in the First Four Centuries A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianityin conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship. Also includes the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the 16thCentury.Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. Religlon In America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominationsand the responses of religion to the challengesof its environing culture. Scandinavian Immigrant Church History Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered as funding permits) The Church and Social Change in Latin America (See Global Education, Program in Global Community) American Indian Spirituality and PhilosophicalThought (See INS,American Indian Studies) Internship Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester junior standing and satisfy Department guidelines. The Gospels and Personality Theory The ministry of Christ, as recorded in the Gospels, will be studied as a context and foundation for the maximum utilization of personality theory In effectively responding to contemporaryissues of teenagers such as food disorders, suicide, addictions and perfectionism, among others. Eastern Orthodoxy This course will explore the history, theology, and liturgical life of the Eastern Orthodox Christian Church. Theology and history will be considered primarily from the perspective of those Christians who live in Greece, Turkey, Bulgaria, Romania, Yugoslavia and Czechoslovakia, with special attention to the Orthodox Church in the Soviet Union. Church Music and Worship (See Music Department.) Feminism and Christianity This course will consider the centralideas of Christianityand feminism and how they might be compatible. Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of the Bible, and the impact of feminism on Christian theology, especially in terms of language and metaphor. Jesus and His Interpreters Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretationsgiven the person of Jesus, includingthe "quest for the historical Jesus." Theology of Paul A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church and some of the themes found in his writings. The Message of the Old Testament The various types of Old Testament literature.The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. Judaism A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Sodety annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in the Religion Department. Contemporary Theology An introductionto some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociologicaldynamics. Emphasis on developing a c o m c t i v e perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. Psychology of Rellglon and Theology A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the view of human nature. Special attention will be given traditional -tian to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. Independent Study Limited to students who are Religion majors and satisfy Departmental guidelines. Scandinavian Ama Studies is an interdiscipharyprogram drawing on the combined resourcesof the A C E and the ScandinavianCenter at Augsburg College. An expansion of the curriculum is underway, with plans to introduce new COW in Scandinavian design, political science,social work, history and geography beginning in the 1992-'93 academic year. Major: Eight Upper Division courses. Minor: Four Upper Division courses. Note: At least four of the Upper Division courses required for the mapr must come from the list below. The remainder may be transferred to Augsburg and included in the mapr on approval of the program adviser. Students graduating with a mapr or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavianlanguage. See Norwegian course listings under the Foreign Language Department. Recommended supporting preparation: Study in Scandinavia (see Metro-Urban Studies, SUST), and elective courses or a second major such as Norwegian, history, political science, urban studies, business administration, internationalrelations, sociology or socialwork Frankie Shackelford, Advisor 330 Contemporary Scandinavia A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the 20th Century.Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (Ondemand) 351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel Ledures provide a survey of the Scandinaviannovel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, PZr Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavianlanguage. (On demand) 352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bpmson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other 20th Century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinaviandrama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavianlanguage desirable. Language maprs and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavianlanguage. (On demand) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History (See Department of Religion.) 372 Norwegian Language and Culture (See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.) 3T7 Scandinavia in the World (See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.) 382 Scandinavian Arts (See Department of Art.) 393 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change (See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.) 394 Urbanizationand Development in Scandinavia (See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.) 499 Independent Study In consultationwith a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. A student may not list a double major in Social Science ahd in one of the component disciplinesunless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other major. Khin Khin Jensen, Coordinator Non-WesternMajor: 14 courses: HIS 104; one social science methodology course (ECO 279, PSY 264, SOC 362 or 365); and 12 courses in at least four disciplines from the following: ECO 112,258; HIS 103,322,323,324,440,474; POL 351,363,382,461; PHI 355; REL 356; SOC 336; seminars, Independent Study or Interim courses on relevant topics in history and/or political science The student planning to fuJfiU this social science major should consult the Chairperson of the Department of History in choosing a major adviser. Studentspreparing to teach social studieson the high &ool lwel must complete, in addition to the professional requirementsto be met within the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. 1 JerryGerasimo, Coordinator Social StudiesTeaching Licensure:Seven courses (ECO 112 or 113, geography, HIS 222, POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336) plus a major in one of five fields economics, history, political science,psychology or sociology. Geology and anthropology are also acceptablefields, although they are not offered as majors on the Augsburg campus. Students consideringa career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. SOCIALWORKDEPARTMEW (SWK) The SocialWork mapr prepares graduates for entry-level professional practice in the field of human services. The program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education and leads to a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is based on a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates to work with individuals, families, groups, communities and to develop and analyze social policy. Several courses within the program utilize a student empowerment model for teaching and learning. Augsburg's social work mapr also provides a strong foundation for graduate studies in a variety of fields.Augsburg also offers a full-time Master of Social Work d e p e on a weekend schedule. The College's commitment to the liberal arts is highly compatible with education for professional social work practice. The liberal arts with its emphasis on breadth of understanding, cultural and ethnic diversity, openness to new ideas, analysis and synthesis, is an ideal foundation for socialwork education. As Sir Richard Livingston has said, "A technician is a person who knows everytlung there is to know about his/her p b except its ultimate purpose and social consequence." Effective .socialworkers should not be technicians. Augsburg social work graduates are entry level professionals. Augsburg College's motto, "Education for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of the SocialWork Department. Unique learning opportunities for field work placement and cultural enrichment are provided by a metropolitan setting known for a humane quality of life which is enhanced by the arts, outstanding human services, and a highly-educated populace. Social work opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the vitality and relevance of its social services. The Twin Cities, as the hub for these services, provides both a plethora of field placements for social work students and external experts for the classroom The ethnic and economic diversity present in this metropolitan area provides opportunities for socialwork students to learn to understand, appreciate, respect and work with people different from themselves and to be enriched by this opportunity to interact with diverse clients and professionals. The Social Work Program strives to contribute to its environment as well as to gain from it. Appropriately, social work students have been involved in a wide variety of community service efforts including helping to develop the LINK program on campus, mobilizing studentsto assist a social service agency in their annual Christmas giving program, and tutoring at a local neighborhood center. The Social Welfare minor and electives in the Department allow students to support another major while gaining knowledge about human needs and growth, human services and the methods of effective citizenship. Students taking these courses have the opportunity to become knowledgeable about public issues and develop and nurture a perspective that sees the central importance of diversity to the social fabric of this country. But beyond knowledge, students are encouraged to use their talents and skills to address the needs of society in the interest of the public good. Social Work Faculty:Mary Lou Williams (Chairpenon), Maria Brown, Francine Chakolis, Edwina Hertzberg, Rosemary Link, Vincent Peters, Edward Skarnolis Major: 11core program courses: 361,363,364,461,462,463,465,466,467,469, and SOC 365; and eight supportingprogram courses: 257,260; BIO 101; PSY 105; SOC 121,231,265,375. (The Sociology sequence constitutes a minor in that discipline.) A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each course in the core program and a 2.0 average is required in the supporting program. Concentration: Concentration in aging, chemical dependency, crime and corrections, social ministries, and youth are possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement in the senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in religion with specific coursework is required. Completion of a concentration is noted on the transcript. Candidacy: Social Work maprs must apply for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written selfstatement, reference letters, and the completion of all core and supportingprogram courses below the 400 level is necessary for candidacyreview. SocialWelfare Minor: Six courses, including 257 (or approved alternative), 361, 463; 260 or SOC 375; SOC 265; and one of 465, POL 121,158,325. School SocialWork Certification:State Department of Education-required Human Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of EDS 388 plus a senior year field placement in a school setting. 1 Elective Courses Open to All Students: 230 Global Peace and Social Development This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and develop ment in the global context. It also identifes the focus of Social Work in addition to the many other disciplines which are vital to fosteringpeace, development and enhancement of a better quality of life for all human kind. The dynamics of peace and dwelopment are speafically drawn from the Social Work point of view with an overview of the socio-political, cultural, geographical, economic, religious and scientific facets of peace and how peace (or absence of peace) affects development and change. This is presented in the form of dialogue on current and future issues such as people-centered development, socialjustice, resource allocation, environmental depletion, and the women's movement in relation to peace concerns. This course also explores the non-violent alternativesto the current global arms build-up which is a contributing force in world-wide problems such as hunger, poverty, environmentalproblems, and the oppression of powerless and disenfranchised segments of society and/or racially segregated communities. 257 Exploring Human Services Experiential learning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours (in a services agency or institution which students select.) The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of this volunteer experience students have opportunityto interact with human service professionals, clients and communities of diverse culture/ ethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socioeconomicstatus, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is dwoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiencesand readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic and political structure impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms". 260 Humans Developing This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of "sustaining environment" and other special stresses relevant to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or Westyle diversity is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstandingthrough use of their own experiences. 299 Directed Study An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of interest. Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor) 340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging This course includes the study of the impact of socialpolicy on the older population, the older population's impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted in senior citizen residence. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or consent of instructor) 361 Soclal Responses to Human Needs This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service and the diversity of professionals and client groups. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor.) 399 Internship* Provides field learning experience for the non-major and supplementsthe required field work of majors (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 463 Community Development and Organization Locality development and socialchange through community organization, social planning and social action. Emphasis on: 1)s w e y of historical fonns of community organization and social change, 2) understanding the theories, basic issues, and strategies relevant to socialprotest and change, 3) examination of the role of staff and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the local community in the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor) 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development Includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed firsthand through work with a public policy agency or official. Readings and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361,463 and senior standing or consent of instructor) 468 Speclal Topics (1 R to 1 course) Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim.) 498 Independent Study Metropolitan Resources An independentlydesigned course which a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, s y m p sia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor) - 499 Independent Study Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, o b ' j v e s and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq.:257 and consent of instructor) *Canbe takenin coordination with Cooperatize Education, which may provide payment for work in fieldsites. Courses Reserved for Social Work Majors Only 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work Basic features of the helping process, theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventivemethods and practical experience necessary for social work pradice with individuals and small groups with a diversity of professionals and client groups; dwelopment of the student's repertoire of relationshipbuilding skills. L,ecture discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises each week (Prereq.: 361, junior standing) 364 Field Work I* Beginning supervised professional experiencein a social work agency which focuses on interviewing experience and relationshipbuilding. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361, junior standing, concurrent with 363) 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing adaptationsof the problemsolving model to diverse populations through lecture, classroom exerciseand regular class work Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on developmentof generalist practice skills and eclectic approacheswith a focus on diversity of professionals and client populations. (Preq.: 2.0 GPA in 363 and in 364, candidacy status. Concurrent with 462) 462 Field Work II* Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/ discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: candidacy status; concurrent with 461) 466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course)' Continuation of 462 (1/2 course option during Interim. Prereq.: candidacy status, 2.0 GPA in 461,462,463) 467 The Soclal Worker as Professional Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional p b attainment, affirmative action and sexual harassment issues, personnel policies and practices, organizationaltheory and resource development will be studied in the course.The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: candidacy status, 2.0 GPA in 461,463) 469 Field Work IV' Continuation of 466. ( P r q . : candidacy status, 2.0 GPA in 466, concurrent with 467) *Can be faken in coordinationwith CoopcratizeEducation, which may pr& work in field sites. payment for Sociologyis a disciplined study of human social behavior. As a relatively young discipline, sociology provides yet another perspective on a theme which is common to many of the disciplines in a liberal arts curriculum, namely the theme that humans a w "social animals." Sociologyemphasizes the extent to which the human inclination to interact socially comes to exhibit r e g u l m patterns over time. These pattern together form a society or a social structure. Sociology seeks to understand these societal patterns. Sociologyalso seeks to understand patterns within the great variety of institutions that exist in a society. The SociologyDepartment at Augsburg is designed to help students think sociologically in terms of obtaining an understandingof society and developing skills in analyzing social institutions and patterns. Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional learning models available, such as internships, independent study, Interim courses and field studies. The Department urges students to use Augsburg's urban setting as a laboratory for learning. A major in sociology can p-are one for a variety of Careers or for advanced professional studies. Cooperative Education and Internships enable majors to apply the theories and research skills of sociology while they explore career alternatives. Augsburg alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the personnel departmentsof both government and private corporations, in industrial relations work and in program evaluation Others have used their majors as preparation for advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry, social work and urban planning. The Department of Sociology welcomes students who, in their quest for a liberal education, are looking for new and different ways of understanding and appreciating the often taken-for-granted aspects of our world. SociologyFaculty:Diane Pike (Chairperson), Vern Bloom, JerryGerasimo, Gordon Nelson, Garry Hesser Major: 10 courses including 121,349,362, 363,375,485. Highly recommended: an internship, cooperativeeducation, independent study or Upper Division Interim course in sociology.This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the Department. Consult the Department Chairperson concerning areas of concentration Honors Major: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall. Application for honors in sociologycandidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to the Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year. Candidacy is contingent upon Departmental approval of proposal by April 30 of the junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for 499 to complete work on thesis. Honors in sociology willbe granted to a candidate who successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of the senior year and maintains the GPA through graduation. Minor: Five courses including 121and two Upper Division courses (i.e., 300 and above). 121 Introduction to Human Society Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. Sociology is an essential tool for discoveringthe world and one's place in it. 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore sociology as a mapr and consider its career altematives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. 211 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis The cultural and structural dynamics of the modem world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutionsand processes. 220 Sociology of Law This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society and the effect of society on it. From a sociologicalperspective, we will explore crosscultural notions of law, deterrence, the criminal justice system, the legal profession and corporate crime. The basic course format will be lecture and discussion based on the reading assignments. Evaluation is based on participation and two examinations. Students desiring Upper Division credit will be asked to write a paper on an assigned topic in addition to the exam. 231 Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective An examination of the famiiyas a social institution. The structures and processes within families are studied within their institutional and culturalcontexts. 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race The dimensions of =cia1 and minority group relations. Mapr attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding.P / N grading only) 273 Crime and Corrections This course includes an examination of corrections programs (prison, probation, treatment center, etc.) within the context of the American society and justice system. Attention is also given to theoretical formulations as to possible causes of criminal behavior and attempts at prevention and control. Field visit arranged to correctional facilities.) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division students. Prereq.: 121and consent of instructor. ) 300,301,302,303,304 Special Topics in Sociology A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests which are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 336 Introductionto Cultural Anthropology The concept of cultureexamined in anthropology and in the way we see and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the ideas of "primitive," " c i v i l i i and "progress." The course will examine the person's relation to cultureand conduct an analysis of selected aspects of Western culture.(Prereq.: 121) 349 Complex Organizations Organizationsaffect almost everythingin contemporarylife. This course examines organizations as corporate actors, looking at the topics of culture,technology, structure and corporate deviance. (Prereq.: 121or permission of instructor) 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements and institutions in American society. (Prereq.: 121recommended) 362 Statistical Analysis The fundamentals of descriptiveand inferential statistics for the social sciences. Designed specifically for sociology and political science majors, but recommended for others needing a statistical background for social science quantitative analysis. (Prereq.: Group 111Math Placement Test. For maprs, to be taken preceding 363.) 363 Research Methods An introduction to the skills involved in research design and data analysis. The practice of social research is learned through class activities and individual projects. Focus on learning usable skills. To be taken immediately after 362.(Prereq.: 362 or consent of instructor) 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Consumer o v e ~ e w of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Designed for social work maprs. Not to be taken by sociology maprs. (Prereq.: Level 111 Math Placement Test) 375 Social Psychology An examination of the idea of "group," its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identitf' and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday l i f e a look at the trivial, the o r d i i and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction," an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 121,junior or senior students only) 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confrontingthe present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on altemative theories and approachesto shaping the future metropolis. Current developmentsin the Twin Cities region will be compared and contrasted to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources include extensive readings, simulations, films,outside speakers and field trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: 121 or 211 or consent of instructor) 399 Internship A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member and site s u p e ~ s odesign r a learning agreement which enables the student to explore sociology as a mapr and consider its career altematives. Participation in a concurrent seminaris expested. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 485 Modern Sociological Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions withii sociology, tracing the course of their development in the 19th and 20th Centuries. (Prereq.: two courses in sociology including 121or consent of instructor) 498 lndependent Study Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course which a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultationwith and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: 121or 211 and consent of instructor) 499 lndependentStudy Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121and consent of instructor) - Soviet and East European Studies is an ACTC pint major which seeks to give the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet history, politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The major is interdisciphary and offers perspectives on Russia both past and present. A minimum of two years of the Russian language is quired. This major is a good foundation for students preparing for careers in government, teaching internationalbusiness or law, espeaally when combined with a second major in a field such as business, economics, history, language, political science or theology. It also is a good foundation for graduate study in history, political science, language and literature or international relations. Magda Palmy-Zapp, Campus Coordinator Major: 11courses: four courses (two years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); two courses in Russian history; one course in Marxist theory; one course in Russian literature; one course in Soviet politics; two other courses from approved electives. Minor: Six courses: two courses (one year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); one course in Russian history; one course in Soviet politics; one coursein Marxist theory; one other course from the approved list of electives. East European ConcentrationMinor: Consult the Coodinatorform& information. Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Our quality of life, both personally and professionally, depends in large part upon the quality of our communication. A communication major at Augs burg is designed to enhance understandingof communication in a variety of contexts and to improve communicationskills. Since communication careers demand a broad educational background, the Department strongly encourages a second major or two minors in fields such as business, economics, Enghsh, history, international relations, political science, psychology, religion, social work or sociology. The Augsburg communicationmajor focuses on competencyin both speech and writing, as well as effective use of media. Since the study and practice of communication is grounded in both the humanities and the social sciences, majors are encouraged to include such related subjects as aesthetics, ethics, philosophy, logic, literature, statisticsand search methods in their p r e grams. All communicationmajors must complete a core p u p of eight required courses and participate in Augsburg's Interscholastic Forensics Program. In addition to these requirements, majors must complete a program of five electivesfrom one of three concentrations: general cornmunication studies, business communicationor mass communication. Majors in all three concentrations are strongly encouraged to include an intemship (SPC 399) as one of their electives. Prospective majors should meet with a Departmental Adviser as early as possible to design an a p proved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty: David Lapakko (Chairperson), Deborah Bart,Julie Bolton, Michael Burden, James Hayes, Anne Holmquest, Martha Johnson Honors Major:The Honors Mapr is designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Honors ma@ must maintain a 3.5 GPA in the mapr and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as part of their mapr program, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (SPC 499). Honors andidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project. Communication Majo~:13courses overall -eight required core courses and five courses within one of three concentrations. Required of all Communication majors: 111,342,351,352,354,355, and any two of the following: ENG 223, ENG 225, ENG 226, ENG 227. Also required: participation in at least two interscholastic forensicstournaments. F General Communication Studies Major: Five additional electives from the following: 329,343,345, 347,350,360,399, 495; LIN 311; PSY 325, PSY371; SOC 362, SOC 375. Communication Major with Business Concentration: Five additional electives from the following 132, 225 329,330,345,399, 495; BUS 340, BUS 355, BUS 357; PSY325, B Y 371, F'SY 373; SOC 349, SOC 375. Communication Major with Mass Communication Concentration: Five additional electives from the following: 132,225,232,325,330,343,347,350,360,375, 399,495; ENG 241, ENG 327. For all three concentrations:Students may petition the Department to include as part of their mapr concentration other Augsburg courses not listed above. Such requests must be submitted in writing to the Departmental Adviser for prior approval. Also, students may petition to include up to three courses from other ACTC schools as electives, with prior approval of the Registrar and adviser or Department chair. Communication Minor: Six courses, including 111,342,351 or 352,354,345 or 355, and ENG 223 or 225 or 226 or 227. Prospective minors must obtain prior approval from a Communication faculty adviser. Speech Major f or Teaching Licensure:10 courses, including 111,241 or 343,350, 351,352,354,360; participation in at least five interscholasticforensics t o m e n t s in at least two events (one public address, one oral interpretation);and a minor in English. Recommended: 366, courses in theatre, participation in drama. Speech Minor for Teaching Licensure: 111 and six of the following: 241 or 343, 350,351,352,354,360, and participation in at least five interscholastic forensics tournamentsin at least two events (one public address, one oral interpretation). 111 Public Speaking Theory and practice of effeaive speaking and critical listening. Students have the opportunityto give several speeches and receive feedback about their performance from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on such topics as developing self-confidence, speech preparation and organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery, style and language, and critical thinking and listening. 132 Photography (See Department of Art.) 199 Internship Consult mapr adviser for details. 225,330 Communication Design I, II (See Department of Art.) 227 Journalism (See Department of English.) lntroductlonto Cinema Art (See Department of English.) Dlrected Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Advanced Journallsm (See Department of English.) Intercultural Communication This course exploresboth the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. Students examine Western and non-Westem cultural rulesIvaluesI assumptionsand stereotypes and how they affect the transmission of verbal and non-verbal messages. The course stressesboth a general theoretical understanding of the d d c s of cross-culturalinteraction as well as spedficknowledge - of how these principles relate to particular c u l d groups. Mass Communications in Society (See Department of Political Science.) Junior and senior students only. Broadcast Production I Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept development, scriptwriting, directing and for video. s t u d i t s will work in production teams and will gain experience in operation of equipment. Organizational Communication An examination of the dynamics of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, formal and informal communication networks, management styles, power and authorityImotivation of employees, organizational culture, performance appraisal, effective use of meetings and sources of communication problems in the workplace. Designed to enhance communication skills of both managers and subordinates. Studentsboth investigate the literature on orp&tional communication and attempt to aPPiy it to their own experiences in organizations. Broadcast Production II This course is an advanced television production course in which students apply knowledge and experience gained in Broadcast Production I. This course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on post-production editing. Studentswork in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program. (Prereq.:Broadcast Production I) Voice and Diction A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating,listening, introduction to phonetics and the vocal mechanism. Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports and papers, voice tapes and individual coaching. Argumentation Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public speaking, discussion and debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in analyzing argumentativeclaims, being able to distinguish between strong and weak arguments, understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in reasoning and learning to apply principles of argumentation to contemporarypublic issues. Students have the opportunityto enhance their skills in debate and discussion and also learn to analyze and aitique arguments they encounter in their daily lives. Persuasion Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior. The course deals with a broad range of topics, including obstacles to persuasion; cultural dimensions of persuasion; the use of logical and psychological appeals; empirical research in persuasion; how persuasion is used in politics, sales, advertising, and interpersonal contexts; the nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the mass media on persuasion, and ethical issues related to persuasion. Students analyze persuasive messages in contemporary society, with practical work in speech and promotional projects. Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communicationbarriers. This course combines theory and practice to help the student understand and manage communication problems more effectively. Small Group Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors related to decision making, styles of leadership and conflict management. This course combines lecture with practical experienceto help the student become a more effective and productive member of a task-oriented small BOUPOrganlzational Psychology (See Department of Psychology.) Media Regulation, Law and Ethics (See Department of Political Science.) Internship (Consult mapr adviser for details.) Communication Topics Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. 499 Independent Study in Communicatlon Independent Study for Upper Division credit. Theatre is not primarily an extracurricular activity nor is it merely entertainment. As a laboratory for learning that uses all of theliberal arts, theatre is the essence of a liberal arts education. By reliving how other people throughout history were thinkingfeeling and strugghg, students have a greater understandingof their own humanity. Theatre enables students to experience the beauty, mystery and ambiguity of life. Minneapolis-St. Paul is an ideal place to study theatre, because it is one of the major theatre centers in the United States. Augsburg students expand their knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but also by working in the professional and community theatres of the Twin Cities. Our theatre faculty have professional experience which enables them to provide students with realistic guidance and contacts. The Augsburg program encourages students to participate in all aspects of theatre production while providing each student the opportunity of emphasizing one specific area, such as acting, directing or design. Graduates enter many fields, such as professional theatre, television, film, advertising, law, journalism, business and religion. Theatre Arts Major: 11courses (222,228,229,232,361,362,366, &d four of the following: 116,226,295,325,393,50,, 60,, 367,428,429,432, 495); one Internship, one theatre Interim course, and 10 production units in three or more of the following areas: acting (two required), technical crew work (four required), playwriting, direction, design and theatre management. Because of the many professional and semi-professional theatres located in the Twin Cities, internships are a significant part of the educational experience. Theatre majors have the opportunity to work in the areas of design, technical, acting management, directing and dramaturgy. This mapr should be supported by coursesin dramatic literature including Shakespeareand Modern Drama or ScandinavianDrama. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, art and media art (cinema, radio, television, video). Maprs must participate in dramatic productions everyyear. Students must maintain an overall 2 0 GPA to have mapr participation in productions. Freshmen planning to mapr in theatre arts courses should begin with courses 116,222,232 and 228. Honors Major: Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Honors majors must maintain a 35 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA overall and, as part of their mapr program, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (SPC 499). Honors candidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project. Theatre Arts Minor: Five courses, including 222,228 or 229,232,361 or 362,366, and five production units in the following areas: acting (one required), technical crew work (two required), playwriting, direction, design and theatre management. Theatre History and Criticism Minor: Five courses: 222,325,361,362 and 366. Theatre Arts Major for Teaching Licensure:10 courses: 116,222,228,232,241 or 343,350,360,361,362,366, plus 111, a minor in Engliih, and 10 production units in three or more of the following areas: acting (two required), technical crew work (fourrequired), playwriting, direstion, design and theatre management. Theatre Arts Minor for Teaching Licensure: Five courses: 222,228 or 229,232 or 116,361 or 362,366, plus 111, and four production units in the following areas: acting (one required), technical crew work (one required), playwriting, direction, design and theatre management. Speech-TheatreArts Major for Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,222,228 or 229,232 or 116,241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360,361 or 362,366, a minor in English and partiapation in two activities (forensics, theatre, media). 116 Creative Drama A study of various forms of dramatic movement, pantomime and play through activity, reading, observation and discussion. Emphasis on improvisationaltechniques and active participation. Development of dramatic pieces from written, verbal, visual and audible sources. Some fundamentals of acting are introduced. 199 Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) 222 Introduction to Theatre A survey of dramatic art including major historical periods, plays, artists; dramatic structure, principles, and values; basic concepts and techniques of the play production process. 228 lntroduction to Stagecraft Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, aafts, magic and art. Technical production experience, practical projects and theatre tours. Open to all students. (Lab required, lab fee.) 229 Stage and Llghting Design An introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student will execute two design projects dealing with stage design process. The class will also taketheatre tours, have visiting designers and have practical involvement with the Augsburg spring production. (Lab required, some materials needed.) 232 Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and emotional preparation and exploration of the aeative approach to scene and character study in American drama. Introduction to Asian and Asian-American Theatre This course is a survey of the rich theatrical performance styles, aesthetic theories, and plays of traditional Asian cultures. A s w e y of 20th Century Asian America performers, productions, theatre companies, and plays will also be explored. The course will include lecture, films, videos and demonstrationsby visiting performers. Students will read and analyze selected Asian and Asian American plays and will be required to attend and review one live production. Directed Study Independent study for Lower Division credit. Playwriting An introductory course in writing for the stage, television and film. Students will learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.: ENG 111and one literature course. ENG 226 also recommended.) Interpretative Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poehy and drama. Study, discuss, practice and perform readings in prose, poehy and drama before small and large groups. Theatre History and Criticism I An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the classical Greek through the Medieval period. The theatres of Asia are also introduced. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Theatre History and Criticism II An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the Elizabethan through the contemporary theatres. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Stage Direction I Basic directorial techniques: choice of plays, play analysis, production organization, technical collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking and characterization. Direction of a short production required (one-act or excerpt from full-length play). (Prereq.:a 200 or 300 level theatre course) Stage Direction II Indepth analysis and practical experiencein direding different play forms and styles: serious, comic, period, experimental, musical. Direction of a short production required (one-act or excerpt from full-length play). (Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor) Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) 428 Advanced Technical Methods Advanced construction and problem-solvingtechniques in technical areas of scenery, props, lighting, sound, costumes and make-up. (Prereq.:228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee) 429 Advanced Deslgn Advanced projects in set and lighting design. Introduction to costume design. (Prenq.: 229 or consent of instructor) 432 Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterization through character analysis and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French neoclassicism, Restoration comedy, realism and non-realism, epic and the absurd culminating in preparation and presentation of a professional audition. 495 Theatre Topics Selected topics in theatre. 499 Independent Study In Theatre Independent study for Upper Division credit. Augsburg College offers a minor in Women's Studies. (See listing under Interdkciphary Studies (INS). COLLEGE BOARDOF REGENTS Chak Wee Chair Raymond A. Grinde Trnasurer David L.Swanson RodneyP.3urwd betaw Barbara C Gage Theyeminpmenthesesaffereachnmneis the expi~ationdate of current term. Nancy H. Bottemiller (1992) Homemaker, Wadena, Minn. Rodney P. Burwell (1994) Xerxes Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn. The Rev. stephen J. Comils, (19%) Senior Pastor, Central Lutheran Church, Ph.D. Minneapolis, Minn. H. David Dalquist III (19%) President, Northland Aluminum Products, Inc., st. Louis Park, Minn. Darrell J. Egertson Julian P. Foss (1994) Chief Financial Officer, Dart Transit Co., St. Paul, Minn. (19%) Retired Businessman, Mesa, Ariz. Barbara C. Gage (1992) Homemaker, Long Lake, Minn. Raymond A. Grinde Carolyn T. Groves (19%) Retired Businessman, Roseville, Minn. (19%) Admhktrator, S. J. Groves and Sons Company, Minneapolis, Minn. Norman R. Hagfors (1995) President, Norsen, Inc., Minneapolis,Minn. Elling B. Halvorson (19%) President, PapiUon Airways, Inc., Kirkland, Wash Men A. Housh (1995) President, Cargill Marine and Terminal, Edina, Minn. George 0. Johnson, Ph.D. (19%) Associate Professor and Division Head, Health ServicesAdministration, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. 'ZheHonLaJwe'lhamas (1995) Judge, Hennepin County Government Center, Minneapolii, Minn. L;lngt=J.D. Gary H. Lohn (1994) Control Data Business Advisors, Bloomington, Minn. The Hon. Kenneth G. Nelson (19%) State Representative, Miiesota House of Representatives, 9. Paul, Minn. The Rev. Maymid L. Nelson (1996) Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran Church, Minneapolis, Minn. I b d y n J. Nordaune, J.D. Donald G. Oren Harvey M. Peterson Curtis A. Sampson Richard L. Shepley Ronald K. Speed Gladys I. Strommen Leland N. Sundet David L. Swanson Michael W. Thompson Pamela L. Tibbetts William A. Urseth flo wiger, Ph.D. May Ka-Yee Yue DMSION (1994) Partner, Nordaune & Friesen, St. Louis Park, Minn. President, Dart Transit Company, St. Paul, Minn. President, Catco Company, St. Paul, Minn. President and Chief Executive Officer, Communications Systems, Hector, Minn. Partner, Marshall F m c i a l Group, Minneapolis, Minn. Vice President, Public Afhirs, Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn. Homemaker, St. Paul, Minn. Chaiian and Chief Executive Officer, Sundet Companies, Bloomington, Minn. Retired Businessman, Minneapolis, Minn. Realtor, Edina Realty, Inc., Edina, Minn. Vice President, Strategic Planningand Development Fairview, Minneapolis, Minn. President and Chief Executive Officer, US. Directives, U.S. Restaurant Minneapolis, Minn. Associate Professor, St. Cloud State University, 9. Cloud, Minn. President, Financial Services Associates, Inc., Edina, Minn. m~ED~CUION THEEVANGELICAL LUTHERAN CHURCH INArvmua (ELCA) Board Chair: The Rev. Dennis H. Dickman Secretary:Solveig Gregory Vice-Chair Mary Ellen H. Schmider Executive Staff Executive Director: The Rev. W. Robert Sorensen Assistant Director for Finance: Beata H. Sorenson Director for Colleges and Universities:James M. Unglaube Assistant Director for Colleges and Universities: Naomi E. Linnell I I I I I Area Code: 612 President ..............................................................................................................330-1212 Academic Affairs ..................................................................................................330-1024 Admissions ...........................................................................................................330-1001 Toll free number ........................................................................................143M-788-5678 Alumni Programs .................................................................................................=I179 Business Office (Feesand Accounts) .................................................................. 330-1029 Campus Ministry (CollegePastor) ..................................................................... 330-1732 330-1162 Career M c e s ................................................................................................. College Center Manager/Coordinator, SpecialEvents ...................................330-1121 College Relations (News and Publications) ...................................................... 330-1180 330-1171 Development (Fmancial Gifts to the College) ............,......-............................. ..................... 330-1120 Facilities Office ...................................................................... Fiicial Aid (Scholarships)...............................................................................330-1046 General Information (Other office numbers; business hours only) ....-..............................................+.....*............................... 330-1000 Evenings ..............................................................................................................330-1234 330-1786 Graduate Program ..............................................gramgram.gram............gram......gram....g Ice Arena Manager ...............................................................................................330-1251 Interim Office ........................................................................................................330-1025 Library ...................................................................................................................330-1017 Parent Programs ....................-...........................................+................................ 330-1179 Personnel Office ............................................................................................. 330-1058 Registrar ................................................................................................................330-1036 Student Activities Office ......................................................................................330-1111 Student Affairs .....................................................................................................330-1160 Student Government Office ...............................................................................-330-1110 Student Life (Housing) ........................................................................................=I109 Summer School Office ......................................................................................... 330-1786 Weekend College .................................................................................................330-1782 ...-.... The College has designated the following persons as coordinators for disaimination inquiries or grievances: Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race. creed. national or ethnic origin)-Contact the Office of Finance and Management (612/330-1026) Vern M.Bloom. Assistant Professor. Sociology- Memorial Hall (612/330-1133). 504 Coordinator (mattersbased on physical or mental handicap) William R.Rosser. Vice President for Student Affairs Memorial Hall (612/3S 1168). Title D( Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status) Sandra Jacobson. Director of Personnel- Ground Floor. Memorial Hall (612/3301023). Employment All correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual at Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. MN 55454.Formal grievance procedures are described in the Student Guide.Copies are available from the Personnel Office. Office of the President President ........................................................................................... Charles S. Andason Executive Secretary to the President ............................................... Carolyn S. Canfield College Pastor ............................................................................................ David T. Wold Director, Church Relations ............................................................................Curtis Peter Director, Admissions .................................................................................1 A. Stack Cook Assistant to the President for Diversity .........................................................n Assistant to the President for CommunityRelations .................................. Rita Kaplan Academic Affairs Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College .................................................................Ryan A. LaHurd Executive Secretary to the Academic Dean ........................................... i s M. Nielsen Associate Dean for Academic Affairs ................................................. David Gabrielson Associate Academic Dean for Graduate Vander Schaaf and Special Programs ..................-........................................ a Assistant to the Academic Dean for Advising ..............................Anita Johnson Gwin Director, Weekend College .............................................................. J. Thoni OperationsManager, Weekend College...............................................Nancy Shmickle Graduate Program Coordinator ..............................................................Laura Erickson Acting Registrar ............................................................................................. Jay Phinney InstitutionalResearch Analyst .............................................................. R o W.Clyde Director of Library ......................................................................................... e Cline P. Hackney D i o r , Audio-visual Center .............................................................B Interim Director ....................................................................................David Gabrielson Director, Faculty Development ................................................................. M e McNeff Director, CooperativeEducation .......................................................... Garry W. Hesser Enrollment Coordinator, Weekend College ....................................Deirdre Middleton Admissions Coordinator, Weekend College ....................................... JeanetteWittmer Student Affairs Vice President of Student Affairs and Dean of Students ............................................................................... a m R. Rosser Executive !3ea&q .................................................................................. Casey McGuire Assodate Dean of Students ...................................................... Linda SchremppAlberg Director, Counseling ............................................................................ N a n Guilbeault Warren Director, Academic Enrichment ........................................................d Coordinator, C.L.A.S.S. ..................................................................................... Jo Weir Director, Career Services ..............................................................................T Wagner Director, Residence Life .............................................................................char lie^ strey Housing Coordinator, Tower ...............................................................Michael Peterson Housing Coordinator, Area .............................................................................. Pat Sorac Coordinator, International Programs ....................................................... Kathleen Lutfi Director, American Indian Support Program ...................................Bonnie A. Wallace I Housing Coordinator, Area ..............................................................................Pat Sorcic Coordinator, InternationalPrograms .......................................................Kathleen Lutfi Director, American Indian Support Program ...................................Bonnie A. Wallace Director, Black Student Affairs ..................................................................M . Anita Gay Coordinator, Student Activities ..................................................................e l l Krebs Development and College Relations Vice President for Development..............................................................Gregory Ritter Executive !3cretaryto the Vice President ..................................................Betty Arnold Director, Development ..............................................................................Gordon Olson o m s I. Benson Director, Planned Giving ..................................................................... C. Carlson Senior Development Officer ..................................................................Jy Director, Corporate and Foundation Relations ..........................................Carol Forbes Pam Meyer Assistant Director, Alumni/Parent Relations .......................................... Acting Director, Alumni Parent Relations/ Director, Annual Fund ......................................................................Donna McLean Associate Director of the Augsburg Fund ........................................N o Okerstrom -or, College Relations .........................................................................P e Davies Director, Publications ..............................................................M q r Westman Safgren Publications Specialist ...................................................................... Holland-TUE Finance and Management Vice President for F i n c e and Management .......................................Michael Ranum Executive Secretary to the Vice President ....................................................Pat Ostreim Director of Student Enancial Swices ........................................H e r d A. Johnson Assistant Director of Student Financial Services ........................................i s Larson Financial Aid Counselor ..................................................................................................... Director, Personnel .................................................................................a Jacobson Dick Adamson Controller ................................................................................................... Director, Administrative Computer Center ........................................w e Terrien Manager, College Center ................................................................... M A. Nelson r e E. Christopherson Manager, Central Services .................................................... Director, Purchasing/Bookstore .............................................................Robert P. Gores Director, Marriott Corp. Food Services .......................................................T Wagner Director, Plant Services ..........................................................................Weninger Supervisor, Maintenance .........................................................................Robin A. Curtis Manager, Ice Arena ....................................................................................James J- Carey Courtland L. Agre, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ernest W. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. Oscar A. Anderson, President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological !hninary;L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Margaret J. Anderson, Lib&, B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Raymond E. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Speech, Communication and Theater, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Val& Baltha, Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia. Carl Chrislock, Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. L Gracia Christensen, Professor Emerita of English. Ailene Cole, Professor Emerita of Theatre Arts/Speech. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. K.Bemer Dahlen, Professor Emeritus of English. M.S. University of Minnesota. Sheldon P. Fardig, Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A. Carleton College, M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Henry G. Follingstad, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. Orlue Gisselquist, Professor Emeritus of History, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Theodore J.Hanwick, Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Katherine Hennig, Professor Emerita of Music. M.A., University of Minnesota. Einar 0.Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington. James D. Johnson,Professor Emeritus of Music. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Edor C. Nelson, Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Anne Pederson, Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Laurette E. Pelton, Professor Emerita, Education. LaVonne J.Peterson, Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Martin Quanbeck, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marianne D. Sander, Dean of Students Leland B. Sateren, Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College; D. Mus., Lakeland College. Marjorie H. Sibley, Professor Emerita, Library Dr. Paul G. Sonnack, Professor Emeritus, Religion Paul T. Steen, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. JohnThut, Professor Emeritus, Music Joel S. Torstenson, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Fall 1991 Labor Day recess ....................................................................................... Upperclass validation, Freshmen registration M, Sep 2 Classes begin .............................................................................................. w1Sep4 Last day to register, add a class, drop a class without notation on record, move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division or Lower Division ...................................................T , Sep 10 Last day to designate grading option ................................................................ F Oct 25 Mid-term break ....................................................................................................F, Od 25 Interim registration ......................................................................... M, Od 28 - F, Nov 1 Spring term pre-registration ........................................................... M, Nov 18- F, Dec 6 Last day to withdraw from a class .............................................................. F Nov 15 Thanksgiving recess begins ............................................................................ Th,Nov 28 Classes resume ..................................................................................................... M, Dec 2 Classes end ........................................................................................................... F, Dec 13 F i i examinationsbegin .................................................................................. M, Dec 16 F i i examinations end ....................................................................................Dec 19 F d grades due and Incompletes due from spring and summer '91 ................................................................. W, Dec 27 Interim 1992 Classes begin ........................................... ............................................ M. Jan 6 Last day to register. add a class. drop a class without notation on record or move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division .......................................................................................T. J 7 Last day to designategrading option .................................................................F Jan 17 Last day to withdraw from a class ......................................................................F Jan 17 Classes end ............................................................................................................9Jan 29 Interim grades due ................................................................................................F Feb 7 Spring 1992 Validation of registration. Classes begin ...........................................................MI Feb 3 Last day to register. add a class. drop a class without notation on record. move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division or Lower Division ............................................................F Feb 7 Mid-term break begins .....................................................................................M Mar 23 Classes resume .................................................................................................M Mar 30 Last day to designate grading option .................................................................F Apr 3 Last day to withdraw from a class .................................................................. F. Apr 17 Easter break begins ............................................................................................. F Apr 17 Classes resume ................................................................................................... MI Apr 20 Early registration for fall ..................................................................M Apr 27- F. May 8 Classes end .......................................................................................................... F. May 15 Fiiexaminations begin ..................................................................... ...M ,May 18 Fiiexaminations end ................................................................................... May 21 Badureate and Commencement ............................................................... Su,May 24 F i i grades due and Incompletes due from fall '91 and Interim '92 .................................................................. F May 29 Summer School 1992 Term I ............................................................................................ T May 28 .F. June21 Term I1 .............................................................................................. M. June24 .F. Aug 2 Correct as of February 8,1991. Beginning yem of seruice on f m l t y is indicated with pmenthesis. Charles S. Anderson (1976). President, B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary;Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary,New York. Ryan A. LaHurd (1985). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Nancy I. Aarsvold (1986). Instructor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ruth L. Aaskov (1%0). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Gerald E. Allan (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., University of Pennsylvania. Earl R Alton (1960). Professor and Department Ch-on of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Patricia K. Amo (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Lyla M. Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology, B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University. Barbara Andersen (1%9). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University. Edwin D. Andersen (1987). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics, Computer Science and Education. B.A., Macalester College; M.S.T., Illinois Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Assistant Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary. Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Trudi J. Anderson (1990).Studio Artist/Flute, part-time. B.M., Augsburg College; M.M. Northwestern University. Andrew L Aoki (1988). Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Massachusetts-Amherst; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison. David B. Apolloni (1989). Visiting Assistant Professor, Philosophy. B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., PhD, University of Minnesota. Mary Claire Baldus (1991). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., College of St. Benedkt; M.S.W., Saint Louis University. Deborah Bart (1980). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communicationand Theatre. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Shelley S. Baxter (1990). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A. The Evergreen State College; M.A., University of Notre Dame. Mary Ann Bayless (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. David L Beaulieu (1991). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. JohnE. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. Vem M. Bloom (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Joseph C Bodziock (1986). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., St. Joseph's College; M.A., University of New Hampshire, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois. Nancy C Bologna (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., Regis College; M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., Washington State University. JulieH. Bolton (1975). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Borstad (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Health and Physical Education. B.A., MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. JamesA. Brothen (1988). Visiting Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Maria Brown (1980). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Michael R Burden (1990). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre (Designer and Technical Dirxtor). B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A, University of Minnesota. Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University. Thomas L. Busico (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University. Louis H. Cairoli (1990). Instructor in Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., M.S., John Carroll University; M.S., Syracuse University; M.S. Kansas State University. Laura V. Castor (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Muhlenberg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. JohnCerrito (1983). Assistant Professor in Business Administration/MIS. B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout. Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Marisha A. Chamberlain (1991). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre. M.F.A., Goddard College. Stephen D. Chapman (1991) Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A. Augsburg College; M.A., Hamline University. Rosalie Clark (1979). Instructor, par-time, Social Work. BAS., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Western Michigan University. Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Institutional Research Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Carolyn S. Clemmons (1990). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Talladega College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Elaine R. Cline (1990). Assistant Professor, Director of Library. B.A., College of William and Mary; M.L.S., University of Michigan. Mariette S. Cole (1989). Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.A., University of California; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University. Larry Crockett (1985).Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary. Kenneth R Croken (1988).Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., St. Joseph's University;J.D., New England School of Law. Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Assistant Professor, part-time, English. B.A., College of St. Catherine, M.F.A., Vermont College. Wayne A. Dalton (1984). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., University of Redlands; M.Th., Ph.D., School of Theology at Claremont. Laurel R. Davis (1991). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Springfield College; M.A., University of Iowa. Mary E.Dean (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Massachusetts; J.D., Suffolk University; M.L.T., Georgetown University. Suzanne I. Dorke (1989). Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., University of Delaware; M.A., University of Wisconsin. Bruce K. Drewlow (1988).Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Moorhead State University, M.Ed., University of Minnesota. John Dunham (1987). Studio Artist/Cello, Music. B.A., Syracuse University; M.M., University of Michigan-Ann Arbor. Beverly C Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Earl W. Eames, Jr. (1987) Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Mary G. Endorf (1986). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Hamline University; M.S., SUNY-Cortland;Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Mark J. Engebretson (1976).Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S., University of Minnesota. Marian S. Enos (1987). Instructor, part-time, Nursing and Education. B.S.N., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joseph k Erickson (1990). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., College of St. Thomas; MA. Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary;Ph.D. University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor and Department Chairpason of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Ann C. Fleener (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Anita L. Fisher (1991). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., University of Montana. Phillip F. Fishman (1988). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison; J.D., Washington University; M.S.W., St. Louis University. Marilyn Pearson Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education and Women's Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., St. Cloud State University. Bruce D. Forbes (1990). Instructor, F-time, Rdigion BA, Morningside Collegq M.Th., Perkins School of Theology; Ph-D., Princeton TheoIogical %mi~~ary. Robert Friederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University. Steven W. Freimuth (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Minnesota. Mark L Fuehrer (1%9). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Stephen M.Gabrielsen (1963). kofessor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Frieda Gardner (1990). Instructor, part-time, English, B.S.. Columbia University; PhD, University of Minnesota. Etheline K Garetz (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. M. Anita Gay (1987). Director, Black Student Affairs. B.S., Southern University, Baton Rouge; M.A., Howard University. Jerry Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology.B.A., Lake Forest College; MA., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard Germundsen (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State University; M.A., School of International Service, American University; Cand. Mag. Universitet i Bergen, Norway; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Peter Gillen (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education and Men's Athletic Director. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; MEd., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota. Douglas E. Green (1988). Assistant Professor of Enghsh. B.A., Amherst University; M.A., Ph.D., Brown University. Richard A. Gresczyk (1990), Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Joan L Griffin (1986). Associate Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University. Brian G r h a (1990). Studio Artist/Saxophone, part-time. B.A., Dartmouth College. Satya P. Gupta (1976). Professor of Economics and Department Chairperson. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southan Illinois University. Donald R Gustafson (1961). Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Brian P. Hackney (1983). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout. Roxannne Hale (1991). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., University of Pacific; M.A., University of Minnesota. Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., The American University. James Hayes (1991). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S.E., M.S., Emporia State University, F'h. D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Summer Hamille (1989). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. M. Anaam Hashmi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Adrninistration/MIS. B.E., N.E.D., University of Engineering & Technology, Karachi; M.B.A., Ball State University; D.BA., Kent State University. Milda K Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science and Director, Canadian Studies Program. B.A., Macalester College; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Andrew Heglund (1989). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time. BM., University of Minnesota. Thomas J. Herbst (1990). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., St. John's University, M.S, Hofstra University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Edwina L Hertzberg (1977). Professor of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. G a q W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies, Director of Cooperative Education Program. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. Melissa S. ("Mickey") Hessler (1991). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education, B.A., Augsburg College. Nelly Trocme Hewett (1988). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., Earlham College. Wendy B. Hines (1991). Instructor, part-time. Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Southern University. Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. BA., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Paul L Holmer (1986). Distinguished Visiting Professor of Philosophy. B.A.,M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Yale University. Anne Holmquist (1991). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.F.A., Drake University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa. Bradley P. Holt (1981). Professor and Department Chairperson of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University. JohnR Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marilyn N. Homwitz (1988).Instructor, part-time, Business Admjnistration/MIS. B.A., M.B.E., University of Minnesota. Mary Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio Artistfliolin and Viola. B.M., Indiana University. Kenneth B. Huber (1989). Studio Artist/Piano. BM., M.M., Indiana University. David Hudson (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Sally M. Hunter (1989). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., College of St. Scholastics; M.T., University of Wisconsin. M. Shahidul Islam (1989).Instructor, part-time, Economics. M.B.A., Dhaka University, Bangladesh; University of Minnesota. I. Khin Khin Jensen(1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Duane E.Johnson(1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Harriet W. Johnson(1989). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Richmond; M.A., University of Minnesota. JeffreyE. Johnson(1985). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., and Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Martha B. Johnson (1988). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., MA., and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Mary E (Mimi)Johnson (1962). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Business Admiiistration/MIS. B.Comm., University of Cairo,Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan. Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State University. Jane Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota. Mike Kapel(1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Minnesota. Robert Karl& (1973). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota. Randall W. Kindley (1991). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA., M.P.A., University of North Carolina;Ph.D, Duke University. Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Foreign Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College. M d e e I. Klemp (1980). Assistant Professor and Studio Artist/Oboe, part-time. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota. Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Thomas Kuhlman (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Marquette University; M.A., Xavier University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University. Joan C. Kunz (1987). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of MissouriSt. Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. David V. Lapakko (1986).Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Speech, Communication and Theatre. M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Cheryl Leitschuh (1989). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.Ed., South Dakota State University; Ed.D, University of South Dakota. Nicholas A. Lenz (1980). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., SouthwestState University; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Ronald L Libertus (1985). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studis. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A, Windham College. Rosemary J. Link (1986). Assistant Professor of Sodal Work M.Sc, London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Dunbar Lohman (1985). Studio Artistfloice, part-time. B.A., MM, University of Minnesota. Lori L Lohman (1990). Assistant Professor of Business Adrninistration/MIS. B.A., M.B.A., University of Minnesota. J. Lynne F. Lorenzen (1988). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., University of Iowa; M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary; MA., The Qaremont Graduate School. Joyce Paxton Lumpkin (1991).Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., California State University. Steven Lund (1983). Studio Artist/Trombone, part-time. B.S., University of Minnesota. Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA, Smith College; M.A, Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota; M.A., University of Iowa. Linda McKeag (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Admiistration/MIS. B.S.,, University of Wisconsin-La Crosse; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas. Esther G. McLaughlin (1989). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph-D., University of California Berkeley. Marie 0.McNeff (1968). Professor of Education, Director of Faculty Development. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. Phyllis M. Metcalf (1989) Assistant Professor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., Eastern Michigan University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Roberta Kagin Metzler (1974). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B. Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas. Felai Meziou (1987). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Tunis, Tunisia; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956).Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. JoAnn Michna (1991). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Jan Miner (1984). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., Lycoming College; M.A., Bowling Green State University. Jay A. Miskowiec (1991).Instructor, part-time. English. B.A, University of Minnesota; M.A., Universite de Paris Vm. Kinney G. Misterek (1989).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S., M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of M i e s o t a . John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University of Tennessee. William Monsma (1987). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College; M.Div., Calvin Seminary;Ph.D., University of Colorado. Thomas Morgan (1983). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon. William D.Moms (1987). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA., Oakland University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University. Mildred (Mike) Mueller (1988). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., Central Michigan University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota. Robert M. Murphy (1986). Instrustor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Toledo. Sr. Mary Henry Nachtsheim (1989).Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.A., Ph.D. Lava1University. Eliawira N. Ndosi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Gordon L. Nelson (1967).Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary;M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C Nelson (1968). Professor and Department Chairperson of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Pamela Nice (1991). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine Cluistie NicholI (1973). Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Michele M. Nielsen (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Chemistry. B.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.S., University of California, Santa Barbara. Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Professor and Department Chairperson of Nursing. B.S., M.S., University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor and Department Chairperson of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. Celeste M. WBrien (1975). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.A., Hamline University. Vicki B. Olson (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Michael O'Neal(1989). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kathleen H. Olsen (1990).instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University. Gordon W. Olson (1988). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A., Concordia College. JeremiahOlson (1989). Instructor, par-time, Religion. B.A., Minot State University; M.Div., Trinity Lutheran Seminary. Lila J. Olson (1990). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.M., University of Kansas; M.M., University of Nebraska. Sharon K. Ostwald (1986). Adjunct Assistant Professor of Nursing. M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Magdalena M. Paleczyny-Zapp (1986). Assistant Professor of Economics. BA., M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Akademia Ekonorniczna, Krakow. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B. Div., Bethel Seminary; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Patricia A. Parker (1960). Instructor, part-time, Education; B.A. Eastern Michigan Universtiy; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D. University of Minnesota. Cathy Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part-time. Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College, M.A., Lone Mountain College. Curtis Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute. Paul Pender (1985). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., M.B.A., University of Wisconsin. Helene Peters (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. M.A., University of Toulouse; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Vincent Peters (1988). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Loyola College, Madras; M.A., Madras School of Social Work, Madras, India. Noel J. Petit (1984). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joyce Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Diane L Pike (1981). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University. Paul E. Pork (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS., B.S.B., University of Minnesota; M.B.A., Mankato State University. Sandra L Powers (1990). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.M., Eastman School; M.M. Northwestern School. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary;M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 (1987). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., St. Olaf College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary. Randi Quanbeck (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Langauges. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Northwestern University. Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin. 0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Studio Artist/Guitar, Music. B.M., M.M., University of Minnesota. Edward R Raupp (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Carnegie Tech; M.B.A., Wharton School. Patrick M. Redmond (1989). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.S., University of Minnesota. Bruce R Reichenbach (1968). Professor and Department Chairperson of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Jacqueline 0.Richardson (1990). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Morris Brown College; M.S., Fort Valley State College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Michael Robin (1990). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A, M.S.W., M.P.H., University of Minnesota. Thomas C. Rolfs, Jr. (1986).Studio Artistflrumpet, part-time. B.F.A., University of Minnesota; M.M., Northwestern University. Thomas D. Rossin (1986). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Music. M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Eleni Roulis (1987). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., St. John's University; M.A., New York University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Patricia L. Rude (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. BA., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. William R Russell (1991). Assistant Professor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa; M.Div., Luther Northwestern Seminary. S Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Hamed Sallam (1988). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., Ein Shams University, Cairo; M.S., Cairo University; Ph.D., Tbilisi State University, U.S.S.R. Pauline Sateren (1974). Instructor, part-time, Music Education. B.A., Northwestern College; M.M.Ed., University of Colorado. Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of Minnesota. Milo A. Schield (1985). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University. John S. Schmit (1990). Assistant Professor of English. B.S., St. John's University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The University of Texas. Gregg W. Schneider (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business/M.I.S. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;J.D., Hamline University; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas. Robert T. Schultheis (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.B. A., College of Sante Fe; M.B. A., College of St. Thomas. Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Texas Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas. Edward R Skarnulis (1990).Associate Professor of Social Work B.A., Omaha University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Eugene M. Skibbe (1964).Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg Germany. William W. Smith, I11 (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., Minnesota Metropolitan State University; M.Div., I.T.C. Morehouse School of Religion. Stanley I-LSolnick (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A., M.B.A., University of Northern Colorado. Meredith J. Sommers (1991). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., Minnesota Metropolitan State University; MA.L., Augsburg College. Yong Nam Song (1987). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Jeon Buk National University, Korea. Robert J. Stacke (1990). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.C.I., College of St. Thomas. Nancy K.Steblay (1988). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University; M.A., Ph.D. University of Montana. Donald B. Steinmetz (1968).Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Myles Stenshoel(1965).Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado. Robert Stenstrom (1990). Assistant Professor of Physics and Mathematics. B.S., M.S., University of South Dakota. Lynn J. Stevensen (1990).Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S., Southwest Minnesota University; M.S., University of Windsor, Mankato State University. Stuart M. Stoller (1986).Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., M.S., Long Island University. Diane L Strandberg (1989).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State University. Beverly J. Stratton (1986).Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., MA., Boston University. Marie Struss (1988).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Mankato State University; M.S., Mankato State University. Mary Jo Stump (1988).Part-time student teacher supervisor, Education. B.A., Ball State University; M.A., Northern State College. Grace K.Sulerud (1966).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ralph L Sulerud (1%4). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. K a h y n Swanson (1985).Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Minnesota. William Swenson (1989).Instructor, part-time, Master of Arts in Leadership Program. A.B., Ph.D., University of Chicago. James Thomas (1991).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.S., Concordia Teachers College; M.Div., Christ Seminary/Seminex; M.Ed., The City University of New York; S.TM., Union TheologicalSeminary;D.Min, Graduate Theological Foundation. Philip J. Thompson (1959).Professor and Department Chaiierson of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa. James D. Urbach (1990).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., Augsburg College. Ronald F. Walter (1988).Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A. , Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. G l o M. ~ Warner (1988).Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.S., St. Olaf Collge; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Donald M. Warren (1978).Instructor, part-time, Introductionto Liberal Arts, Director of Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Martha A. (Cary)Waterman (1991).Instructor, part-time, English. B.A, University of Denver; B.S., M.A., Mankato State University. Pamela Weiss (1983).Assistant Professor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of Nebraska; M.P.H., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Theresa Welcher (1986).Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S. and two M.S. degrees, South Dakota State University. Mary Louise Williams (1978; 1984).Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania. Maria K Woroby (1990).Assistant Professor, Reference Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Angela Wyatt (1981).Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St. Olaf College. Robert D. Wykstra (1989).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., Calvin College; M.B.A., Western Michigan University. Peter G. Yackel(1990). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.L.T., Wittenberg University; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University. William C. Youngblood (1990).Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., Indiana University; M.Div., Bethel Theological Seminary;Ph.D., University of Minnesota. RD.Zehnder (1991). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., Stanford University, University of California, Davis; Ph.D., Kansas University. Stephen Y. Zheng (1990). Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., Sichuan University, Chengdu;Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Augsburg ..........................8 ElAbout Academic Affairs .....................251 Academic Calendar ........2.60. 254 Academic Internships................73 Academic Information .........59-96 Academic Organization and Programs ...................................63 Academic Policies and Procedures ............ ... .....76 Academic Progress. Probation and Dismissal ...........................94 Academic Requirements and Credit .........................................69 Academic Skills Enrichment .....50 Accessibility..................................2 Accounting Specialization ......109 Accreditation ............................2. 9 Accreditation and Memberships ........................211 Activities ..................................... 53 Adapted Physical Education Major .......................................163 Administration ......................... 251 Admissions ......................1215-19 Advanced Placement Program Test ............................92 American Indian Studies .........171 American Indian Support Program ................1250 Annex Houses ......................13. 56 Application Procedures .............16 Art ............................................ -.-99 Art History ................................103 Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program .........92 Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities ( A m Programs ...61.65.67. 71 Associated Support Organizations .....-.,-............... 13 Athletic Affiliation .......................2 Athletics .................... . ...... 49 Audio-visual Services ...............62 .-..... Audit Fee .................................... 22 Auditing Courses ....................... 91 Augsburgian ..............................49 Augsburg Echo .......................... 49 ................................ 37. 104 :%Student Support Program ..................... 51 Board of Regents ...................... 248 Books and Supplies ...................23 Business .................................... 109 Business Administration and Management Information systems ................................... 108 ..............................60. 254 ElCalendar Campus ......................................... 2 Campus Guide ......................... 269 Campus Location ............... 11. 270 Campus Ministry .......................48 Campus Tours ............................ 16 Canadian Program.....................76 Cancellation of Courses .............78 Career Services ...........................51 Center for Global Education ............................ 12. 76 Chemical Dependency Program .................................... 68 Chemistry ................................. 116 Chinese ..............................121. 146 Choir ......................................... 49 Christensen Center .........12.49. 55 City Arts ....................................186 Class Confinnation ....................77 Class Schedule............................ 98 Classification (Sophomores. Juniors. Seniors) .......................92 Coaching Endorsement ...........163 College Costs 1991- '92 .............. 22 College Level b i n a t i o n Program (CLEP) ....................... 93 College Relations ..................... 252 Commons ................................... 55 Communication ....................... 239 Computer Resources .................62 Computer Science ....................180 Concert Band ..............................49 Continuing Education Program ................................... 75 Cooperative Education ........72, 73 Costs and Financial Aid ............69 Counseling Services...................51 Course Descriptions ...........99-246 C.M.A. Certification .................110 C.P.A. Certiiication .................. 109 Credit Assessment Program (CAP) ......................... 93 Credits ......................................... 98 la Dean's List .................................. 95 Degrees Offered ......................... 60 Departmental Comprehensive Exams ............93 Departments and Programs ............................ 97-246 Deposits .................... . . ............. 23 Development and College Relations .................... 252 Diredory ................................... 250 Disabled Student Program ........ 52 Distribution Requirements .......80 Division for Education (ELCA) .................................... 249 Dismissal ..................................... 94 Divisions and Departments ......63 Dual Degree Programs ......65, 137 Early Admission of Freshmen .................................. 17 East and Southeast Asian Studies ..................................... 121 49 Echo ............................................. Economics ................................. 123 Economics-Business Adminstration Major .............109 Education .................................. 127 Education for Senrice .................. 9 Elementary Education ............. 128 Eligiiility and Application ........69 Employment ............................... 30 Engineering .............................. 136 English ......................................1 3 English as a Second Language (ESL) Program ..........................94 Enrollment .................................... 2 Entry Level Skills Requirements ........................... 83 Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA) .....................2.49 Ethnic Studies ...........................172 Experiential Education Programs ...................................72 Evaluation and Grading ............89 Explanation of Grades ...............90 Facilities and Housing ...............12 Facts and Figures .........................2 Faculty .................................61. 256 Faculty Emeriti ......................... 253 Fees ........................................2 3 Finance and Management .......252 Finance Specialization .............109 Financial Aid .....................2.25. 69 Financial Policies ........................24 Financing Your Education .............................21-46 Fine Arts .....................................49 First Year Experience Program .......................52.79. 144 Food Service ...............................55 Foreign Study .................54.68. 72 Former Students ...................18. 79 Foreign Language Placement ...89 Foreign Language Department ..,,.......,............. , ................. -145 Foreign Study .................54.68. 72 Foss. Lobeck. Miles Center for Worship. Drama and Communication ....................... 12 French ........................................ 146 Freshmen , 16 Full-Time Student ......................22 ..................-.......-...- Education Curriculum ElGeneral Requirements .................79.8 1-89 Skills Component ....................83 Liberal Arts Perspedives ........85 General Information (Academic) ................................60 General Studies ........................156 George Sverdrup Library ..........13 German ...............................72. 149 Gift Assistance............................28 Global Education Programs ...............69.70. 71. 157 Grade Point Average ...........79. 91 Grades .........................................90 Graduate Program .....................75 Graduates .................................... 2 Graduation Level Skills ............. 84 Graduation Requirements ........78 Graduation with Distinction .................................% Grants ....................................27. 28 and Physical HHealth Education ................................161 Health Education ...................161 Health Service ............................54 Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) ....................... 68.70. 71 History ................................40. 165 History of Augsburg College ........................................ 8 Honors Program ........................67 Housing ...........................12.23. 52 Humanities ............................... 169 Ice Arena ..................................... 12 Incomplete Grade ......................90 Intercollegiate Athletics.............49 InterdisciplinaryStudies .........170 254 Interim ..................................... Interim Abroad .. 70 Inter-Institutional 67 Programs ................................... International Baccalaureate Program .................................... 92 International Business Specialization.......................... 109 International Programs .............53 International Relations ............174 International Students .........19, 53 Inter-Race ....................................13 Internships, Cooperative Education and S e ~ e L e a r n i n g..................... 72 Intramural Athletics ..................50 Introducing Augsburg ...........7-13 KCMR Radio ..............................49 Kindergarten-Elementary Education ................................128 27 Kinds of Aid ............................ Learning Disabilities Program ....................................52 Leave of Absence .......................78 Liberal Arts Perspectives ..........84 Library .............................. 2.13. 62 Licensure Program for Science Teachers .....................198 Lifetime Sports ...........................84 Linguistics.................................151 Literature. Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA) ....................................187 Living on Campus ..................... 55 Loan Assistance ........................ 2 8 Location ...............................11. 270 Majors and Minors (also see Course Descriptions) ...........2 6 3 Management Information Systems (MIS) .........................113 Management Specialization ....109 Maps ..................................269. 270 Marketing Specialization ........109 Master's Degrees ..................60. 75 Mathematics .............................176 Mathematics and Computer Sdence .....................................175 Melby Hall ..................................12 Memberships .......................... 2,11 Memorial Hdl ............................ 13 Metro-Urban Studies ...............182 Metreurban Studies Term (MUST')..........................184 Minors ...................................63, 64 Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP) ................13 Minnesota Studies in International Development ........................3. 71 Minority Studies (see Ethnic Studies) ................172 Mortenson Tower ................. 12. 56 Murphy Place ............................. 13 Murphy's .................................... 55 Music .........................................188 Music Education ...................... 190 Music Ensembles ..............191. 197 Music Hall ..................................12 Music Performance Studies .....................190. 191. 197 Music Therapy ..................190. 1% Natural Science ........................198 New %dents .Regular Admission .................................26 No Credit Grades .......................91 Norwegian (NOR) .................152 Numbering of Courses ..............99 Nursing ..................................... 199 Off-CampusPrograms ................2 ....................................... 153 Old Main ..................................... 12 Orchestra ....................................49 Orientation (First Year Experience Program) ...............52 m. . Part-Time Students .................... 22 s-No credit .................... 90. Pastor ........................................ . 48 Payments .................................... 24 Perspectives ..........................84. 85 Philosophy ................................ 203 Physical Education ..................163 Physical Disabilities Program .................................... 52 Physics ...................................... 207 Policies .........................2.11.24. 76 Political Science ........................212 Pre-Professional Programs ........65 PreRegistration ......................... 77 Plwqlisiks ..........................-... 99 President's Greeting ...............- 5 President's Office ..................... 251 . Probation .................................... 94 Program in Global Community .......................71, 157 Psychology ................... . 217 .. Refunds El Ewts ........................*.*...........24 ...................................... 248 Registration ....................-.-....... 76 Religion ..................................... 222 Religious Affiliations ...................2 Residence Life ............................ 52 Residence Requirement .............79 Room and Board ........................22 ROTC .............-..........*................68 Russian ......................................154 Center ..................13 QScandinavian ScandinavianArea Studies .....227 Scandinavian Urban Studies Term ( S u m ........................... 185 Science Hall ..............-............ 13 Scholarships.....................27, 30-46 Secondary Education ...............132 Senrice-Learning 74 Sigma Pi Sigma ........................208 Smiley's Point Clinic ..................54 Social, Cultural, Recreational .............................. 49 Social Policy and Human Servicesin Latin America ......158 Social Science ............................228 Social Studies ............................ 228 Social Work ...............................229 Sociology...................................234 Society of Physics Students .................................. 208 South American Urban Semester (SAUS) ....................186 South Hall and Annex Houses ....................13, 56 Soviet and East European Studies ...................238 Space Physics ............................208 Spanish ...................................... 154 Special Education ..................... 136 Special Interest Houses .............56 Spcial Students (Non-Degree) ............................ 18 Speech/Communication/ Theatre Arts ............................ 239 -- ........................ Sponsored Scholarships ............30 Student Activities .......................53 Student Affairs .........................251 Student Affairs Division ...........50 Student Employment ................30 Student/Faculty Ratio .................2 Student Government .................48 Student Life ...........................47.57 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN)..........72 Student Publications..................49 Student Rights ............................56 Student Teaching Abroad .........72 Studio Art ....................,.......,.. 101 Study Abroad (also see Interim Abroad) ............54,68, 72 Sverdrup Library .......................13 Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall ..........................13 Teaching Licensure also majors) .......................65 Test Scores .................................. 16 Theatre Arts ......................239. 243 Transcripts ..................................16 Transfer Students .................17. 83 Tuition. Fees. Room and Board ..................................22 Tutor Center .........................13. 53 . ( Midwest Association DlUpper for International Education (UMAIE) ...................................70 Urban Studies Options ............184 Umess Tower .......................13. 56 veterans ...................................... % Weekend College ...................... mW&W .................................. Withdrawal from College ........... Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives 160 ....... Work Study Program ................a O Y o u t h and Family Institute .......13 1. Admissions House 2. George Sverdrup Library 3. Science Hall (S) 4. Old Main (OM) 5 . West Hall 6. Mortensen Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. Christensen Center 9. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall (M) 11. 2222 Murphy Place (MP) 12. Melby Hall (MH) 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage I1 Theatre 15. Center for Global Education 16. ScandinavianCenter 17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication (F) 18. Youth and Family Institute 19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center 20. Tutor House 21. American Indian Support and Minority Education Partnership 22. Inter-Race A. Admissions Parking Student Parking C. Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. Faculty/Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Riverside Medical Center Parking Ramp I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts J. Resident Parking Only Accessible Entrance From Minneapolis Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. From St. Paul Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. Parking Allposted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th Street on 21st Avenue. Most street parking is two hour parking, seven days a week. Additional parking is available in the Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue. Offlclal Publlcatlon of Augsburg College Spring 1993 731 21st Avenue South Mlnneapolls, MN 55454 6121330-1000 This catalog supplement amends information given in the 1991-1993 Augsburg Catalog. Only those sections which have substantial changes are included. Consult the Registrar's Office for information on new or deleted courses, changes in course titles or descriptions. Supplement information is listed under the same headings as in the Catalog, followed by page numbers in parentheses. Refer to these pages in the Catalog for complete information. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic policies contained in this publication and the 1991-1993 Catalog. If you have questions about anything in this Supplement or !te Catalog, consult a faculty adviser, the Academic Dean of the College or the Registrar. A1though information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. Tuition, Fees, Room and Board Special Fees .....................................................-5 ............................................................................. ,5 Refunds ...................................................................................- 6 Financial Aid ................... ...................................................... -6 ........................ ....--... ACADEMIC INFORMATION Kindsof Aid Graduation Requirements ................................... 7 ...................... . .................................. .8 Liberal Arts Perspectives .............................................................. .9 ..................................................................10 Map ...........................................................................~........ 11 Academic Calendar Augsburg College does not discriminateon the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 ofthe Rehabilitution Act of1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices I I I TUITION, FEES,ROOMAND BOARD(P. 22)(1993'94) Tuition (full-timeenrollment) ......................................... $11,292.00 Tuition (day school part-time enrollment) per course ...............$ 1,050.00 Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course Room Rent (includestelephone) Full Board (19 meals a week) ........................$ 434.00 $ 2,168.00 ....................................... .................... ...............$ . . . 2,036.00 Partial Board (14 meals a week) ..........................................$ 1,976.00 ............................................................$ Fees - ACTC Bus Fee ......................................................$ Flex 5 point plan Fees - Student Activity Fee ................... ..... OTHER SPECIAL Fm (NoN--ABLE) (P. ................$ 1,800.00 12.00 100.00 23) Fees Billed on Student Account Fees Payable by CheckICash Late Registration (per day after classes begin) ......... $ 25.00 Application (new and/or special students) ............$ 15.00 Registration Change after first 5 days (cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) .................. $ 5.00 Nursing Credit Validation Tests ............$122.00 Nursing Comprehensive Exam ...$ 15.00 Music Therapy Internship (one half course credit) ...$434.00 LockerRental (commuters) ...$ 20.00 Private Music Lessons, per semester (14 lessons) ......$256.00 Student Parking Lot Permit -car ........................$ 72.00 -motorcycle ............... $ 36.00 Student Teaching (per course for full-time students) ......$ 38.00 Student Teaching (per course for day school part-time students) ......$240.00 Study Abroad (in approved non-Augsburg programs) $184.00 Student Activity Fee (part-timestudents) ......$ 50.00 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ...$ 2.00 Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs (Scheduleon file in Registrar's Wce) Refundswill be calculated on a pro-rata basis for students attending Augsburg for the first time. The refund will be a portion of tuition, fees, and expenses equal to the period of enrollment up to the 60 percent point in time of the period of enrollment. Students may appeal refund decisions through the Petition Committee. Current financial aid regulations and program provisions are disclosed with the financial aid notice. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is normally a combination of scholarships, grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church and private agencies in providing various aid programs. Nine out of 10Augsburg students receive financial aid in the form of scholarships, grants, loans and/or part-time employment. The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Augsburg Financial Aid Application determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and family can be expected to provide for college expenses, using the a p proved federal formula and taking into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs and special considerations. How AND WHEN TO APPLY (P.26) General Information The Financial Aid Office can supply you with detailed instructions when applying for financial aid. Financial aid applications are processed and the awards are released in the order they are completed. All financial aid is contingent on available funds and current regulations. It is the student's responsibility to obtain funds from non-Augsburg sources (e.g., Pel1 Grant, Minnesota State Grant). Although Augsburg will estimate these resources where appropriate, they must be confirmed by the funding source. Application Process 1.Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) from a high school or college financial aid office and complete the application form. Mail the completed application to Federal Student Aid Programs in the envelope provided. 3. Obtain and complete the Augsburg Financial Aid Application. Submit this form and the required 1992 Federal Tax forms to the Student Financial ServicesOffice at Augsburg. I, ,I 1 4. Priority will be given to applications filed by April 15,1993. Application materials postmarked after April 15 will be awarded on a first-come, firstserved basis, based on available funds. Applications completed after July 1,1993, may not be processed by Augsburg until October 1,and then based on available funds. Students enrolling for the fall term with incomplete financial aid applications must be prepared to meet the full cost of the term without financial aid. 5. Within four to six weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid offer. 6. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will be sent to you. 7. All transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each institution previously attended regardless of whether or not you received aid at the institution. Returning students who attend summer sessions at another school are also required to provide the Financial Aid Transcript. These forms are available through the Admissions Office or the Student Financial ServicesOffice. KINDS OFAID (27) Gift Assistance I B Regents' Merit Scholarship Program -The Regents' Merit Scholarships are awarded to incoming full-time freshmen of high academic achievement Depending on rank or score, Augsburg will award scholarshipsof $ l , W to $4,000 each year, renewable each year, regardless of financial need. Students Matriculating after January 1, 1993, under Distribution Requirements for Graduation - No changes. Students Matriculating after January 1, 1993, under Perspective Requirements for Graduation - See below. Completion of 33 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in one department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for the Bachelor of Science (SocialWork) degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degrees. The course total must include two Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits. No more than the following maximums may be applied toward the 33 total courses required: two Interim courses; two courses by independent/ directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (PI. Non-traditional grading (P) also has the following limits: two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses taken that are not counted among the course total for graduation requirements (extra Interim courses) may still be counted for meeting Perspective or Graduation Skills requirements. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrafs Office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureatedegree or for the equivalent of a major. Students Matriculating prior to January 1, 1993, under Perspective Requirements for Graduation - See below. Completion of 34 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in one department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for the Bachelor of Science (Social Work) degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degrees. The course total must include two Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits. No more than the following maximums may be applied toward the 34 total courses required: three Interim courses; two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P).Non-traditional grading (P) also has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses taken that are not counted among the course total for graduation requirements (extra Interim courses) may still be counted for meeting Perspective or Graduation Skills requirements. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith Three courses are required to meet this Perspective except for the following: 1. Transfer students entering with 14-23 courses will be qMto take two courses in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at A u g s b w and 2. Transfer students entering with 24 or more courses will be required to take one course in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. Perspective: Western Heritage Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. (One course is required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more courses.) Perspective: The Social World Two courses are required for this Perspective. (One course is required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more courses.) Perspective: The Natural World Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. (One course is required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more courses.) [ 1 Fall 1993 Interim 1994 New student orientation Su, Sept. 5 - Tu, Sept. 7 Freshman registration W, Sept. 8 Upperclass validation W, Sept. 8 Classes begin W, Sept. 8 Last day to register Classes end Last day to designate grading option F, Od. 22 Spring 1994 Mid-term break F, Oct.22 Interim registration M, Od. 25 - F, Oct. 29 Spring Term registration - M, Nov. 15 - Tu, Dec. 3 F, Nov. 19 Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation on record F, Feb. 4 Last day to withdraw from a class F, Mar. 25 Mid-term break begins M, Mar. 28 M, N ~29 ~ Last . day to designate Final exams end M, Jan. 31 F, Feb. 4 Classes resume Final exams begin W, Jan. 26 Last day to register n,N ~25 ~ Classes , resume F, Dec. 10 F, Jan. 14 Classes begin Thanksgiving recess begins Classes end I Last day to designate grading option, or withdraw from a class Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation on record Tu, Sept. 14 Last day to withdraw from a class II T"* Sept. l4 Interim classes begin M, Jan. 3 Last day register, add a class, or drop a class without notation on record T, Jan. 4 grading option Tu, Apr. 5 F, Apr. 8 M1Dee. l3 Early registration for fall M, Apr. 25 - F, May 6 Th' Classes end F, May 13 Final exams begin M, May 16 Final exams end Th, May 19 Baccalaureate/ Commencement Su, May 22 1. Admissions House 2. George Sverdmp Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortensen Tower 7. Umess Tower 8. Christensen Center 9. Sverdmp-OftedalMemorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11.2222 Murphy Place 12 Si Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage I1 Theatre 15. College Relations 16. Nordic Center 17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication 18. Center for Global Education 19. Jeroy C Carlson Alumni Center 20. Youth and Family Institute 21. American Indian Support and Minority Education Partnership 22 Oscar Anderson Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. Faculty/Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Fairview/% w s Parking Ramp I. Husby-Stromrnen TennisCourts J. Resident Parking Only K. Student/Commuter Parking Accessible Entrance
Show less
- Title
- Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1992
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
..............................~....................................
Introduction
2
Calendar.
3
About This Catalog ...................
4
Options
..,.
4
Visiting Students
5
Interim Courses
6
UMAIE Courses
47
Other Courses
48
Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51
A...
Show more ..............................~.................................... Introduction 2 Calendar. 3 About This Catalog ................... 4 Options ..,. 4 Visiting Students 5 Interim Courses 6 UMAIE Courses 47 Other Courses 48 Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51 Additional Courses 52 ...................................................................... . . . . ........................ .................................................... ............... ............................................................... .............................................................. ..............................~............................. ............................................. ..... .... ..................................................... I Contents I Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-14 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-weekJanuary Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for classas they would for a fourcourse load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an A u g s b q student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The number of r e q w Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should referto their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the registrar. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Introduction I Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr.David Gabrielson, 330-1025. Interim Registration October 28 - November 1 ................................. December 2 ...................... ...............Late Interim Registration . . ..........J t Day of Interim January 6 .......................... Class I 9:00 a.m. (first day only) Class I1 1:00 p.m. . . . . . . January 7 ....................... ................Last Day for Cancel/Add January 17 ..................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 17 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 29 .....................................................................Interim Ends Semester Begins February 3 Interim Grades Due February 7 ............................................ ..... The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time wiIl be manged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon. (Onthe firstday of classes Time 1classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Note: Mattin Luther King Day will be OM at Augsburg with a special convocation onMondayIJanuary20,at 1.UOp.m.Check with your instructor for class scheduling this day. I Introduction I The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recogruzed by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Studentsmay also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the Catalog. - Students are invited tobe part of one of International In* the 23 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest AssociationforInternationalEducation(UMAIE).Thesecourse opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships:Deadline: Friday, December 13. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmentalrequirementsand present a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship Office(Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 13).The LearningAgreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a p m gram of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosingto pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. kesent to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervisingfaculty member. This Introduction 1 proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Oher Schools- Augsburg studentsmay enroll at any other 414 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office.The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during thehterim at other 4-14 schools are accepted forcredit by Augsburg, but may not necessarilybe accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement. Augsburg Collegewelcomes students from other 414schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg studentsfor the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $768for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Studentsare welcometo stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. 1 ART 107-42040 ART 1 18-42041 ART 35542042 Instructor:Phlllp Thompson Course options Include Drawlng, Palnting I and Palntlng 1 I 107 Drawing - Drawing projects in pencil, pen and wash surveying the fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and descriptive methods with a focus on the south Florida environment. Activities will include referenceto historical and contemporary examples of coastal landscapes. 118 Painting I - Painting projects with a focus on the south Florida environment in water or oil based media against a concern for fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and descriptive methods. Studyof the significance of coastal landscapes in the light of historical and contemporary examples. 355 Painting II - (Prerequisite: ART 118 or equivalent) Advanced study of oil and water based painting with emphasis on the south Florida environment. Each course of study will include some interdisciplinary activities with "morida Keys Marine Biology" and "Writers of the Florida Keys" classes. Evaluation will be based on the quality of work, participation, and artistic growth factors. The course fee will be about $1,200 which will include air fare, lodging, and most meals for about two weeks in south Florida. The primary residence will be at the Newfound Marine Institute on Big Pine Key. The Interim will include stays at Miami Beach and trips by van to the Everglades and Key West. DlsMbvtlon:Art/Muslc General Educaiion Perspectives:Aesthetics Maodmum Enrollment: 12 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 4 & 17 Arf I ART 290-42043 Insfructor: Steve Chapman An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within the United States with some attention to Canada, Central and South America. In addition to the visual arts of the Eastern Woodland, Plains, Pacific, and Southwest Indians, some content may include drama, dance, poetxy, mythology, rituals, or religion. Students will produce art work such as weaving, baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture, or prints. This course is pintly listed as Indian Studies or Art, and is one of the c o r n available to those interested in an American Indian Studies minor. Dlslnbutlon:Art/Muslc Maxfmum Enrollment:20 77me: 1 I Room: Old Maln 17 BIO 14042044 810 34042045 Insfructor: Ralph Sulerud The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove swamps, seagrass communities, and tide pools. Organisms from these communitiesand others willbe investigated on site and in the laboratory.A marinebiologist from the Institutewill be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there will be a short trip to the Florida Evergladesto experienceyet another interesting environment. Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the completion of the course requirements. The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology studentswillinteractwith studentsfromJohnMitchell'scourse, "Writers of the Florida Keys",and Phil Thompson's drawing and painting courses. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the pm gram,a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final examination. Upper division students will also do a special research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper. Dlslrlb~on:Blology/Chemlslry Prerequlsltes:Blology 1 1 1, 1 12 for upper dMslon credlt Madmum Enrollment: 10 Tlme:I Room: ScIence 205 610 102-42046 Instructor EWn Mlckelberg A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by plants in almost every area of society.Historically, plants have influencedexplorationoftheplanet,militarycampaigns,health care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence. Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative instruments. Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslry Maxlmum Enrollment:30 Tlme:1 I Room: Sclence 205 BIO 10542047 Instructor: ThomasHehst This class will develop an increased understanding of the current environmental and health implications of such topics as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering, waste disposal, biological warfare, ccarcinogens, agricultural fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest may also be discussed. Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be q u i d .A fourto six page referencedresearch paper on a p r e approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The papers will be evaluated on style and content, r e f l b g a thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10. Dlstrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslryor Uhan/Women/ Mlnotify General Education Perspecfive:Ncrtural World-2 Madmum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Sclence 2 13 BIO 141-42048 Instructor:Esther McLaughlln This course will introduce the "fifth kingdom" of organisms: fungi. The importance of fungi in history, religion, culture, medicine, agriculture, and industry, as well as their role in the ecosystem (as decomposers and symbionts)will be explored. The course will use lectures, student premtations, field trips, audio-visual resources, and some classroom demonstrations. Evaluation will be via weekly tests and graded presentations. Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlstry Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: 11 Room: Sclence 2 13 Biology I BUS 499-42049 (IndependentStudy) Instructoc John Cedto Congruent with the mission of Augsburg College, this course will be of service to the urban community by providing research assistance to both nonprofit and profit organizations. Students enrolled in the class will have the opportunity to conduct field-based research projects for community-based organizations requesting and requiring marketing research assistance. Students should contact the instructor to obtain an outline of the expected research methodology. Prerequlsffes: BUS 352 or SOC 363 or completion of another research course approved by the I ~ c t o r . Madmum Enrollment: 10 lime: Independent Study Room: Contact the Instructorpriorto Interim reglslraflon CHM 100-42050 Instructor: Ariln Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for understanding various topics and implications.The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry tolifeand living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies.In recent decades the human seeking of personal independencehas led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of adual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, pills, plastics, processed foods, pollutants, and it goes on and on. Emotional and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance and wen learning appearsto be the result of chemicalreaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society,our world, and our universe? Come, pin us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be o f f d in a lecture/discussion format. Article handouts and films will supplement the ledure/discussion periods. Daily quizzeswillbe used for evaluation. This course meets a distributionneed but does not satisfyprequisites for Chemistry 106,110, or 116. Dlstrlbvtlon:Blology/Chernlstry General Educdon Pmpectlve: Natural World2 Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I/ Room: Sclence 3 15 CSC 27@42051 Instructo~Lamy Ragland A study of the Fortran programming language for students with previous knowledge of computer programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of Fortran together with programmingtechniques for using those features. Studentsare expected to know how to do computer programming in someprogramminglanguage(such as Pascal) before entering this course. This course will involve lectures and several programming assignments in Fortran. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations. Prerequlslte:One course which Includes programming I Com~uterScience In a programrnlng language (e.g.,CSC 170). Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: I Room: Foss 42 ECO 1 1M2052 Instructor Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metmurban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are:population "crisis", crime prevention, ecologyand income distribution, distributing free bread, mass transit systems, etc. Fundamental miroeconomic tools will be introduced to facilitate discussion of the above topics. Final grade in the course will be based on three subjective examinations. Dlsf~ibvtlon: Emer Economlcs/Pd~cal Sclence or Uban Concerns Madmum Enrollment:25 rime: 1 I Room: Sclence 2 12 ECO 1 12-42053 Instructor:Satya Gupta An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, and em nomic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. Dlstdbvtlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: I Room: Muslc 22 ECO 32342054 Instructor: Jeanne Boeh An introduction to the field of health economics. Application of elementary economic theory to the m t players in our health msyjtem- hoqitals, physichs, and payas.Thedstriiutive effects of these programs will be considered. Also, comparisons will be drambetweenour health care system and those of other countries. Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or consent of the Instructor. Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Muslc 23 ECO 49542055 lnstructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zaw Students will critically review the failures and successes of the Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of the course will be Perestroika - restructuring the Soviet economy - and evaluating GorbacheVs economic program in terms of economic growth, income distribution, consumer w e k , technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991 and their impact on the future of the SovietUnion willbe discussed in intadisciplinaxy manner. Method of evaluation: Active class putidpation; finallake home research essay. Prerequlslfe:ECO 1 12 or consent of lnslructor Dlstrlb~on: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Memorlal Hall 323 EDU 353-42056 Instructor:Rlch G m u n d m This course presents an examination and comparison of s e lected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Specla1 attention will be directed toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There willbe lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and an investigative project. Prerequisite: Sophomore standlng. or permlsslon of Instructor. Madmum Enrollment: 15 rime: I Room: Ubraty4 EDU 37G42057 Instructor: Mary Ann BaV,es & Carolyn Clemmons This course will provide future teachers with insights and strategies that will enable them to create positive learning environments that will enhance achievement and build selfesteem in their students. Prerequlsltes:EDU 265, SWK250,some M d work expedence Madmum Enrollment:25 Time: 1 I Room: Ubraty 4 EDE 37542058 Instructot B ~ c Drewlow e This class prepares students for the unique experiences and Education responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will stress issues associated with adult/chiId relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization researchplans, and developmentalinstructionpractices. Guest speakers will be included to share their unique experiences and perspectives. Grades willbe based on projects, discussion, and examination. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequkltes: PPST Dam and EDU 255 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:I Room: Ubrary l EDU 388-42059 Instructor:Mlldred Mueller This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, the limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia, and economicissues.Emphasisis placed on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms which will include minority students, different religiousbackgrounds, the less abled, and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and complete a pro@. This coursesatisfiesthe Minnesota Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a onehalf credit course. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequlsttes:Passlng of PPSl and admntance to Education program In process. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I1 Tuesdays,7hursdays and alternate Fddays Room: Ubrary l Education ENG 2 1942060 Instructor: John Schmlt Language plays an important role in our socialization and acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social u l w background. For and economical standing and our c this reason we should expect women to speakdifferentlyfrom men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone from a different background to have differences of language. Even more importantly, we must understand these differences in order to make sure that we understand speakers from different language communities. This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspealang communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech: Their grammatical rules, phone logical rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include ledures, student presentations, and student-led discussions. Besides presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam. Dlstrlbvtlon: Urban Siudles, or Women's Studies, or Mlnom Siudles General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness Maximum Enrollment:25 Time: 11 Room: Old Maln 27 ENG 2404206 1 ENG 342-42062 Inslructor: Kaihy Swanson What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should be considered in making an evaluation?In this course, students will find answers to these questions by mding a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction. Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the history of the form of the short story, we will begin with tales and fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Beattie. The come will involve practice in ways of approachingliteratureandwill include studyof thebasic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Studentsare acpected to read the storiesand novel, participate in class discussions, write an analysis paper on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes and a final exam. Students taking this course for upper division credit will read an additional novel and prepare a substantial paperlclass presentation on it. All students will be asked to contribute $5 to enable printing and distribution of selected original fiction from class. Prerequlsltes: Completion of Effectlve WMng Dlsfrlbvtlon:Englkh/Speech General Educaiion Perspective:Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 27 ENG 136-42063 Inslrvctor John Mttchell This course o k r s a study in the literary use of setting, in this case an environment that will be studied aesthetically, ecologically, and culturally in concurrence with the reading of selected essays, poetry, and fiction. The study of the environment itself will involve an interdisciplinary program based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key about 30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The I(ey West Reader: The Best of the Key West Wrifers,1830-1990. In addition, students will read three novels: Ernest Herningwafs To Hime and ToHaw Not,Thomas McCuane's Ninety-Two in the Shade, and Thomas Sanchez's Mile Zero, which will give a historical and diversely cultural overview of the Keys'literary significance. The interdisciplinary component of this course will be coordinated with two other courses:''Drawing" or 'Tainting" taught by Phil Thompson and "Marine Biology" taught by Ralph Sulerud. Field trips during the two-week stay will involve excursions into the culturally and racially diverse Art Deco District of Miami Beach; snorkeling in the coral reefs; trips to the ,'back country" of the mangrove islands; visits to the Hemingway house and other places of literary interest; and a brief tour of the Everglades. A stimulating interplay of environment, culture, and literature will result; the student will be an informed presence rather than a mere tourist. There will be one week of introductory study on campus, about two weeks of study in southern Florida, and about a week to complete the course requirements back on campus. Studentswill be expeded to keep a journal of observations and impressions,to compose a verbal and visual sketch of a chosen writef s house, and to write a final paper of about 10 pages in length, based upon analysis and comparison of seleded writers' uses of environment as literary setting, especially in view of what has been learned first-hand. A fee of approximately$1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare), lodging, most meals, and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute. Prerequlsltes:Petmlsslon of lnsfructor Dlsiribution:Engllsh/Speech Maximum Enrollment: 10 77me: 1 Room: Sclence 205 English FRE 24342064 Insfructoc Ruth Aaskov What is the attraction of French literature, its human and artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in mind we will read and analyze 810 shorter French literary works available to us in English translation. What willwe be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of Dexartes and Paxal. We will explore the classical theater, the social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St.-Exupery will meal concernsof life that supercedenational boundaries. We will sample one piece of francophone literature from West Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western culture. At mid-point each student will choose another short work for personal study and presentation for the class. Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active participation in class, your timely reading and discussion preparations, four quizzes, your independent study pmject, and an endaf-the- course discussion of the papers. This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of Instructor Dlsfrlbvtlon: Uterafure Madmum Enrollment: 25 lime: I Room: Old Main 12 HPE 11542065 Instrvctoc Richard Borstad A course req& for all students majoring in education. Students will gain knowledge of various chemicals and their ) French/Health and Physical Education effectson the mind and body; acquire an awareness of school and community based resources available for assisting students with health-related problems; appreciate the teacher's role in the school health program; and examine their own attitudes and practices relative to chemicaluse. Topicsinclude: legal, cultural, and historical asp& of chemicals; p h m c o l ogy; the school health program; community health programs; epidemiology; and defining the drug problem. Lechmdiscussion format.Studentswillwrite a paper on a topic of their choice and there will be periodic quizzes on lecture and reading materials. This is a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Tlme:I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays,and akmate Fridays Room: Melby 1 1 1 HPE 232-42066 Insiructor: Carol Enke A course designed for Physical Education majors. Students will develop an appreciation for rhythmic activities within Physical Education; identify and perform various dances corresponding to a variety of musical forms; and develop and practice strategies for teaching creativity in movement. Content includes: fundamental movement patterns (hopping,skipping, and leaping), dances (folk, squaw, social), and creative movement. Students will practice fundamental movements and a variety of dance h s ; develop a dance and movement notebook; teach creative movement. Evaluation will be based on attendance, participation, and a written and practical final exam. Thisis a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby ZW2 Health and Physical Education HPE 47542067 Instructor: Ed Saugestad The purpose of this class is to equip students with the skills and knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for trauma associated with physical activity. Contentincludes: the identification and care of common injuries related to various sports; procedures for preventing injuries; taping and wrap ping; therapeutic measures; medical resources; legal considerations. Lecture, discussion, demonstration, and A-V resources are utilized. Students will practice various training techniques. Evaluation includes both written and practical skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequlslte:610 103 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:I Tuesdays, 7hursdays,and alternate Fn'days Room: Melby l l I HPE 478-42068 Instructoc Ed Saugestad This courseis designed to prepare students to become coaches of ice hockey. Includes fundamentals of skating, stick handling, shooting, passing, position play; principles of team defense and offense; motivation of players; public relations; scouting procedures; and care of equipment. Activities include ledure/discussion, demonstrations, guest spakers and A-V materials. Some on-ice activity. Evaluation includes examinations and development of a coaching notebook This is a onehalf credit course. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby I I I I Health and Physical Education I HIS 220-42069 HIS 320-42070 Inslructor: Khln Khln Jensen This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United Statesin themid-19th centuryand turnof the 20th century. The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will receive special atkmtion. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S. immigration laws in the postWorld War I1period.Studentswill study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. There will be a mid-term and a finalproject (a paper, topic to be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the instructor) due the last day of the term. Upper division students will be m p h d to complete a longer paper than for lower division credit.They will also be expected to completea book review on a book related to the course theme and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class. Dlsfrfbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy Mcudmum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 13 HIS 440-4207 1 Inslructor: Don Gust&n Gandhi and King m monumental personalities of our century, individuals whose names carry an aura of saintliness and whose lives and actions are now held up as pointing to the higher levels of living that humans might reach. They are worthy of study because of their impact on our times, but also as a means of discovering what the passage of time may do to the record and image of prominent figures. In this month we will begin by looking at the contemporary popular portrayal of both Gandhi and King as shown by the films "Gandhi" and "Eyes On The Prize"and then by reading materials contemporary with these men as well as later biographies and studies which attempt to assess the real persons behind the p m t myths. Grading will be based on papers, class participation, and a h a l exam. Prerequlsltes:Sophomore sta-h.~~ or above and at least one college hlstory or polka1 sclence course. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:11 Room: Old Maln 1 1 INS 22542072 Insfructor: Amln Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to p m t his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will alsobe a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.).Therewillalsobesomeefforttodeal withthe similaritiesand differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Dlstrlbutlon:Mlnortty-Urban Studies Maximum Enrollment:30 Tlme:1 I Room: FC 42 INS I W 2 0 7 3 Instructors: WcM O b n and Ann Reener Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates.Studentswillread selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars; evaluatetheir own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students and observation of students participating in seminars; reflective writing related to seminar content; and seminar participation. Maximum Enrollment:20 lime: I1 Room: Sclence 3 19 INS 299-42074 sOC299-421 I I Instructors: Gamy Hesser and Lds Olson Learnfrom and about your experiences. Discover new ways to learn by observing, collaborating, and subjectingyour acperiences to critical reflection.The course is designed to help you connect your experiences to the liberal arts. The actanship is a modified intanship designed for studmts already placed in Cooperative Education positions, for studmts Interdisciplinary working part time in jobs related to their mapr or m r interests, and for students actively engaged in community service. The assumptionis that all students will be involved in appmximately 20 hours per week of placement activity during the month of January (check with instructors if you have questions). All students will design an individual learning plan and are scpected to actively participate in a seminar that will meet twice a week at times to be determined after the participant's worklservice schedules are determined. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation in the seminar, which will include organizational analysis and critical assessment reflected in journals, seminar participation, and collaboration. The course is offered on a PIN basis. Prerequlsltes:Placements secured during or prior to the Fall semester whlch wlll contlnue during the Intefim and pemlsslon of the Instructors. Dlstribvflon:Urban Concerns Maximum Enrollment: 15 Tlrne: I1 Room: Murphy Place 2 MAT 173-421 12 See Addiional Courses,page 52. MAT 253-42075 Instructoc Bev Durkee Our o b j j v e s are the exploration of this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it meals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and exprience them as an art form via computer graphics. I Mathematics The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this fernand theexistence of self-similarity regardless of the power of magnification used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbmt set and Julia sets in color and in three dimensional rendition. Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm and finalexam.Studentswill create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of those visuals. F i y , students will keep a pumal noting their reflections on the intemmedions between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created. Prerequlsltes:M d h Placement Group 111 or hlgher Dlsiributlon: Mathemaiics/Physlcs General Educaiion Pmpectlves: Aahetics Maximum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Sclence 1 12 MUS 129-42076 Instructor: Stephen Gabrlebn "Tmprovisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a variety of improvisational techniques and styles. Prerequlsltes: Mlnlmal abl11Yy on a muslcal Instrument or h e Instructor's pemlsslon. Maximum Enrollment: P m M o n of Instructor requlred to enroll 77me: I Room: Muslc 4 MUS 179-42077 Instructors:Robert Karien and Roberta MeMer Much of American history and culture is derived from that of continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris, Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunityto visit and experience important cultural centers that provided theimpetus for development of culturallife in the New World. Studentswill gain an appreciation of the role of art and music in the history of the Netherlands, France, Austria, and Germany. Evaluation is based on full participation in all comerelated group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no previous experience in art or music is required. Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast daily, and five group dinners. Regktmtion for this interim must be made before October 25 at the InternationalPrograms Office,620 21st Avenue S., Minne apolis, MN55954.Phone: 330-1655. O f f d onaP1Nbasis only. Maximum Enrollment: 30 MUS 204-42078 Instructor: 0. Nlck Raths An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and maturation (1%0s) periods. This course will examine the musical content, methods, and historical background of s e leded artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive exam and a short term paper that includes a critical analysis of a chosen song. For non- music majors. Dlslrlbutlon: Art/Muslc Maximum Enrollment:30 Tlme: I Room: MUSIC5 NOR 1 1 1-42079 Instructor: Frankle Shackelford This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in spealung, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian cultwe. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, q&, a midterm, and a final exam. Dlsfribvflon: Forelgn Language General Educaflon Petspeciive: Intercultural Awareness Madmum Enrollment: 25 77me:I Room: Old Maln 25 PHI 17542080 Instructor: Davld Apollonl We w i l l begin by studying some common conceptions and misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in love with someone, and how this differs from just being friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually. In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there such a thing as an ethics for sex?Is there such a thing as sexual irnmox.ality? (b) Ssc and maniage -Is the use of birth control moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral? (c) The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles - Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversion? Or are they merely alternative sexual preferences? Teaching methods: ledure/discussion. Evaluation:two-thirds of total grade will derive from weekly quizzes, and one-third from a final term paper of five to ten typewritten pages. (Iwill require that students turn in a rough draft of this paper for my comments and criticisms.) DlstribuHon: Hlstory/Phllosophy General Educaflon Perspecifve: Human Idenmy M d m u m Enrollment:30 77me: I Room: Sclence 2 12 PH141W2081 Instructor:Mark Fuehrer John the Scot was a ninth century Celtic philosopher who was also a mystic. We shall study his commentary on the Prologue to St.John's Gospelto learn how he uses philosophyto develop a mystical reading of Sacred Scripture. I.&um will be combined with class discussions.Studentswillprepam dailyanalyses of the reading, prepare a term paper, and take a final exam. Prerequlslte: One course In Philosophy Dlsfrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 10 PHY 10642082 instructor Noel Pelit "Introduction to Weathef' is a study of the science of meteorology to provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: the physics of the atmosphere, weather observing, man's interaction with the atmosphere and oceanI and under- Philosophy/Physics standingthe world's climate. Related topics to be included a: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), oceanography, pollution, economic effeds of the weather, and weathds impact on world events. The course consists of three weeks of lecture and laboratory sessionsin Minneapolisfollowedby a one week trip to Florida to visit major weather facilities. The trip itinerary includes: Kennedy Space Center, Cape Canaveral Air Forre Base, the National Weather Service Office in Melbome, South Florida Water Management DistrictHeadquartersinWest PalmBeach, the National Hurricane Center in Miami, and WTVT-TV in Tampa. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program. Topics discussed in the visits include: tropical weather, upper air soundings, hurricane tracking, fresh water management in Florida, weathersatellites,agricultural weather, and broadcast weather. During the course, the student maintains a journal of weather observed and sites visited. Daily weather maps will be used at the visited sites to monitor conditions and aeate our own forecasts. Daily quizzes and ledures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two examinations given during the classroom period, and an individual project completed during the trip. Cost will be approximately $750. Initial deposit of $100 due by the end of Interim registration. Contact Professor Petit for additional information. PrerequMe: H/gh SchoolAlgebra,MaitternatlaLevel I1 DlsMbvtlon: Mathematics/Physlcs General Education PerspecWe: Natural Worid Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Room: Sclence 723 PHY 1 17-42083 Instructors: Mark Engebrelson and Bruce Relchenbach The course will focus on contemporary problems which arise from our developing technological capabilities. We will consider the causes and effects of global warming, the irnplications of developing nuclear energy, the prospects and problems of genetically engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban implications of developing a light rail system. To get a satisfactorygrasp on how to approach these problems we will first explore what science and the scientific methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology (doing), the structures used for ethical evaluation, and the resulting interactions between the three. Grading will be based on two tests, two short papers, and group work. See the complete description for more details. Prerequlslte:Mathematla Level 111 Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/l7Iyslcs General Education Perspective: Natural World if2 Madmum Enrollment: 40 77me: I Room: Foss21a& b PHY 151-42084 Instructor Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is alsopossible to usespreadsheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered'' mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student who is not an expert in physics on a more intuitivelevel. We mathematicsto +ence will use Lotus 123to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and p r o w e motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Gradingwill be based on spreadsheet pro*, homework, and a hal scam. Prerequlslte: Math Level 111 Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/~ysIcs Madmum Enrollment: 20 77me:I Room: Sclence 30 PHY 337-42085 InsIructor:StuartAnderson The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the heart of modem physics, and l a m are probably the most ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. This course will begin with an overview of optics needed for understanding imaging,beam control and dispersion, includingthe nature of light, reflection, refraction, and interference.This setsthe stage for tmting the physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and the impact of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study of atoms and simple molecules by the emission, absorption, and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences; only onethird of the class period will be used for formal lectures and discussion, with the balance spent in the laboratory. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two onehour exams, and a formal research paper. Prerequlsltes:PHY 12 1, 122,245 (or equhfalent), MAT 124, 125,224 Madmum Enrollment: 10 Tlme: I1 Room:Sclence 30 POL 29542086 lnstructoc Elkabeth Anderson Contrary to American popularbelief, Canada is not just a colder version of the United States. Canadian national identity is alive and well, and currently a much debated topic - in Canada. In this new course, we will examine Canadian identities (thm Ph ysics/PoliHcal Science I is at least one for every pmvince) through cultural forms produced in the last 30 years. Emphasizing the c u l t d studies approach to history, we will draw from various "texts1' (stories, poetry, non-fiction, film,music, W, newspapers, art and architecture)and events (the Quiet Revolution and the Refemdurn in Quebec, theMeech lake Accords, thestandoff at Oka,the FIR Trade Agreement between the U.S. and Canada, the arrival of new immigrants, the Persian Gulf War)in ordm to q l o r e Canada from Canadian perspectives. Our focus will mainly be &an, and centend on the cities of Monkall Toronto, and Vancouver. Our methods of analysis will be interdisciplinary and comparative (Canada-U.S. border studies). Grades will be based on active participation in class discussions, one oral presentation, and a final written project. Mcudmum Enrollment:20 77me: I Room: Old Maln 2 1 POL 37 1-42087 Instrvctor: Phll Ushman This course will examine the c m t political and legal rights and responsibilitiesof the American employee in the contemporary labor market. Various forms of employment issues, including contract rights, wrongful termination, workers compensation for pb-related injjes, safety in the work place, protection against illegal discrimination on the pb, drug and alcohol testing, and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow'' will be studied. Wherever possible, the opposite position of the employer will be presented.The role of the American labor union movement and employel's political action groups will be addressed where relevant.There will be field trips to o b m e actual court and/or administrative law proceedings. Students will also meet with employment lawyers and repre sentatives of industry. Students will prepare a specla1 mini-term paper and take a final examination. PrerequlsRes:Junlor or Senlor status; One course In Pdmcal Sclence or Economics. Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence Madmum Enrollment: 35 77me: Monday and Wednesday evenlngs, 6:309:30p.m. Room: Old Maln 16 POL 42 1-42088 Instructor: Wllllam Mods This course will examinethe impact of American films on U.S. citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose principal themes deal with particular political practices and/ or institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracy of these images by considering the films in light of the scholarly literature and other information available on each subject. Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemmas of decision-making in politics. As part of the course, students will submit written analyses and evaluationsof the political context or "image" of politics in the films shown in class. These, plus additional articles and portions of books from the social sciences and other literature paralleling some of the films' themes, will serve as the basis for class discussion. The papers, two tests on assigned readings establishing the framework for the class, and class participation will determine final grades. Students will be assessed a specialfee to cover the rental of the films and viewing equipment. Prerequlsttes: POL 121, 122,or 158 Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence Political Science Madmum Enrollment: 20 Tlme:1I Room: Old Maln 2 1 PSY 10542089 Inslructor: Wendy VanLoy An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understandingbehavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Dlslnbvtbn: Psychology/Soclology General Educaffon Perspective: Human Identity Madmum Enrollment: 25 77me:1I Room: Old Maln 25 PSY 32 1-42090 Instructors:Nancy Stebkry and Dlane Plke The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including police, lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence,and law and corporations. Thew is a midterm and final examination plus two written assignments. Note: Students who have completed PSY 335should not enroll in this course. Prerequlsltes:SOC 12 1 or PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 18 PSY34CM2091 Instructor: Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspedives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's individual self and of how the conceptualizations of your self have been molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include topics such as the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings. Students will be scpeded to be p r e p 4 for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibilityfor leadingdiscussions.Evaluationwillbe based on class participation and five short (600-800 word) papers. Prerequlslte:PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment: 16 Time: I Room: Old Maln 1 1 PSY 370-42092 Inslrvctor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism direded toward other persons and society will be the main focus. - Psychology This course willbe conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, fmpent shirt papers, and hequent oral reports.Each student will be required to seek out and interview persons in the adolescent-level of development. Typewriting or equivalent word processing skill will be required. Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be availablein the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1.Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on PIN basis. RerequlsRes: PSY 105 Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 29 REL 24 1-42093 Instructor Brad HoH Off the beaten track of American tourists, this journey focuses on meeting African faith communities,observing their rituals, listening to their music, and observing their art. We encounter the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each of these faiths brings intriguing surprises as they reflect African culture in a variety of ways. Our access to the Christian communities will exceed that of the other two, but Christianity in Africa can only be understood in the context of "ATR" and Islam. Each of these has influenced the others. Both the mission-founded and the "independent' churches have developed creatively in music, theology, and spirituality.At the same time, political tensions characterizethe relations of the churches and Islam, as Nigeria prepares for a return to civilian rule in 1992.Our learning will Religion include various kinds of input: reading, lectures, interviews, visits to sites, observation of worship, and discussions. Through it all, we live simply, encountering life in a Third World country which is strugglingto find appropriateblends of African and Western culture. We will travel light, study hard, and experiencethe taste, the markets, and the worship of one of Africa's most energetic nations. The course is designed for students seriously interested in religion who are in good health. A visa is required for Nigeria. Fee: $3,495 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast daily, one group dinner in London, all dinners (22) in Nigeria. Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellgon requlremenls) Madmum Enrollment: 15 REL 32842094 Instructor: John Benson There is nothing more familiar to us than parties, sports, and games. Yet most take them for granted. It may come as something of a surprise to us, then, that the festival, play, and "game theory" have been of keen interest, not only to anthropologists, sociologists, and psychologists, but also to students of religion and Christian theology. In this course we will use lectures, small group discussions, and field trips to look into some of this fascinating material. There will be two essay tests, several special preparations related to discussions, and a final project. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1 Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requirements) Madmum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln I8 Religion REL 34342095 Instructor Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you m manied or not, but it will increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning/intirnacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and secondarily to the family. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper,andtwotestsTwobookswillbe~. PrerequMes: REL I I I or /?EL22 I orpemlsslon of Insiructor Dlstrbution: Rellglon (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellgon requirements) Mdmum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Muslc 24 REL 345-42096 Inslructoc Eugene S k b b e The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its development, and cultural influence during 950 years of history. An anthology including two monographs and the professox's lectures, plus reserve reading will provide an overview.L.&m and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include three exams and one short paper. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or 221 DlsfrlbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requlrements) General Educatlon Perspecffve: Chrlsffan F a l h Maximum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 16 REL 44 1-42097 INS 49542098 Insiructoc Lynne Loremen This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity and feminism, and how they might be compatible. Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretationof the Bible, and the implications of feminism on Christian theology, especiallyin terms of language and metaphor. There will be daily reflection papers on the assigned readings which include questions for class discussion. Evaluation will be based on the papers, class participation, and a final exam. Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or REL 22 1 DlsMbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be used to meet rellglon requlrements) General Educatlon Perspecffve: ChrlsflanFaM Mcudmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 23 SWK 25742099 Instructoc Mary Lou Wlllam Experientiallearning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours of service (in a senices agency or institution which students Re/igion/Socia/ Work I select).The placementmust be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of .this volunteer experience, students have the opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients, and communities of diverse culture/ethnic heritage and special c o n m s (age, socioeconomic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. 9udents will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political strudures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilitiesin society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms". This course is required for the Social Work major; open to all students. General Educcrtlon Perspective: The Clty Maximum Enrollment: 30 Tlme: I Room: Muphy Place 1 SWK 3 m 2 100 (fv11COUM) SWK 3D42/09(1/2 course) Instrvctor Marla Brown Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (Stokely Carmichael)? Is family violence just a reflection of society's violent attitude? Why does family violence occur,and when, and to whom? Today, identified violence in families has Social Work reached what many professionals consider epidemic proportions.This courseis intended to be an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including contributing factors and consequences for the family and the broader society. Students will research various forms of family violence. Classroom speakers will include professionals who are involved in curm t policy-making and program delivery in family violence. Onehalf d i t option: classroom discussions, readings and the development of an annotated bibliography on area of interest in family violence. Full credit option: q u i r e s writing and presenting of research on a m of interest in family violence, in addition to the above work Prerequlslte: Introductory coum work In soclal work, psychology or sociology Maximum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 23 SWK 339-42 101 Instructor: Edwlna Hertzberg An historical overview of homelessness in the U.S. provides a base for understanding the current situation in the U.S.and in the Twin Cities. Ledures, films, discussions, field trips, guest lectures, a research paper, and volunteer work with homeless people in the field provide opportunities for participants to learn the &ties of the situation of homelessness - needs, resources, and causatives. Evaluation will be based on class participation, volunteer work, and a research paper. Specla1fee: $30 per person. Checkpayable to Augsburg College to be glven to lnsfructor on flrst day of class. Prerequlslte:Deslre to learn about homelessness General Education Perspective: The CHy Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 22 Social Work SWK 4.6642 102 (lull course) SWK 4.6642 1 10 (1/2 course) Insiructor:Rosemary Unk Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11 -educationally-focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field place ment, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequlslte:SWK 462 (FleM Work II) Madmum Enrollment: 30 Tlme:I Room: To be arranged 'Note: Thls Is the depahent's new fitb for Sociology 265, which was previously Lted as Raclal and Mlnorfty Group Relations. SOC 26542 103 lnsiructoc Gordon Nelson This course examines the nature of human p u p s who, for reasons of birth, accident, appearanceIor behavior, have been "set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society. Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to which such groups have developed meaningful cultures which have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who m part of the larger society. In addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation during which members of the class will be asked to focus on a particular culturalp u p otherthan their own. Thisobservation will become the basis for a class pmentation by each member, either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class can scped evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, their respective class presentations, and a final examination. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis only. Dlslrlbuiion:Mlnorfty/Uiban General Educdon Petspeciive: Intercultvral Awareness Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Sclence 3 15 SOC321-42104 Inslructor:Dlane Plke and Nancy Steblay The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including: police, lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence, and law and corporations. There is a midterm and final plus two written assignments. Students who have completedPSY 335should not enroll in this course. Prerequlsffes: SOC 12 1 or PSY 105 Maximum Enrollment:20 Time: I Room: Old Maln 18 SPA 1 1 1-42105 lnslructoe Anffa nsher Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals m to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continuewith Spanish 112 in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clanfy those in the text.Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter, and a written and oral final exam. Dlstrlbutlon: Forelgn Language General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness Mawlmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 29 SPC 32 1-42106 Insfructor James Hayes This "handsan" course will give students the opportunity to refine their public speaking skills in a contest format. Students will be q u i d to enter three d h t forensics events (irnpromptu speaking, a public address, and oral interpretation of an event of their choice) at three interscholastic tournaments held during the month of January. In addition, the class will prepare a videotaped program of their work as an instructional aid for future forensicscontestants. Evaluation will be based on p e r and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to some degree, competitive success. Students should contact the instructor at the time they register to obtain an information packet that will help them get off to a "running s W in January.Those who milmust be available to participate in tournaments outside of regular class time on the following dates: January 17-18, January 2425, and January 28. Prerequlsltes:SPC I 1 1 or consent of instructor Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I1 Room: Foss 2 1a/21b Lnnnrh r m m d & m t i n n &' Thnntrn SPC 340.42107 Instructor: David Lapakko We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide whether to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer, to use photographs or body language to give a misleading impression? How can one sort out and weigh the various ethical considerations? In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as advertising, public relations, sales, and politics. We will also consider issues in subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability to make ethical decisions. Activities will include ledures, readings, case studies, interviews, oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations. The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations encountered in everyday life. Prerequlsltes:A course In philosophy or consent of Instructor Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Fos 43 SPC 347-42 108 Instructor: Deborah Bart A video production course which integrates ledure and criticism with hands-on video experience. This course addresses non-fiction subject areas. Studentswill view several d m e n taries in class and will work in production teams to produce short documentaries of their own. Additional time will be S ~ e e c h .Communication. ' & Theatre I required for editing. Prerequlsltes:Junior or Senlor Madmum Enrollment: 15 77me: I Room: Foss 175 Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following comes can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 620 21st Avenue S. (330- 16.5)or from the Interim Office (330-1025). Registration for these Interims ends October 25,1991. These courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number. The Carlbbean and Its People Through Literature Chlna In Transltlon Contemporary European Buslness Contemporary Theatre & Soclety In Brltaln Cultural Confllct In Renaissance Italy Down-Under In New Zealand Egypt In Transltlon E~erlenclngIndla: Past and Present Famlly In Focus: Pollcy and Programs In Sweden, Denmark, and England Fleld Blology In Ecuador: Raln Forest and Galapagos Islands The Greek Bperlence Hapsburg Herltage: Central Europe after The Fall of the Wall Hawoll: Culture and Hlstory Hope and Glory: ChristIanHyIn England, France and G e m n y Iberla: A Fuslon of Cultures Law In London Literary Landmarks: England, Scotland, Wales The New European CommunHy: Economics and Culture In a Post- 1 992 Europe Reconqulsta to Emplre: Medleval & Early Modern Spaln Rellglon & Grassroots Movements for Soclal Change In Brazil Rellglon In Afrlca: Creatlvliy and Confllct Russian Language In Moscow Sounds and Sights of Europe Sovlet Unlon and Eastern Ewope: Gender Issues UMAIE These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other expenses which arethe responsibility of the student.They are offered only on a PINbasis. Fuller descriptions and detailsfor registering are available in the Interim Office. 4- SAILINGIN THE VIRGIN~SLANDS(January7-23,1992) HPE 455421 14 Insfructo~Joyce Hal7 Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising.The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43% foot fixed-keel sailboat with fivelsix other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual onthe-water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed. The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying4-1-4 students.Others willhave to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academiccredit. Total payment is due October 31,1991. Prerequisite: Pemlsslon from Joyce Pfatf of the Heah and Physlcal Education Depahent (6 1 2 / W 1247). Dlslrlbutlon:Metlme Sports: also one course cred/t. HPE 2 12-421 15 Check for informationin the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the M i ~ e s o t a b d i a nborder or for white-water canoeingand desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 26 through January26 period.There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). AGENDA (December 29 - January 10,1992) P O L 398-421 16 This is a two-week seminar which enables undergraduate students to explore their own leadership styles in workshops which use instructional resources such as Myers-Briggs PersonalityInventory. In addition, the students examinepersonal styles of leaders from government and politics, the media, education, and business, who address such topics as values, ethics, risk-taking, decision-making, management theories, and organizational structures.The seminaris a blend of readings and research on leadershiptheory, ampleopportunityfor question-and-answer sessions with national leaders, small group discussions, and workshops that help students practice leadershiptechniques. SitevisitscanincludetheU.S. Chamber of Commerce, the International Monetary Fund, and foreign embassies in Washington. AND THE MEDIA (December 29 - January 10.1992) A POL 398-421 17 This two-week seminar for undergraduate students features Washington's media personalities, who are readily available Other Courses I to The Washington Center. This popular topic attracts students in many fields, e.g., communications, journalism, political science, and English. Sample topics include the role of the press in a democratic society; the press, politics, and public policy; and how Washington journalists view national and world leaders and issues. Site visits include mapr network studios, the Pentagon, and foreign embassies. Guest speakers have included nationally renowned print and broadcast purnalists, political media consultants and managers, and political-govement officials, such as former Republican National Committee Chair Frank Fahrenkopf, ABC newsman David Brinkley, MacNeil/Lhrefs compondent Judy Woodruff, and Linda Edwards, Executive Director, National Association of Black Journalists. CAMPAIGN 1992: INPURSUIT OF THE PRESIDENCY (January 12-17.1992) POL 398-42 1 18 This oneweek seminar will introduce participants to the politics and mechanics of running a presidential campaign. h g r a m sessionswill be designed to familiarke studentswith the presidential election process and its impact on American politics. Topics will include the organization and procedures of the Democratic and Republican parties, the primaries and conventions, media coverage of the campaign, and current campaignissues.Sitevisitswill include the headquarters of the Democratic and Republican National Committees and the Washington offices of presidential candidates. Campaign workshops will be offered to give students hands-on skills in grass-root organizing and managing campaigns. The seminar will assist participants in developing the knowledge and making connections to become involved in the presidential campaign when they return to their campuses. Studentswho plan to attend the summer convention programs are encour- Other Courses aged to attend IT ' n Pursuit of the Presidencf' as an intmiuction to the campaign process. These Interims begln December 29 and conffnue unffl January 18, 1992,Infotmaffon on either of the above programs, houslng and flnanclal asslstance Is avallable from Dr. Wllllam Monjs In Mernorlal Hall, 1 1 1B, or Brenda Elllngboe, Memorial Hall, 1 17A. 33G 1 197. The following actMnes are avallable to students during Interim and students may reglster for these class6 as well as for a regular course. These acff W do not carry course credlt.but do meet the llfeffme spods requlre ment for gradualion. HPE 002-421 19 lnslructoc Mlke Teltelbaum The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25. Dlsfrlbutlon: Ufeffme Sports Maximum Enrollment: Controlled by lnsfructor Tlme: 12:W1:00p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays Room: Melby Gym HPE 002-42120 lnslructoc Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton. Dlstrlbvtlon:Ufeffme Sports Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Tuesdays.Thursdaysand alternate Fridays Room: Melby Gym I Lifetime S ~ l o r t s HPE 002-42 12 1 Instructor: Bdan Ammann Practice and playing of racquetball. Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufetlme Sports Madmum Enrollment: 10 Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and attemate Fddays Room: Melby Gym HPE CK)2-42122 Instructor: Carol Enke Designed for students who may q u i r e special, modified physical activity.Enrollment in this class requires consultation with the instructor. PrerequlsHe: Consent of Instructor. Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufeiime Sports Madmum Enrollment: Controlled by Instructor lime:Ananged Room:Ananged EDU49542113 Instructor: Ted Welcher This course will provide you with an introduction to issues related to deafness and the modes of communication used by deaf people. We will examine the language, education, social and political aspeds, and cultural issues within the deaf com- munity. Lectures, guest lechms, viewing of videotapes, and reading assignments will include information pertaining to the following areas: anatomy and physiology of the hearing mechanism, etiology of deafness, hearing evaluation and amplification issues, the grieving/adjustrnent process associated with having a deaf child or family member, education of hearing impaired childm, oral versus manual comrnunication controversy, linguistics of American Sign Language, Pidgin Sign English and manual English communication systems, historical/political perspectives of deafness (including legislation affecting deaf people), accessibility issues, deafness and cognitive functioning and interpreting issues. General Educdim Pmpectlve:Approval pendlng for IntercuItvralA warenesf, cat ego^^ I. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Foss Center 43 INS 2 1G42 124 Insfructor BIII Green This course introduces college students to the experiences of first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first year students typically face, and explore ways to cope with these pressures. Madmum Enrollment: 15 rime: 1 I Room: Muslc 23 MAT 1 73-421 72 Instructor:Mathew Foss You buy a car and have monthlypayments. Would you liketo know how to figure out if your payments are fair? Or would I Additional Courses ' you liketo be ableto determinehow much to save everymonth so your kids can go to college?Or if you're paying a fair rate for life insurance? If so, Math of Interest may intemt you. This course will be of interest to students in business or economics or anyone "interested" in exploring compound interest.Evaluation will be based on quizzes and classroom work. Prerequlsttes: Math Placement Group 111 or equivalent DlsMbvtlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs Madmum Enrollment:25 lime:// Room: Sclence 1 12 SOC 121-42123 Instructor: Rlta Webbrod This course is designed to help studentsbetter understand the social world they live in. The objectives of the course are to (1) teach sociological concepts for analyzing society, (2) develop skills in evaluating sociologicalarguments and issues, and (3) acquaint students with the state of knowledge in areas of sociological study. Students will participate in a panel discussion on a current social issue. Written assignments will include a short paper focusing on the supplementary reading. DlsMbvtlon: Psychology/Soclology General Educdon Perspecfive: Soclal Wodd Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: I1 Room: Old Maln 13 Additional Cor rrs.es 1
Show less
- Title
- Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) Catalog, 1991-1993
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
MAsTER OF ARTS
IN LEADERSHIP
.,.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
1991-1993
Those who hope to lead had better understand both rationally and
intuitively the people who might be their followers, and the society
in which they are embedded. They had better comprehend the
values of our common culture, pas...
Show more MAsTER OF ARTS IN LEADERSHIP .,. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1991-1993 Those who hope to lead had better understand both rationally and intuitively the people who might be their followers, and the society in which they are embedded. They had better comprehend the values of our common culture, past and present, know how our political and economic systems work, and understand how and why science has changed the world ... Leaders need specialists as advisers and staff members. But leaders themselves are generalists ... At higher levels of leadership they cannot achieve their full potential without considerable breadth of knowledge. Only this way can they shape the contexts for decisions where expert knowledge is used. - John Gardner Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1786 • able of Contents Introduction to the Master of Arts in Leadership .................. 3 Leadership Development Model .............................................. 5 Curriculum Design ..................................................................... 6 Course Descriptions ................................................................... 7 Graduate Faculty ...................................................................... 10 Library ............. ........................................................................... 10 Accreditation and Affiliations ................................................ 10 Student Support Services ........................................................ 11 Student Rights ........................................................................... 11 Admission Requirements ....................... :................................ 12 Application Procedures ........................................................... 12 Evaluation Standards ............................................................... 13 Academic Policies ..................................................................... 14 Payment Schedule .. ................ ....................................... ..... ...... 15 Financial Aid ............................................................................. 15 About Augsburg .. ..................................................................... 18 Campus Map ............................................................................. 19 Campus Location ...................................................................... 20 Faculty and Administration .................................................... 21 Advisory Council to the Graduate Program ........................ 23 ''"':"·;·;•'.'·~:·.·:·~·:·~··:::·~, ;;, ;·"~ •nformation Sessions MAsTER OF ARTS IN LEADERSHIP Individuals interested in the Master of Arts in Leadership program at Augsburg College are encouraged to attend an information session. These free, two-hour sessions are scheduled at various times prior to the beginning of each trimester. Please call the Master of Arts in Leadership Office (330-1786) for details or to register for one of these information sessions: Thursday, May 23, 1991 Thursday, June 20, 1991 Tuesday, July 16, 1991 Saturday, October 12, 1991 Saturday,February15, 1992 Thursday, May 14, 1992 Thursday, June 18, 1992 Tuesday, July 14, 1992 6:00 - 8:00 p.m. 6:00 - 8:00 p.m. 6:00 - 8:00 p.m. 9:00 - 11:00 a.m. 9:00 - 11:00 a.m. 6:00 - 8:00 p.m. 6:00 - 8:00 p.m. 6:00 - 8:00 p.m. For more information write or call: Master of Arts in Leadership Office Augsburg College 73121st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612133~1786 ... Augsburg College_,; 731 21 S TAVENUE50UTH MINNEAPOLIS . MN 55454 3/91 ' .... ljee and Payment Schedule '· ...'·.· Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per trimester course) (one course =6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable, applicable to first semester's tuition) Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms) Thesis Continuation Fee $100.00 Late Fee, per day (charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date). Late registration includes incomplete registration as defined: a) Unsigned Registration Form or b) Unapproved Payment Plan Registration Change after First Oass Meeting (cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. $25.00 $884.00 $100.00 $125.00 $50.00 $5.00 $2.00 Fees The appUcation fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit (applied to first semester's tuition) reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration. Payment Options* 1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration. 2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered only if previous plans have been adhered to. 3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days after the end of the term. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in three equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules. •A non-sufficient-funds check will decliire your registriition in"Dtilid iind could iiffect further credit extended l1y the college. ntroduction Developing Leaders for Organizations and the Community The Master of Arts in Leadership responds to the leadership development needs of profit and not-for-profit organizations. While different in structure and purpose, most organizations seek leaders with the following qualities: .& a vision which is ethically and morally responsible, extending beyond immediate concerns; ... an understanding of how change occurs and affects the immediate environment; .& a sensitivity to the complex problems organizations face, and an ability to achieve solutions consistent with an organization's mission; ... the ability to motivate and inspire individuals and groups to work toward a common goal; and .& the ability to effectively represent the organization both internally and externally. The Master of Arts in Leadership provides a means by which individuals aspiring to enhance their leadership skills may discover and refine these and other abilities and awarenesses fundamental to effective leadership. Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule The Master of Arts in Leadership program is designed to meet the needs and preferences of working adults. The program is based on the assumption that the men and women who enroll are employed, self-disciplined and well-motivated individuals who seek a balance of classroom experience, group interaction and individual study. Each course is, therefore, divided into periods of study, group efforts and class preparation. To accommodate this format for learning, each class meets on alternate Saturdays for three-and-one-half hours and alternate Thursday evenings for one-and-one-half hours. Leadership Development Model The Master of Arts in Leadership program promotes leadership as a process which 1) inspires cooperation among people who must compete for limited resources, 2) promotes productivity within and beyond the organization, and 3) works toward progress. To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to positions of leadership must possess three key attributes: a sense of vision, the ability to persuade and the ability to direct action. Underlying these attributes is a broad range of abilities and awarenesses. These abilities and awarenesses, outlined in the diagram on page 7, serve as specific outcomes for the Master of Arts in Leadership. Augsburg's model of leadership development is designed to assess, promote, enhance and refine these capabilities within the individual. Community of Learners Essential to the goals of the Master of Arts in Leadership is participation in a community of learners. Learning can be enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community that provides opportunity and encouragement for active participation both in and out of the classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of men and women who bring to the program a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages graduate students to make use of college facilities such as the library, meeting rooms and the Christensen Center; to take the opportunity to share meals and coffee breaks; to participate in optional lunch time seminars; and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. Leadership Practicum Master of Arts in Leadership students enroll in a half course called "Leadership Practicum." Students are required to enroll in this professional assessment and development course for six terms during their graduate work at Augsburg. Upon completion of the entire practicum, students receive a half course credit. In each term, specific activities related to the practicum are scheduled. Early in the program a major component of this practicum is a full-day professional assessment to determine students' abilities and potential relative to each of the outcomes of the Leadership Development Model (see page 5). Assessment instruments include paper and pencil exercises and simulation and group experiences. Following the assessment students meet individually with a trained assessor who provides guidance in personal goal-setting and in the creation of a professional development plan or "blueprint." In subsequent terms "Leadership Practicum" includes workshops designed to meet the needs of the students in the following areas: communication skills, self-assessment measures, group processes, and other professional development topics identified by graduate students and staff. Leadership Development Model Leadership Sense of Vision Orientation Toward Action FacilitlJ for Persuasion / Ethical i. i. i. i. Creative Social awareness Environmental awareness Tolerance of religious and philosophical differences Appreciation of situational complexity i. i. i. i. Long-term perspective Flexibility Adaptability Innovativeness I I Risk Assumptive Curiosity • Achievement motivation i. Self-esteem i. Decisive i. i. i. i. i. Self-confidence Analytical ability Ability to think critically Understanding of research Ability to manage conflict '· .:· '.·.. Master of Arts in Leadership students are required to complete 12 courses and a thesis. Each course unites two or more liberal arts disciplines, encourage pursuit of the de ignated outcomes, and uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to adult learners. Instructional technique ar varied, uch as case study, debate, written and oral presentations and group activity. These techniques, which have had demon trated success in advanced courses, develop targeted leadership abilities and understandings. Continual reinforcement occurs as students employ these capacities in multiple courses. Students ar encourag d to ee abilitie and understandings as cross-disciplinary and to see content areas as integrated. The very form of the program reflects the view that the world in which we operate is complex and that dealing with it successfully requires well-developed integrative ability. Required Courses Include: ML 500 ML 510 ML 590 ML 591 ML 592 Leadership Practicum (a half course which spans six trimesters) Foundations of Leadership (to be taken during one of the first three trimesters) Thesis-Research Seminar I Thesis-Research Seminar II (These two seminars are to be taken in a student's last two consecutive terms.) Thesis Consultation (a half course to be taken simultaneously with ML 591 and in the term in which the thesis is completed) Students are required to complete eight additional courses chosen from the following courses: ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process ML 520 Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought ML 530 Ethics in Communication ML 531 The Dynamics of Change ML 540 Politics, History and Leadership ML 545 Analytical Reasoning for Qualitative Decisions ML 550 Decision-Making Technology ML 560 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective ML 598 Independent Study ML 599 Special Topics Other courses as added .Dourse Descriptions ML 500 Leadership Practicum A professional assessment and development course which spans six terms. This course includes a full-day professional assessment and subsequent workshops in the following areas: communication skills, self-assessment measures, group processes. The course culminates in a final professional assessment. Half credit. Graded on a PIN basis. ML 510 Foundations of Leadership Introduction to the concept of leadership, providing an historical and philosophical framework for the program. This course views the nature and purpose of leadership from a variety of disciplines and perspectives. The role of the liberal arts, various learning styles, methods of research and inquiry, student outcomes and program expectations are examined. ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process Exploration of creativity from the perspective of traditional aesthetics as well as contemporary organizational thinking. This course uses creativity as a method and it examines techniques for solving problems in organizations, for enhancing innovation, and for seeking an integrative world-view. ML 520 Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth Study of the concepts of self-identity, values and personal growth as related to professional and personal life. This course may employ psychological, philosophical, and theological perspectives to explore the role of the individual in the larger social context. Major topics include the acquisition, development and evolution of self-identity and values, the influence of sex roles, and the relationship to spiritual growth. ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought Investigation of the processes of critical thinking drawing from philosophy and other disciplines. This course focuses on the relationships between ideas and the expression and application of ideas. Students apply dialectical processes in the effective formation, presentation and use of ideas in organizational structures. ML530 Ethics in Communication Interdisciplinary study of ethics and communication through the investigation of a variety of ethical perspectives within human communication. This course places particular attention on the use and abuse of communication in politics, advertising and interpersonal relationships. It emphasizes a sensitivity to ethical conflicts which arise in social and organizational settings. ML531 The Dynamics of Change This course offers an exploration of the context of social change and varying responses to diverse human needs. Ways of achieving well-being may be viewed differently by leaders in public and private domains and across cultures. The course explores these various perspectives including areas of conflict and opportunities for leadership in social and organizational change. Sociological, human development and economic theories are applied to contemporary public and private sector issues for social change. ML540 Politics, History and Leadership Analysis of the political aspects of nation-states and other organizations. This course focuses on the process of achieving individual, group or national goals. Drawing on a variety of cultures and nations, it examines significant historical events and the leaders who shaped them. ML545 Decision Making I: Qualitiative Process and Application Decision making is fundamental to all human endeavor, particularly in leadership. Leaders, regardless of their field, are continually held accountable for decisions in settings characterized by incomplete information and limited time. The constrained nature of the typical decision making environment necessitates the use of a systematic and objective decision making process. Drawing on various disciplines, course participants will examine th different tage of th deci ion making process, including: analysis of the decision setting and its relevant boundaries, identification of acceptable decision outcomes, definition of the implementation of the decision and appraisal of potential contingencies. While emphasis is given to the qualitative rather than quantitative aspects of decision making, about 20 percent of the course will include the development of some basic analytical concepts: data collection, graphs and charts, measuring central tendency and dispersion, and association. ML550 Decision Making and Technology Hi torical analysis of th decision making and problem solving process. This cours focuses on the development of technology a both the cau e and the solution of problems by investigating various cases. ML560 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective Investigation of inter-cultural is ·ues. This course enhances the ability to lead and work more effectively with p ople of different cultural background through the study of di.ver e values, beliefs and traditions within the global community. ML 590 Thesis-Research Seminar I: Research in Leadership First half of a two-course "capstone" sequence for the Master of Arts in Leadership Program. This course provides each individual the opportunity to develop a research topic to synthesize previous study and work experience and to demonstrate an understanding of the program's principles. Graded on a P /N basis. ML591 Thesis-Research Seminar II: Synthesis of Findings Continuation of the "capstone" seminar. This seminar focuses on the methods of inquiry and results of individual projects. At the completion of the seminar, students present their final results orally and submit written thesis. Graded on a P /N basis. ML592 Thesis Consultation A series of meetings with a faculty thesis adviser simultaneous with ML591 and during the trimester in which the thesis is being prepared for final submission. Half credit. Graded on PI N basis. Students not completing the thesis durin,g the same term in which they are emolled in ML591 are required to pay a thesis continuation fee of $100 during each subsequent term until the thesis is completed. ML598IndependentStudy Provid s directed independent study in an area of the student's choice. Open to students who have completed at least three courses with a grade of at least 3.0. Requires consent of the Associate Dean for Graduate and Special Programs. ML599 Special Topics Study of selected topics in leadership that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. .... . ...·,· Faculty who t ach in the Master of Arts in Leadership program are full-time senior faculty with doctorates or appropriate professional degrees. Some course are team taught by bringing together faculty from different disciplines or combining a faculty member with professionals from relevant field . In these situations, at least one member of the team has a Ph.D. and substantial teaching experience. AU of the program faculty have exten ive experience teaching adult learners. Graduate faculty are listed at the 1d of thj bulletin. ibrary The Augsburg library houses over 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, chemistry and art history libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available v:ia daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal art colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. :.ccreditation and Affiliations Students who successfully c mplet Augsburg's leadership program will receive a Ma ter of Arts Degree. Augsburg .is accredited by the North Central Ass ciation of Colleges and Schools. The college i a member of the Associated Colleges of tbe Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Cow1cil in North America and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registrati n do snot (necessarily) mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer. • udent Support Services The Augsburg Master of Arts in Leadership Program assists students in making education and career plans, in working on their personal development, and in participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are listed below. Academic Planning In addition to the faculty who provide consultation and advice, academic planning is guided by the Leadership Practicum assessors, thesis advisers, and Master of Arts in Leadership staff. Career Services available include: • Professional assessment through the Leadership Practicum • Self/ career assessment counseling through the Career Services Office (330-1162) • Development of a resume and a career-search plan through the Career Services Office • Work experience related to a student's field of specialization through the Cooperative Education Office (330-1148) • tudent Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. Students who wish to identify appropriate procedures for complaints should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs (330-1160). The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office (except where a waiver of access has been signed) and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Students have a right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. • dmission Requirements Applicants to the program must hold a baccalaureate degree from an accredited four-year college or university. Applicants to the program are expected to have a minimum undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 (on a scale of A=4.0). Applicants to the program must have five years of experience (or equivalent) with one or more organizations in a position(s) of leadership or position(s) demonstrating leadership potential. Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an individual basis by the Master of Arts in Leadership Committee. Admission to each entering graduate class will be given to the most highly qualified individuals. Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of each applicant's: • • • • Previous college record, Letters of recommendation, Experience and organizational background, Miller Analogies Test scores, or for applicants whose native language is not English, a minimum score of 600 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), and • Written statement and possible interview. A)pplication Procedures To apply, students must submit the following materials to the Master of Arts in Leadership Office: • Completed application form with $25 (non-refundable) application fee. • Written statement relating the applicant's career and life goals focusing on leadership aspirations. • Letter of recommendation from an immediate supervisor, assessing leadership potential. • Letter of recommendation from a co-worker (at the same level) describing applicant's work style and potential as a leader. • Official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work from all institutions attended. • Official set of results on the Miller Analogies Test, or for applicants whose native language is not English, a minimum score of 600 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). • Possible interview with graduate program staff member. mlvaluation Standards Evaluation of academic performance for the Master of Arts in Leadership will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 P N W I Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Achieves the minimum passing standard Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in grade point average) Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and non-punitive-not computed in grade point average) Grade given when course is dropped Incomplete grade given when student is unable to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the student's control (to receive an incomplete, a student must file a petition with the Graduate Program staff stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the instructor, and any other necessary documentation). No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count toward the degree. No more than two courses with a grade below 2.0 can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted in the grade point average. Alcademic Policies Academic Probation and Dismissal Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of N in a course, the student must petition successfully with the Master of Arts in Leadership Committee before being permitted to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If the cumulative grade point average again falls below 3.0, the student may be dismissed from the program by the Master of Arts in Leadership Committee. Students also may be dismissed by the Master of Arts in Leadership Committee for behavior detrimental to the program such as a gross violation of college policy (as published in the Student Guide). Di missal would occur only after established procedmes were followed. Credit for Prior Education, Training and Experience Due to the interdisciplinary nature of the courses in the Master of Arts in Leadership Program, it is unlikely that courses taken elsewhere may be substituted for a particular course in the curriculum. Students may petition the Master of Arts in Leadership Committee for approval of any variation in the curriculum including the transfer of credit or the receipt of credit for other training. Credit and Contact Hours Each graduate course in the Master of Arts in Leadership Program is the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Students meet in class a total of 30 hours and are responsible for a significant amount of individual study and preparation. Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence Students may take either one or two courses each trimester. Enrolling in two courses per trimester enables a student to complete the program in two years. All students are required to complete the program within five years. Extensions beyond five years will be considered on the basis of petition to the Master of Arts in Leadership Committee. Students who leave the program for more than one term must request a leave of absence in writing from the Master of Arts in Leadership Committee. Last Date to Withdraw from Class The last date on which students may withdraw from a class and receive a "W" on their records is noted in the calendar insert. Payment Options* 1) Payment in Full: Due day ofregistration. 2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered only if previous plans have been adhered to. 3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days after the end of the term. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in 3 equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to repayment schedules. *A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect further credit extended by the college. Refund Schedule A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (In order to be eligible for the refund, students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office.) Prior to the first scheduled class meeting-100% Prior to the second scheduled class meeting-90% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting-80% Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting-70% Prior to the fifth scheduled class meeting-60% Prior to the sixth scheduled class meeting-50% inancial Aid In a number of ways, students may receive assistance in meeting Graduate Program costs. Enrollment in two courses per trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time. One course is considered half-time enrollment. The Office of Student Financial Services (330-1046) assists students in assessing financial aid eligibility and offers financial aid from available alternatives, including the following: Augsburg Tuition Grant Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to graduate students who show academic potential and have financial need. Funded Scholarships Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables the participation of individuals of limited financial means as well as individuals working for volunteer agencies and other organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement. Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degree-related college programs. Augsburg College provides several payment plans by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application please contact Augsburg's American Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal agency. Federal and State Aid Programs The Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility for any Federal or State financial aid programs available to graduate students. Determination of eligibility is based on standard, nationally accepted methodology. ..6. Perkins Student Loan-Joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time while you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed for combined undergraduate and graduate study is $18,000 . ..6. SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students)-A Federal loan program. Independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per year to a maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of 12%; payment usually begin within 60 days after disbursement. Principal may be def rred until the student ceases half-time enrollment. Interest may, at the lender's option, acnunu late w1til the in-school deferment ends. Students mu t apply for financial aid. • SELF (Student Educati nal Loan Fund)-A Minnesota State loan program. Stud nts may borrow up to $4,000 per year ($16,000 cumulative) as tmdergraduate with a $25,000 aggregate maximum when graduat study is included ($1,000 minimum). Interest.rate is variabl , paid by the borrower qua1terly while in d1 I. Principal payments begin 13 month after I aving d1 ol. Student must apply for financial aid and be enrolled at least half-time. • Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student Loan)-Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or tate agency in certain states. While the student is attending at lea t half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual interest of 8% on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after leaving school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for the fir t two years and $4,000 for the remaining years of W1dergraduate study and $7,500 per year for graduate study. The cumulative Wldergraduate and graduate maximum is $54,750. To Apply for Financial Aid: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. The Office of Student Financial Service will send you necessmy application and financial statement form (or you may pick up them up in the Office of Student Financial Service , 152 Science Hall, or the Master of Arts in Leadership Program Office, 2222 Muipl1y Place.) AJJ students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each previously attended institution even if they did not receive aid. Forms are available from the College. Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. Albout Augsburg History . ... Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530, Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapoli in 1872. Campus Location Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities smrounding Murphy Square, the oldest of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." Adjacent to the campus ar Fairview and St. Mary's Hospitals, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and Mississippi River parkways. Accessibility Augsburg College has made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connections between nine of the 14 major buildings-student housing towers, Christensen Center, main academic and administrative halls, the library and music building. In addition, there are programs for students with learning and physical disabilities. Church Affiliation Aug burg is a college of The Evange lical Lutherru1 Church in America. About 59 p rcent of the students are Lutheran, 14 percent other Protestant a nd 19 p rcent Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations ar e represented among student and faculty . Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap a required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments f Section 504 of the Rehabilita tion Act of 1 73 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Admissions House George Sverdrup Library Science Hall Old Main West Hall Mortensen Tower Urness Tower Christensen Center Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall Music Hall 2222 Murphy Place Melby Hall Ice Arena Stage II Theatre Center for Global Education Scandinavian Center Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication Youth and Family Institute 19. Office Annex House 20. Tutor House 21. American Indian Support and Minority Education Partnership A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. Faculty /Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Fairview /St. Mary's Parking Ramp I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts J. Resident Parking Only I6. I Accessible Entrance • ampus Location I N I -$- I I I ...... ...... DOWNTOWN MINNEAPOLIS ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... From Minneapolis Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. From St. Paul Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. Parking All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd A venues and north of 8th Street on 21st Avenue. Most street parking is two hour parking, seven days a week. Additional parking is available in the Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside A venue. m acultyand Administration The following faculty and administrators are currently involved in the Master of Arts in Leadership Program: Earl Alton, Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John Benson, Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D. Columbia University. Maria Brown, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. John Cerrito, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout. Francine Chakolis, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Lany Crockett, Assistant Professor of Ma.th m<1 tics/Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran Uni ersity; M.Div ., Luther Theological Seminary. Grace Dyrud, Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Mark Engebretson, Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Physics. B.A., Luther College, M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Norman Ferguson, Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Nancy Guilbeault, Director, Counseling Services. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Satya Gupta, Professor of Economics. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Milda Hedblom, Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Edwina Hertzberg, Associate Professor Social Work, Director of Faculty Development. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Garry Hesser, Professor of Sociology, Director of Cooperative Education Program. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; Ph.D. University of Notre Dame. Ryan LaHurd, Vice President for Academic Affairs, Dean of the College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. David Lapakko, Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rosemary Link, Assistant Professor of Social Work B.A., Southhampton University; S.Q.S.W., London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marie McNeff, Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. Fekri Meziou, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, B.A., University of Tunis, Tunisia; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Thomas Morgan, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon. .• i· William Morris, Adjunct Professor of Political Science. B.A., Oakland University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University. Richard Nelson, Profes on md DepartmentChairper n of History. B.A., University of N braska; M.A., Ph.D., University f Min.n sota. Beverly Nilsson, Prof ,sor and Chairperson of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minne ota. Norma Noonan, Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., University of Indiana. Vicki B. Olson, Assistant Professor of Education, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Diane Pike, Associate Professor of Sociology. AB., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University. Larry Ragland, Associate Professor Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin. Stuart M. Stoller, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.S., M.S., Long Island University. William Swenson, Adjunct Professor of Philosophy. AB., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Elizabeth Vander Schaaf, Associate Dean for Graduate and Special Programs. B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. Ph.D., University of Iowa. Theresa Welcher, Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., and two M.S. degrees, South Dakota State University. #;)dvisory Council to the Master of Arts in Leadership Program Linda Geisen, Training and Development Manager, City of St. Paul. Dan Hanson, Vice President, Food Ingredients Division, Land-0-Lakes, Inc. Cynthia Marsh, Ph.D. Consulting Psychologist, Personnel Decisions, Inc. Dean Newman, Consultant. Robert Odom, Senior Vice President of U.S. Specialty Divisions, H.B. Fuller Company. Richard Ploetz, Customer Education Manager, Medtronic, Inc. Rosemarie Ramirez, Human Resources Officer, St. Paul Companies, Inc. The provisions of this document are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the student and the College. The College reserves the right to change any provisions or requirements at any time within the student's term of residence. . \' Augsburg Colleg0 731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH MINN EA POLIS, MN 55454
Show less
- Title
- Augsburg Weekend College Catalog Supplement, 1991-1992
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
-
-
-
.
Table of Contents
ACADEMIC CALENDAR .....................................Page 2
.
PROGRAM INFORMATION SESSIONS .............. Page 3
1991 .1992 TUITION AND FEES ........................Page 4
CLASS SCHEDULE. FALL 1991 ...........................Page 5
CLASS SCHEDULE. WINT'ER 1...
Show more - - - . Table of Contents ACADEMIC CALENDAR .....................................Page 2 . PROGRAM INFORMATION SESSIONS .............. Page 3 1991 .1992 TUITION AND FEES ........................Page 4 CLASS SCHEDULE. FALL 1991 ...........................Page 5 CLASS SCHEDULE. WINT'ER 1992 ..................... Page 8 CLASS SCHEDULE. SPRING 1992 ....................... Page 11 Augsburg Weekend College 1991 - 1992 Academic Calendar 1991 Fall Trimester Application Deadline Aug 19 1992 Winter Trimester 1992 S p e Trimester Dec 2 Mar9 Applicant pile Completion Deadline Aug 30 Dec 16 Mar 23 New Student Orientation sept 7 Apr 4 Jan 4 Class Scheduling (course selection) Begins: June 2 Oct 25 Ends: Aug 2 Nov 22 Jan 31 Mar2 Registration (schedule confirmation) Mail Deadline Aug 23 Dec 16 New Students/ Sept 7 Jan 4 Make-up Mar 23 Apr 4 Classes Begin Apr 10-12 Sept 13-15 Jan 10-12 Last ~ a ~ t o A or d dDmp &ss Without Record Notation Sept 15 Jan 12 Apr 12 - - - ~p Last Day to Change Grade Option Oct 27 Feb 16 May 17 Last Day to Drop a Class Nov 24 Mar 15 May 31 Classes End Dec 6-8 Mar 27-29 Jun 12-14 Final Exams Dec 13-15 Apr 3-5 Jun 19-21 Dec 23 Apr 13 June 29 Sept 13-15 Sept 27-29 Oct 11-13 Oct 25-27 NOV8-10 NOV22-24 Dec 6-8** D ~ 13-15 C Jan 10-12** Jan 17-19 Jan 31-Feb 2 Feb 14-16 Feb 28-Mar 1 Mar 13-15 Mar 27-29** Apr 3-5 Apr 10-12* Apr 24-26** May 1-3 May 15-17 May 29-31 June 12-14** June 19-21 Final Grades Due Classes Meet Program Information Sessions Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encomged to attend one of the infbrmation sessions that are scheduled throughout 5the year. These information sessions are free of charge and are approximately two hours in length. Please call the Weekend College Office (330-1652) to receive further details on these information sessions or to sign up for one of the fbllowing dates: - For Pall Trimester, 1991 Saturday, May 18 Tuesday, June 4 Saturday, June 22 Thursday, July 11 Saturday, July 27 Saturday, August 10 - For Winter Trimester, 1992 Saturday, October 12 Saturday, November 9 Saturday, November 2 3 For Spring Trimester, 1992 Saturday, February 1 Tuesday, February 18 Saturday, February 29 For more infirmation write or call: Augsburg Weekend College Office Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454 Phone: 612/330-1652 FAX: 612/330-1695 1991 - 1992 Tuition and Fees Application Fee (payable once, non-rehndable) Tuition (per trimester course) $15 .OO $768.00 (one c o r n is 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) Tuition (per summer course, 1991) $595.00 Activity Fee (per trimester) $7.00 Audit a Course $384.00 Lifetime Sports: Fee for course Fee for Assessment of Previous Learning $100.00 $50.00 Nursing Clinical Fee $150.00 Student Teaching Fee (per course) $300.00 Late Fee (per day) $50.00 Five working days after registration (schedule conhnation) are allowed to complete late registrations. Per day k e is charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date. Late registration also includes incomplete registration as defined: a) unsigned registration form; b) unapproved payment plan. Registration change after first class meeting $5.00 (cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) Transcript Fee (first is fiee, per copy after first) $2.00 Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1%per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. Fall Trimester, 1991 Class Schedule Friday Evening (6:OO - 9:30) BIO 185 Biology ofAging BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 355 Marketing Communications BUS 362 International Business BUS 391 Business Law ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (9/13-11/8) (.5) EDE 379 K-El Art Methods (9/13-10/11) (.25) EDE 382 K-El Math Methods (10/25-12/13) (.5) EDE 387 K-El Language Arts (10/25-12/13) ( 5 ) EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (9/13-11/8) (.5) EDU 264 Orientation to Education (9/13-11/8) (.5) EDU 388 Human Relations (10/25-12/13) (.5) ENG 272 European Literature: Renaissance to Modem INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts * NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111:Families PHY 101 Astronomy PSY 105 Principles of Psychology PSY 361 Personality REL 356 History of Religions SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race SOC 231 Family Systems: A Cross Cultural View SPC 111 Public Speaking SPC 345 Organizational Communication SWK 260 Humans Developing Saturday Morning (8:30 - 12:OO) BIO 103 BUS 221 BUS 222 BUS 242 BUS 324 CHM 109 CSC 271 ECO 112 ECO 113 ECO 313 EDE 376 EDE 377 Human Anatomy and Physiology * Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting I1 Principles of Management Managerial Cost Accounting General Chemistry * COBOL Principles of Macroeconomics Principles of Microeconomics Intermediate Microeconomics K-El Social Studies Methods (10/26-11/23) (.25) K-El Science Methods (9/14-10/12) (.25) rnn v 200 CI U L - I ~ L I#-LL->- /n /-A q n 1x-i / -F\ PHI 110 Introduction to Philosophy POL 342 Mass Communications in Society PSY 105 Principles of Psychology REL 221 Biblical Studies REL 363 Religion in America SPC 111 Public Speaking SPC 352 Persuasion SPC 495 Topics: The Selfand the Organization SWK 463 Community Development and Organization Saturday Afternoon (1:15 - 445) ART 240 Art History Survey BUS 221 Principles ofAccounting I BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 391 Business Law CSC 170 Structured Programming ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics EDE 380 K-El Music Methods (11/23-12/14) (.25) EDE 386 Children's Litelature (9/14-11/9) (.5) EDS 353 Creating Leaming Environments EDU 341 Media Technology (9/14-11/9) (.5) ENG 111 EEctive Writing ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing * ENG 250 Readings in American Literature HIS 222 U.S. History Since 1877 HPE 114 Health and !hfkty Education (E/S) (9/14-11/9) (.5) POL 160 World Politics POL 342 Mass Communications in Society REL 345 Lutheran Heritage REL 339 Television and Religion SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SPA 111 Beginning Spanish I SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SWK 361 Social R c p n s e to Human Needs - Sunday Afternoon (1:15 - 445) ART 132 BUS 221 BUS 252 BUS 331 BUS 423 Photography Principles of Accounting I Principles of Marketing Financial Management Auditing E r n 21 2 T..+--~A:-+- l i ~ : ~ ~ . . ~ ~ ~ . . . . ~ : ~ ENG 111 ENG 351 HIS ~ ~ ~ MIS 175 MIS 279 MIS 375 REL 420 SOC 121 SOC 265 SPA 111 Efictive Writing * American Literature Since 1920 (To be announced) 1 1 and5 Chemical Dependency Education (10/27-12/15) (.5) Health Computers in Business, Economics and MIS Quantitative Methods h r Business, Economics and MIS Inhrmation Systems in the Organization Eastern Orthodoxy Introduction to Human Society Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race Beginning Spanish I * Thursday Evening CSC 330 Theory of Computation NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing I * ** Minnetonka College Center (To be announced) Lifetime Sports HPE 002 Racquet Sports (Saturday Afternoons) Time - to be Arranged EDE 363 Clinical Experience (.5) EDS 352 Clinical Experience (.5) Student Teaching (Prereq.: Approml and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* - EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDS EDS EDS EDS 48 1 K Student Teaching 481 K-EL Student Teaching 481 EL Student Teachiig 482 K Student Teaching 482 K-EL Student Teaching 482 EL Student Teaching 483 K Student Teaching 483 K-EL Student Teaching 483 EL Student Teaching 484 EL Student Teaching 481 Student Teaching 482 Student Teaching 483 Student Teaching 484 Student Teaching Winter Trimester, 1992 Class Schedule Friday Evening (6:OO- 9:30) ART 224 Publication Design ART 352 Women's Art History BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics EDE 388 K-El Health Methods (3/13-4/3) (.25) EDE 389 K-El Physical Education Methods (1/31-2/28) (.25) EDU 341 Media Technology (1/10-2/28) (.5) ENG 111 EEctive Writing * ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing* ENG 245 Introduction to Literature NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I * PHY 106 Introductory Meteorology * PSY 373 Or@nizational Psychology REL 486 Psychology of Religion SOC 121 In~oductionto Human Society SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race SOC 375 Social Psychology SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SWK 260 Humans Developing Saturday Morning (8:30- 12:OO) BIO 101 Human Biology BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analys'i BUS 391 Business Law BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice CHM 110 Organic and Biological Chemistry CSC 445 Operating Systems and Computer Achitecture ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading EDE 379 K-El Art Methods (1/11-2/1) (.25) EDE 382 K-El Math Methods (1/11-2/29) (.5) EDE 387 K-EL Ianguage Arts (1/11-2/29) (.5) EDU 264 Orientation to Education (1/11-2/29) ( 5 ) EDU 388 Human Relations (2/15-4/4) (.5) ENG 111 EEctive Writing n-T- --- n ..- .. 1~ I . n . . -- - - > X E ---. 2.-- PSY 485 Counseling Psychology REL 363 Religion in America REL 471 Jesus and His Interpreters SPC 111 Public Spealang SPC 355 Small Group Communication SWK 363 Basic Methods (by demand) SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development Saturday Afternoon (1:15 - 445) BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1 BUS 331 Financial Management BUS 465 International Management ECO 113 Microeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 415 Managerial Economics EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (2/154/4) (.5) EDE 377 K-El Saence Methods (1/11,1/18,2/1) (.25) EDE 386 Children's Literature (2/15-4/4) (.5) EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments EDS 477 School and Society ( l / l l - 2/29) (.5) ENG 216 American Indian Literature ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions * HIS 104 The Modem Non-Westem World HPE 115 Health and ChdDependency Education (E/S) (2b-3/28) (5) MAT 121 Finite Mathematics MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care PSY 264 Research Methods I REL 221 Biblical Studies REL 356 History of Religions SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SPA 112 Beginning Spanish I1 * SPC 329 Intercultural Communication SPC 351 Argumentation SWK 364 Field Work I (by demand) SWK 466 Field Work I11 Sunday Afternoon (1:15 - 4:45) ART BUS BUS BUS BUS 102 222 242 326 440 Environmental Design Principles of Accounting 11 Principles of Management Tax Accounting Operations Management EDE 376 K-El Sodal Studies Methods (1/12-2/2) (.25) EDE 380 K-El Music Methods (1/12-2/2) (.25) EDS 375 Social Studies Methods (1/12-3/1) (.5) i sAge ENG 332 Milton and H FRE 111 Beginning French I GER 111 Beginning German I* HPE 114 Health and S t y Education (E/S) (1/12-3/1) (.5) HPE 353 Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise MIS 175 Computers fix Business, Economics and MIS MIS 475 Inbnnation Systems Analysis and Design SPA 111- Beginning Spanish I SPA 112 Beginning Spanish I1 Day Schedule Evening Courses CSC 352 Database Management & Design (meets Feb. - May) ECO 414 We&e Economics (meets Feb. - May) (required b r Economics major) Minnetonka College Center - - (To be announced) Lietime Sports HPE 002 Lifetime Fitness (meets weekly fbr 8 weeks) To be Arranged EDE 363 Clinical Experience (.5) EDS 352 Clinical Experience (.5) HPE 489 Coaching Practicum (.5) Travel Seminars (To be announced) Student Teaching (Prereq.:Approval and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* * * EDE 481 K Student Teaching EDE 481 K-EL Student Teaching EDE 481 EL Student Teaching EDE 482 K Student Teaching EDE 482 K-EL Student Teaching EDE 482 EL Student Teaching EDE 483 K Student Teaching EDE 483 K-EL Student Teaching EDE 483 EL Student Teaching EnF.484 F.T.Sfiident Tearhinv Spring Trimester, 1992 Class Schedule Friday Evening (6:OO - 10:OO) BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 466 International Marketing ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (5/15-6/19) (.5) EDE 376 K-El Social Studies Methods (4/10-5/1) (.25) EDE 380 K-El Music Methods (5/29-6/19) (.25) EDE 382 K-El Math Methods (5/1-6/12) (-5) EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments EDU 265 Orientation to Education (4/10-5/15) (.5) EDU 388 Human Relations (E/S) (4/10-5/15) (.5) ENG 111 EEctive Writing ENG 261 Modem Fiction HPE 114 Health and Safkty Education (E/S) (4/10-5/15) (.5) Women's Studies course (To be Announced) INS MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts MUS 130 Introduction to Music in the F i e Arts PHY 101 Astronomy PSY 105 Prinaples of Psychology REL 111 Introduction to Theology SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SPC 111 Public Speaking SPC 480 Public Relations/PromotionalCommunication SWK 260 Humans Developing Saturday Morning (8:OO - 12:OO) BIO 108 Microbiology * BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 391 BusinessLaw CHM 100 Chemistry for Changing Times ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 318 Management Science EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading EDE 377 K-El Science Methods (5/30-6/20) (.25) EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (4/11-5/16) (.5) EDU 341 Media Technology (4/11-5/16) ( 5 ) ENG 111 EEctive Writing * ENG 226 Introduction to Creative Writing ENG 438 Shakespeare HIS (To be announced) HTE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (4/11-5/16) ( 5 ) MAT 114 Elemenmy Functions * MTs 17< f ! r \ r n n ~ ~ t ~ rfor c R ~ ~ c i n ~Ernnr\m;m n c o n A MTC POL 342 PSY 105 PSY 362 REL 353 REL 483 SOC 336 SPC 352 SWK 461 SWK 467 Mass Communications Principles of Psychology Behavior Disorders Denominations and Religious Groups Christian Ethics Introduction to C u l d Anthropology Persuasion Advanced Methods (by demand) Social Worker as Professional Saturday Afternoon (1:OO BIO 231 BUS 221 BUS 252 BUS 331 BUS 425 BUS 438 BUS 450 CSC 210 ECO 112 ECO 311 ECO 360 EDE 386 EDE 388 ENG 223 ENG 345 HPE 475 MIS 370 PHI 230 POL 158 PSY 265 REL 221 REL 369 SOC 349 SPC 351 SPC 355 SPC 360 SWK 462 SWK 469 Biology of Women Principles of Accounting I Principles of Marketing Financial Management Advanced Accounting Investments Marketing Management DataStructures Principles of Macroeconomics Public Finance International Trade and Finance Children's Literature (4/11-5/30) (.5) K-El Health Methods (4/11-5/2) (.25) Writing for Business and the Professions Introduction to the English Language Prevention and Care ofAthletic Injuries (4/11-5/16) (SO) Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS Logic Political Patterns and Processes Research Methods I1 Biblical Studies Religious Imagination in Modem Literature Complex Organizations Argumentation Small Group Communication Interpretive Reading Field Work I1 (by demand) Field Work IV SundayAfternoon (1:OO ART 250 BUS 242 BUS 340 ECO 113 - 5:OO) - 5:OO) Ceramics1 Principles of Management Human Resource Management Principles of Microeconomics ECT) 31 3 Intermediate Microeconomics ENG 340 FRE 112 GER 112 HPE 482 MIS 175 MIS 476 REL 263 SOC 265 SOC 365 SPA 112 Advanced Expository Writing Beginning French I1 * Beginning German I1 Coaching Theory of Sport Computers for Business, Economics and MIS Structure SystemsAnalysis and Design World Hunger and Justice Culture: Ethniaty, Gender and Race Quantitative Methods and Program Evaluation Beginning Spanish I1 Minnetonka College Center (To be announced) Lifetime Sports HPE 002 Beginning Aerobics (meets weekly for 8 weeks) T i e to be Arranged EDE 363 EDS 352 HPE 489 NUR 311 Clinical Experience (.5) Clinical Experience (.5) Coaching Practicurn (.5) Community Health Nursing 11*** -- Student Teaching (Prereq.: Approval and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* ** EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDS EDS EDS EDS 481 481 481 482 482 482 483 483 483 484 481 482 483 484 K Student Teaching K-EL Student Teaching EL Student Teaching K Student Teaching K-EL Student Teaching EL Student Teaching K Student Teaching K-EL Student Teaching EL Student Teaching EL Student Teaching Student Teaching Student Teaching Student Teaching Student Teaching *Extm class or lab sm'onsrequired. * *Acirlitionallabfee chaged. Au(qsbur2 Col lem
Show less
- Title
- Augsburg Weekend College Catalog, 1991-1993
- Collection
- Course Catalogs
- Search Result
-
ble of Contents
.....................2
GENERAL INFORMATION ..............................
.
..................... 3
Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College ................................
3
FREQUENTLY CALLED TELEPHONE NUMBERS
Characteristics of the Educational Program .....................
Show more ble of Contents .....................2 GENERAL INFORMATION .............................. . ..................... 3 Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College ................................ 3 FREQUENTLY CALLED TELEPHONE NUMBERS Characteristics of the Educational Program ............................... 4 Student Support Services ............................................................. 5 Career Placement .................................. ...,.. .........................5 Academic Skills Center (Tutoring) ............................................. 5 Veterans of Military Service .................................................... 5 Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services ..................... 5 ACADEMIC INFORMATION .......................,................................ 6 Degrees/Majors ..................................... .A Business Administration ..................................................1 1 Communication ..................................................................... 13 Computer Science ............................................................... 15 Economics ......................................................................... . ,..16 Education .............................................................................. 16 Teaching Licensure .............................................................. 16 Coaching Endorsement ..................................................... 18 English ......................... .................................................. 18 Management Information Systems (MIS) ...............................20 Nursing .......................... ................................................ 21 Psychology ............................................................................. 22 Religion ................................................................................ 22 Social Work ................... .................................................. 23 Minors ..................................................................................... 24 Math Placement Group Requirements .................... ............24 Dean's List ............................................................................... 25 Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal .............................. 25 Attendance Policy ..................................................................... 26 Department Course Limits ..................................................... 26 Grading Procedures ................................................................ 26 Incomplete Grade .................................................................27 Withdrawal fi-om College ....................................................... 28 Graduation with Distinction .................................................. 28 Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) ................................... 29 . . .. . . . . COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ........................................................... 30 ADMISSIONS/FINANCIAL INFORMATION ............................. 70 Admissions Requirements and Procedures ................................ 70 Financial Aid ......................................................................... 71 Fees and Payment Schedule ....................................................... 73 Payment Options ...................................................................... 73 Refund Schedule ................................. ................................ 74 Tuition Refund Policy ............................................................... 74 . . .............................................. 75 CAMPUS GUIDE .................................... ...... ...............................76 ABOUT AUGSBURG COLLEGE CAMPUS LOCATION ................................................................ IBC Telephone Nzzmbers Frequently Called Telephone Numbers ................................................. Weekend College Office 330-1782 Director, Rick Thoni .....................................................330-1640 Operations, Nancy Schmiclde .........................................330-1740 Admissions, Jeanette Wittmer .........................................330-1792 Inquiry/Office Coordinator, Robin Sanderson ............... . 330-1652 Operations Assistant, Scott Ball ........................ .,.....,......330-1782 Enrollment, Deidre Middleton .................................... . 330-1777 Other Campus Numbers: Boolcstore, Christensen Center .......................... ...,.,... ...330-1122 Business Office, Science Hall: Cashier: 8:30 a.m.- 4:00 p.m. ......................................330-1028 Billing: 8:00 a.m.- 4:30 p.m. .......................................330-1790 Education Department, Library Building .................... .,. 330-1130 Financial Aid Office, Science Hall ................................... 330-1046 Counseling and Career Planning, Memorial Hall ............. 330-1162 Library .......................................................................... 330-1017 Nursing Department, Memorial Hall .............................330-1209 Registrar (transcripts, grades), Science Hall ..................... . 330-1036 Summer School ............................................................. 330-1786 General Information ...................................................... 330-1000 Weekend College Off~ceHours: Monday-Friday - 8:00 a.m. - 4:30 p.m. (evening hours by appointment) Office Hours on Class Weekends: Friday- 5:30 p.m. - 6:15 p.m., Old Main Lobby Saturday - 8:00 a.m.- 1:30 p.m., Old Main Lobby or WEC Office Sunday - 12:30 p.m.- 1:30 p.m., Old Main Lobby Weekend College Office hcation: The Weekend College Office is at 2222 Murphy Place, located on the comer of 23rd Avenue and 7 '/, Street on the Augsburg College Campus (see #11 on map on page 76 ). This bulletin is a supplement to the Augsburg College Catalog and is published for the convenience of Augsburg Weekend College students. Weekend College is a program of Augsburg College and is subject to the policies and provisions as stated in the Augsburg College Catalog. The Augsburg College Catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College and its curriculum and programs. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. I t is the res~onsibilitvof each student to know the requirements and academic policies in this publication. If you have questions about anything in the Augsburg College Catalog, consult a faculty member or Weekend College adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College Purpose Augsb~~rg Weekend College provides an educational alternative to adults who desire college experience but who worlc or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which Inen and women may earn a bachelor's degree, gain slulls for professio~laladvancement, prepare for career change, or pursue a persolla1 interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts. The Adult as a Student The Augsburg Weelce~ldCollege program is designed to meet the needs and preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the assumpill be tion that the Inen and women who enroll in Weekend College w mature, self-dsciplined and well-motivated adult learners who seek a balance of classroom experience and i~ldividualizedstudy. Each course is therefore divided into periods of co~lce~ltrated on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation. Alternate Weekends T o accommodate this format for learning, classes meet on alternate weelce~ldsfor three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon.* Each class selected by the student involves commitme~ltto one of these four class periods. Weeltend College students may talce from one to four different courses by attendng class every other weekend. Community of Learners Essential to the goals of A ~ ~ g s b uWeelce~ld rg College is participation in a com~nu~lity of adult learners. Learning can be enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community that provides opportu~ityand e~lcourageme~lt to become i~lvolvedin i~lteractio~l both in and out of the classroom. This community d l be enriched by the presence of both men and women with a variety ofwork and life experiences. T o facilitate this kind of commiulity interaction, Ailgsburg encourages Weelrend College students to make use of college facilities such as the library and Christensen Center, to talce the opportunity of having shared meals and coffee brealcs, to participate in optional lu~lchtime seminars, and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. *Laboratovy sections or additional class hours may be scheduled duY-in~the week. Characteristics of the Educational Program Educational Mission For over a century, Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on a liberal arts foundation to help students understand the past, interpret the present, and plan for the hture. As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students a unique combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional education. Our goals are to help students develop the intellectual skills and attitudes to be life-long learners, increase their competence in selected areas of professional work, and accomplish a hlgher level of personal growth. Accreditation and M i a t i o n s Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, the Minnesota Private College Council, and the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer. Paculty Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty. Members of the faculty serve as academic advisers to students who are in the premajor stage of planning as well as to students in declared major fields. Library Students and faculty use a carellly selected library of some 175,000 volumes plus audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000 volumes through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. Internships Internships on and off campus are an established part of most academic programs, helping students make career choices and develop experience in their chosen fields. Student Support Services Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to assist adults in making educational and career plans, accomplishingthe academic tasks of a college education, working on their own personal development, and participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are: Academic Planning All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access to expert academic advising services on an on-going basis to provide for efficient, effective planning. Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had college experience d have their previous work evaluated early in the admissions process. Career Planning Services Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in assessing their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in combination with sound academic advising from faculty in a chosen major field, can result in an appropriate and manageable educational and career plan for the individual involved. Academic Skills Center (Tutoring) This center exists to help students enhance their skills in the areas of writing, reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic tutors in specialized course areas are also available through the center, Counseling/Support Groups Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to work on a personal growth interest or concern or who simply want to have the experience of being in a support group of people who share some similar characteristics and/or interests. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. (Please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog for more detailed information.) American Indian Support Program Staff from this program are available to assist students in the areas of financial aid, admissions, academic and personal counseling. Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (C.L.A.S.S.) Learning disabled students have average or above average intelligence but have difficulty achieving their f d l potential. Services available to such students include: diagnostic evaluation, educational planning, learning aids and remedial instruction. If students are concerned that difficulties in school are more than just temporary problems, they can discuss their learning style with the Coordinator of Disabled Students or the learning disabilities specialists, and arrange assessment and structures assistance to increase their potential for academic success. Physically challenged students also are served through ths office. Individuahzed attention and services are provided for and/or coordinated to meet the mobility needs of students. . II ademic Information Degrees and Majors Augsburg Weekend College allows adults to begin a bachelor's degree program or to continue their education after beginning at another time or institution. It also enables adults to add a second major to an already completed college degree. The following information outlines what is involved in completing a degree or major in Augsburg Weekend College. (For more detailed information regarding graduation requirements, please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog.) Bachelor's Degree I I The bachelor's degree program in Augsburg Weekend College is essentially the same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester courses are required to graduate and may be fdfilled through combinations of transfer of previous college credit, assessment of previous learning experience, and Weekend College courses. (Augsburg semester courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.) Included in the 35 total courses must be an approved major program, 11 upper division courses, and courses selected fiom the following liberal arts spectrum (transfer courses and courses talcen in the major may also be counted for distribution requirements). I I1 I I I Stude~~ts entering (transfining)to Augsb~rgin 1991-'92 who are classified as Sophomores,Juniors,or Seniors,those entering (transferring)in 1993-'94 dassilied as Senion should follow the general educationdistribution requirements as listed below. (F~u-therexplill~ationof classi6catio11can be fbund on page 27.) One approved course from each of seven areas: 1. Art/Music 2. History/Philosophy 3. Economics/Political Science 4. English/Speech, Communication and Theater Arts (devoted to the study of literature) 5. Psychology 105/Sociology 121 (or the equivalent transfer course) 6 . Chemistry/Biology 7. Mathematics/Physics 1 A course in writing (English 111)or demonstrated proficiency I Two courses or demonstrated competence in a second language E Three courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies 1 One course in the area of Urban Concerns, Women's Studies or Minority StuQes In addition to the 35 total courses, a student must demonstrate proficiency in two lifetime sports. ALL other students will follow the Augsburg Curriculum adopted by the College faculty beginning in 1990. Freshman students (transferring less than seven Augsburg course equivalents) entering in 1991-'92 and Freshman and Sophomore students (transferring less than 15 Augsburg course eq~livalents)entering in 1992-'93 will complete the following skills and liberal arts perspectives along with their approved major program. The Augsburg Curriculum Rationale for the Augsburg Curriculum Components: The Augsburg faculty has designed a cohesive academic program incorporating general education, major courses, supporting courses and elective courses leading to the bachelor's degree. The core of the Augsburg curriculum is found in the liberal arts as expressed in the General Education component of the curriculum. Augsburg, in its Mission Statement, declares the College exists "To develop future leaders of service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community." One way which the College seeks consciously to realize this Mission is through its General Education curriculum, which Augsburg has divided under two headings: liberal arts perspectives and skills. The term "perspective" assumes that not only are we engaged in the search for truth, but that this requires the searcher to consider questions from a variety of viewpoints, each of which has something valuable to contribute to the whole. These perspectives are not strictly identified with traditional disciplines, but are understood in ways which encourage multi-disciplinary reflections on the questions at issue. They combine concerns about content with those of process and approach, directed ultimately to making the student a more effective learner and participant in society. The following requirements reflect the way in which Augsburg has chosen to view the liberal arts. Two of the four features of the Mission Statement are embodied in the General Education Perspectives: "The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith and the City." These Perspectives emphasize that the College's affiliation with the L~ttheranChurch, its insistence on the value of knowing the approach which derives from the Christian roots of the College, and its location in the city, deserve special consideration in Augsburg's educational program. The third feature - that Augsburg is a liberal arts institution -is embodied in the other General Education Perspectives. Certain dimensions of human life - of what it is to be human - form the core of the required liberal arts experience. These overall perspectives on what it is to be human can themselves be studied from the vantage points of the various academic disciplines. Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person. Hence, the Perspective on Human Identity. But the person exists in both a social community and a natural world. Hence, the importance of the Perspectives on the Social World and the Natural World. Because the way in which we understand ourselves derives largely fiom our Western heritage, students need to learn Perspective on the Western Heritage. At the same time, to focus on the West alone would be ethnocentric: we live in a global society. Hence this Perspective on Inter-Cultural Awareness. Finally, the College has a concern for values. Attention to moral values is found not only in the Perspective on the Character and Mission of the College: the Christian Faith, but throughout the other perspectives as well. Attention is paid to aesthetic values in the Perspective on Aesthetic Values. Finally, the Mission Statement emphasizes that we are concerned with academic excellence. This has a number of features, including the way we teach all the courses in General Education. Beyond this, academic excellence presupposes that students have the requisite skills to do college-level work. The General Education Requirements are couched in a context which pays attention to the skills of both incoming and graduating students. Entry-level skill requirements in a number of critical areas; including reading, writing, quantitative reasoning and critical thinking, will be assessed and help given to students who need it. Graduation-level skills are also emphasized, so that students not only maintain but develop their skills during their Augsburg experience. The proposed General Education Requirements provide a coherent way to address the Mission of Augsburg College. They are not the only way, neither do they guarantee that students who graduate fiom Augsburg possess the desired knowledge and character traits. What they do is provide a coherent description of the context in which we liberally educate students, a clear statement of expected outcomes, and an opportunity for students to see and understand the complexity ofwhat it is to be human and Christian in an urban setting. Skills Component: A. En* Level Skills.All students who are entering Augsburg classified as Freshman (fewer than seven college credit courses) are required to take inventory assessments in the skills of reading, writing, quantitative reasoning (along with Math Placement) critical thinking, and word processing. Placement in writing courses and math courses is determined by these inventories. Students with demonstrated deficiencies in critical thinking will be enrolled in a critical thinking course, students with demonstrated deficiencies in reading, quantitative reasoning, or word processing will be given advice on how to prepare for retaking the respective tests. Students are required to have taken the assessments before registering for the second trimester and to have demonstrated removal of deficiencies by the end of their first year (three trimesters) at Augsburg. All entering students; whatever their classification, who have already received college credit for a course which has been accepted as the equivalent of Effective Writing are considered to have already completed the inventory assessment in writing. Students with a transfer mathematics course accepted for college credit by Augsburg College are exempted fiom the quantitative reasoning inventory and will be given information about taking the Math Placement test based upon previous college mathematics courses. Entering Freshman or Sophomore transfer students with demonstrated word processing skulls; e.g. recent verifiable work experience, are exempt from the word processing i~lventory.Entering Freshman or Sophomore students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are exempt fiom the critical thinltiilg inventory. Entering Junior and Senior transfer students are exempt from word processing, reading, and critical thulking assessments. 13. Graduation Level Skills. Ge~leralEd~~cation includes e~lhancementof certain slds during the years in college. Skills related to writing, critical thinking, speaking, and quantitative reasoning are deliberate componellts of certain co~mes.Completion of the requisite courses with a mnhim~ungrade of 2.0 or Pis required for grad~lation.Sh~dentsare required to have two courses with writing comnpone~~ts and one course each with critical thi~ddng,spealhg and quantitative reasonu~gcomponents. These courses can simultaneo~sly satisfjr slcill requirements and graduation req~ureme~lts for the major or general education perspectives. Two comes in Lifetime Sports are also required. Liberal Arts Perspectives: The General Education Liberal Arts Perspectives have the primary goal of providing the basis for begi~lni~lg to understand what it means to be a human being at this time. The goals of the Perspectives are achieved through a variety of courses which have been approved as meeting the criteria established for each Perspective. Students will choose courses from a list of courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives. These choices are controlled by the following policies: A student will choose one course from each category. No single course can fi~lfllthe requireme~ltsin two or more categories. No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from the same department in meeting perspective requirements. No student may count more than one course from the same department in meeting the requirements of any single perspective except: 1.Up to three courses in religion may be used to meet the perspective, "The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith." 2. Up to two courses in a year-long sequence may be used to meet the perspective, "The Natural World." 3. Up to two courses of the same foreign language may be used to meet part of the perspective, "Intercultural Awareness." The followi~lgsummary of the Perspectives will suggest their general goals and breadth. A description of the Liberal Arts Perspectives appears in the more detailed Augsburg College Catalog. A. l%e Character and Mission of Aujsburj Colleg-e: The Christian Faith. This Perspective focuses on A~~gsburg as a College of the ELCA. Augsburg accepts as its basis for its educatio~lalprogram the doctrines of the Christian faith as revealed in Scripture and the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian Scriptures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own faith and values, and religious concepts outside of the Christian faith as part of becoming educated. Three courses are required to meet this Perspective. B. The Character and Mission of Augsburg Collge: The City. Students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect upon the city with its diverse populations; cultural, governmental, and economic institutions; and opportunities and challenges which this environment presents. Students should experience the community and shodd explore opportunities for service in the community. Internships, cooperative education, field placements and other approved experiences, as well as courses which focus upon the metropolitan area are used to meet this perspective. One course or approved experience is req~dred. C. WesternHevitage:This perspective is intended to help students critically examine ideas and themes (found in, for example, literature, philosophy and the arts) and events that historically have shaped Western civilization.Attention is paid to the contributions to or critiques of Western thought by women and ethnic minorities.Two comes are required to meet this perspective. D. Human Identity: This perspective is intended to help students view themselves as persons; men and women with unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiences, and behaviors. One course is required to meet this perspective. E. Aesthetics:Aesthetic creations convey hndamental insights and values, express beauty, and enhance life: This perspective focuses on aesthetic qualities ul artistic expressions by oneself and others. One course is required. F . The Social World:This perspective is intended to help students learn to identify, examine, and critique social, economic, or political systems: to understand how and why such systems develop, to see the connections among these systems, and to use this laowledge as a participant in society. Two courses are required for this perspective. G. Intercultural Awareness: This perspective is intended to complement the Western Heritage perspective by expanding students' awareness of other cultures. One course is required in which students critically reflect upon ways their own cultural biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should become better able to communicate with persons of other cultural baclcgrounds partially by being introduced to a specific culture other than European or mainstream North American cultures. In addition, students are to gain entry into another culture by leanling to speak and read a language other than their native language. For thispart of the perspective, students are required to have demonstrated proficiency in a foreign language. The foreign language requirement wdl be based upon placement: Foreign Language Placement 111 112 211 212 311 Course Requirement 111-112 112 211 212 No course required H . The Natural World:This perspective is intended to help students understand themselves in relation to the physical world. Their active role as observers, explorers, and moral agents will be emphasized. Sufficient technical training in scientific knowledge, concepts, and methods will be provided to equip students for critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues. Two courses, one of which is a laboratory course, are required. Majors Augsburg Weekend College students may select from 11 separate majors, several with a number of career concentrations. A minor also is available in several of these academic areas as well as in Sociology and Women's Studies. (See page 24 for details.) Business Administration This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial accounting, finance, marketing and international business. To provide a combination of applied skills and theoretical background, each of these majors is interdisciplinary in approach, including an average of 10 business administration courses and six courses from supporting fields such as economics, computer programming, communications, philosophy, and mathematics. Majors in Business Administration are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Core Courses All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will co~nplete the following core courses: BUS/MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS BUS 221 Pri~lciplesof Accou~~ting I BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Pri~lciplesof Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS/MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Eco~lomicsand MIS BUS 331 Financial Management BUS 391 Business Law ECO 112 Principles of Macroeco~lomics 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO Public Finance ECO 3 11 or ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics or ECO 3 15 Money and Ballking ECO 3 13 Intermediate Microeconomics Accounting Concentration Students who wish to pursue a Business Administration major with a co~lcentrationin accounting will co~npletethe following courses in addition to the core: BUS 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I BUS 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1 BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting BUS 326 Tax Accounting or BUS 423 Auditing or BUS 425 Advanced Accounting Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics Those planning a career in accounting are strongly encouraged to complete the remaining courses in the 326,423 and 425 sequence. Finance Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in finance will co~npletethe following courses in addition to the core: BUS 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice BUS 438 Investment Theory ECO 318 Management Science or ECO 415 Managerial Econo~nics MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting BUS 326 Tax Accounting BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics International Business Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in international business will complete 11 of the 12 core courses (ECO 31 1 or 312 or 315 is not required) and the following: BUS 362 International Business BUS 465 International Management BUS 466 International Marketing BUS 399 Internship or BUS 499 Independent Study ECO 360 International Trade and Finance Three semesters of a foreign language Management Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in rnanagemellt will co~npletethe followi~lgcourses in addition to the core: BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 440 Operations Management ECO 318 Management Science PSY 373 Organizational Psychology or SOC 349 Complex Organizations Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics PSY 371 Psychology of the Individual SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC SOC SPC SPC 375 265 111 354 Social Psychology Racial and Minority Group Relations Public Speaking Interpersonal Communication Marketing Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in marketing will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 352 Marketing Research and klalysis BUS 450 Marketing Management ECO 415 Managerial Economics BUS 355 Marketing Communication Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics SPC 351 Argumentatio~l SPC 352 Persuasion Business Minor BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 242 Principles of Management \BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Financial Management BUS 331 ECO 112 Principles of Macroeco~~omics 11 3 Principles of Microeconomics ECO Other configurations of the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. Cornrnunication Our quality of life, both personally and professionally, depends in large part upon the quality of our communication. The communication major at Augsburg is designed to enhance understanding of communication in a variety of contexts and to improve communicatio~lskills. All communication majors must complete a core group of eight required courses, supplemented by five electives in one of the following concentrations: public relations and advertising, marketing communication, human relations, or supervisory management. Prospective majors should meet with a departmental adviser as early as possible to design an approved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. Majors in communication are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Required Communication Core SPC 111 Public Speaking SPC 342 Mass Communication in Society Argume~ltatio~l SPC 35 1 SPC 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Commu~lication SPC 355 Small Group Communication Any two of the following: ENG 223,225,226, or 227 Communication Electives With the help of an academic adviser, students select five elective courses in one of the following concentrations:public relations and advertising, marketing communication, human relations, or supervisory management. Listed below are some of the electives recommended for each concentration: Public Relations and Advertising Students interested in the Public Relations emphasis are strongly urged to take ENG 227 (Journalism) as part of the major. BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS/MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS BUS 35 5 Marlteting Communications ENG 226 Creative Writing ENG 227 Journalism PSY 373 Organizational Psychology SOC 349 Complex Organizatio~ls SPC/ART 132 Photography SPC/ART 224 Publicatio~lDesign SPC/ART 225/230 Visual Communications I, I1 SPC 345 Organizational Communicatio~l SPC 399 Internship SPC 480 Public Relations/Promotionalal Communications Marketing Communications BUS BUS BUS BUS SPC SPC 252 352 355 450 399 480 Principles of Marlteting Marlteting Research and Analysis Marketing Communications Marlteting Management Internship Public Relations/Promotion Communications Human Relations PSY PSY SOC SOC SOC SPC SPC SPC SPC 373 485 231 265 349 329 345 399 480 Organizational Psychology Counseling Psychology Sociology of the Family Racial and Minority Group Relations Complex Organizations Intercultural Communicatio~l Orga~lizationalCommunication Internship Public Relations/Promotional Communicatio~ls Supervisory Management BUS/MIS 175 BUS 242 BUS/MIS 279 BUS 340 BUS 355 BUS 440 PSY 373 SOC 349 SPC 345 SPC 399 SPC 480 Computers in Business, Economics and MIS Principles of Management Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS Human Resource Management Marlteting Communications Operations Management Organizational Psychology Complex Organizations Organizational Communication Internship Public Relations/Promotional Communications I I I Communication Minor \SPC 111 Public Speaking 'SPC 342 Mass Communication in Society \SPC 351 Argumentation or SPC 352 Persuasion 'SPC 354 Interpersonal Commu~lication SPC 345 Orga~lizationalCommunicatio~l or '' SPC 355 Small Group Communication Any one of the following: ENG 223,225,226, or 227 Prospective minors must obtain prior approval from a communication faculty adviser. Computer Science I I At least since Socrates, scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics in developing skills of critical thinlung, understanding abstract concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Computer Science courses at Augsburg are intended to help develop these slulls. In addition, an increasing number of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. This major serves students studying/working in a wide variety of fields. Some courses may need to be taken in an evening schedule. Students should meet with a faculty adviser as soon as possible to plan their course of study. Introductory Courses CSC CSC MAT MAT 170 210 171 124 Structured Programming Data Structures Discrete Mathematics Calculus I Core Courses CSC 320 Algorithms CSC 330 Theory of Computation CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization CSC 450 Principles of Programming Language Three electives from the following, two ofwhich must be selected from courses with an asterisk: *CSC 270 Fortran *CSC/PHY 261 Electronics *CSC 340 Digital Communicatio~lsand Computer Networlts *CSC 352 Database Management and Design CSC 399 Internship *CSC 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science CSC 499 Independent Study '{ CSC 491 Computer Science Colloquium is required for all juniors and seniors. This no-credit course meets weekly. ' - Computer Science Minor Six courses including the four introductory courses and two of the core courses. Economics This major is also available in the weelte~ldschedule. However, one course (ECO 414) may need to be talten on an evening schedule. Stude~ltsare encouraged to meet with a faculty adviser as soon as possible to carefi~lly plan their program of study. BUS 221 Principles of Accou~lti~lg I BUS 222 Pri~lciplesof Accounting I1 ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 l'rinciples of Microeco~lornics Methods for Business, Eco~lornics ECO/MIS 279 Q~~antitative and MIS ECO 3 12 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 31 3 Intermediate Microeco~lomics ECO 414 Welfare Ecollo~nics MAT 114 Eleme~ltaryFunctions Three additional upper division economics courses Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the followi~~g list: ECO/MIS 175 Co~nputersfor Business, Econo~nicsand MIS MAT 124 Calculus I MAT 125 Calculus I1 MIS 370 Advanced Co~nputingfor Business, Eco~lo~nics and MIS Economics Minor ECO 112, 113, 312, 313 and one additional upper division course. Other co~lfiguratiollsmay be permitted on collsultatio~lwith the department. Education Teaching Licensure Teaching licel~sureprograms are offered for Itindergarten-Ele~nelltaryand selected Secondary fields through Weelce~ldCollege. I~ldividualized programs are worked out with an adviser in either Ele~nentaryor Seco~dary education. T o be adnlitted to the Education Department the student will have achieved an overall 2.5 G.P.A. plus a 2.5 G.P.A. in his/her major field. All professional courses with the exception of Cli~licalExperience and Student Teaching are available o n a weelte~ldschedule. In addition to IGndergarten-Ele~nentary,Augsburg Weeltend College grants secondary licenses in English-Language Arts and Social Studies. Students may also work individually on the followi~lgmajors offered in co~lju~lctio~l with day school: French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemist~yor Physics), Science (grades 5-9), Spanish, Speech, Theater Arts, and in the special areas ofArt (I<-12), Band (I<-12), and Classroom Music (5- 12), Orchestra (I<-12) and Classroo~llMusic (5- 12), Vocal and Classroom Music (I<-9),Vocal and Classroom Music (5-12), and Physical Education (I<-12). Contact an Education Department adviser for infi~r~nation in your field of study and for an application for admission to the Department of Education. Students wanting I<-6 lice~lsuremust talte EDE 375. All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department and take a PPST test before beginning professional education courses (those numbered in the 300-400 level). Any course grade below 2.0 must be retaken. Elementary Education EDE EDE E1)E EDE EDE ElIE EDE EDE EDE ElIE ElIE EL>E ElIE EDE ELIE EDE EDE ElIE EDU 350 351 363 364 375 376 377 379 380 382 386 387 388 389 481 482 483 484 264 Creating 1,carning Environments (.5 coursc) Techniques of Teaching l<eading Cli~licalExperiences (.5 course)* Interdisciplinary Studies (.25 course) Discovery in the World of IGndergarten (.5 caul-se) IC-El Social Studies (.25 course) IC-El Science (.25 course) I<-El Art (.25 course) I<-El Music (.25 coursc) IC-El Math (.5 course) Children's Literature (.5 course) Language Arts (.5 course) IC-El Health (.25 course) I<-El Physical Education (.25 course) Studc~ltTeaching** Student Teaching** Student Teaching** Student Teachillg** Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (.5 course)" El>U 341 Media Tecllnology (.5 course) E1)U 388 H~umanl<clations (.5 course) HPE 1 14 Safety Education (.5 course) HPE 115 Chc111ical Dependency (.5 course) SWIC 260 H~urna~ls 1)eveloping College Level Math Course Academic Minor or Second Major *Field Evpe~ienceSepar'ate * *Tlgc.reC ~ M Y S C .r'cqui~v ~ an extra fee Students must be admitted to the Education Department bcforc they can be considered for student teaching. Applications for st~tdentteaching must be submitted to the Education 1Icpartment by the following deadlines: Application Deadline Tkimester Student Teachin8 October 30, 1991 Winter/Spring 1992 March 30, 1992 Fall 1992 October 30, 1992 Winter/Spring 1993 March 30. 1993 Fall 1993 Secondary Education EDS 350 lteading in the Content Areas (.5 course) EDS 352 Clinical Experience ( . 5 course)* E1)S 353 Creating Learning E n v i r o n ~ ~ ~ e ~ ~ t s E1IS 477 School and Society Seminar (.5 course) EDS 48 1 Student Teaching* * EDS 482 Student Teaching** EDS 483 Student Teachi~~g** EDS 484 Student Teaching* * EDU 264 Orientation to E d u c a t i o ~in~ an Urban Setting(.5 course)* EDU 341 Media Technology (.5 course) ElIU 388 Human l<elations (.5 coursc) HPE 114 Safcty Education (.5 course) HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5 course) SWIC 260 H~unansDeveloping Special Methods in Licensure Field *Field Expe~ienceSepalpate * * n i s cozwse f*equiresapz extrafee Students must be admitted to the Education Department before they can be considered for student teaching. Applications for student teaching must be submitted to the Education Department by the following deadlines: Application Deadline Trimester Student Teaching October 30, 1991 Winter/Spring 1992 March 30,1992 Fall 1992 October 30, 1992 Winter/Spring 1993 March 30,1993 Fall 1993 Major for Secondary Teaching Licensure in Social Studies Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professio~lalrequirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Students must complete a major in one of five fields - Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology (the History major is described below) plus seven courses (ECO 112 or 113, Human Geography, HIS 222, POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336). Students consideri~lga career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. History Major: Eight courses plus one seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of these four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. Coaching Endorsement Students interested in adding a coaching endorsement must complete these courses in Physical Education: 353,475,482, and 489. Individuals must hold a valid Minnesota Teaching License to qualify for the coaching endorsement. Prerequisite: BIO 103: Human Anatomy and Physiology English Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas and images helps us understand who we are and who we can become. Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through English study we see life's complexity, experience life as some others do, and understand better the world in which we live and work. English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and the relation between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communications, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in different cultures. Major: Nine courses above 111,including 225 and 245; one upper division course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number ofwriters (336, 337,423). Majors are encouraged to consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that i~lvolves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the department. Note on Prerequisites:ENG 111 is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division course is successhl completion ENG 245 or consent of the instructor. Note: Transfer students must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg. English-LanguageArts Teaching Major: Ten courses, including those listed under the major, a course in the English language, and an internship in the teaching of writing. One course must include a component in nonWestern literature. In addition, the ACTC courses Communications Skills in the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media are required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Several of the required courses, including the internship, are not offered on weekends. Students in this program must work with advisers in the English Department and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements within the Education Department as well as requirements in the major. Students in this program who are transferring from other colleges should consult the English Department chair soon after enrolling. Minor: Five courses above 111,including ENG 245, an upper division literature course and an additional writing course. Management Information Systems (MIS) This MIS major prepares studelits to work in the growing field of information maiagement. The major co~nbinescourses and sltills from both the business and computer scieiice majors to help students learn about the identification, organization, analysis and processing of inhnnatio~iin a busincss setting. Students slio~ildmeet with their adviscr as soori as possible to plan their program. MIS Major BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS ECO ECO ECO ECO CSC CSC MAT MIS MIS MIS or CSC MIS MIS MIS 221 222 242 252 331 112 113 313 318 170 210 121 175 279 370 Principles ofAccounting I Pri~iciplcsof Accounting I1 Principles of Management Principles of Marlccting Financial Manage~ncnt l'rinciples of ~ i c r o c c o n o ~ l l i c s Principles of Microecono~iiics Intermediate Microecono~nics Manageme~itScience Structured Programming Data Structures Finite Mathematics Computers for Business, Econo~iiicsand MIS Quantitative Methods for Busi~iess,Economics and MIS Adva~icedConiputing fix 13usi1iess,EconomicsandMIS 352 375 475 476 lhtabasc Management and lksign Managenlent Information Systems in Organizations Systems Analysis and Design I~ifor~nation Systems I'rojccts Students in this major should seriously consider one or more of the following courses: 1'HI 130 Ix~gic MIS 479 Intermediate Qua~ititativcMethods for Business, Economics and MIS MAT 11 4 Elemental-\IF~mctions or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Bcha\~ioralSciences MIS Minor ~ S U S 221 CBUS 242 S ECO MIS MIS 252 113 175 370 Principles of Marltcting l'rinciplcs of Microecono~iiics Computers for Business, Eco~io~iiics and MIS Advanced Computing for R~rsincss,Economics and MIS CSC MIS /MIS 352 375 4-75 Database Management and Design Managcmcnt Information Systems in Organizations Systc~nsAnalysis and Design @ 6 l'rinciplcs of Accounting I Principles of Manage~ne~it ' Management Science OI' MIS 470 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS Nursing Augsburg Weekend College oEers registered nurses an upper division nursing major as a second step toward the completio~lof the Bachelor of Science degree.* Fully accredited by the National League for Nursing, this major is a professional program that is accessible on weekends to nurses who are unable to attend classes during the weekdays. Classes are primarily scheduled on alternate weekends, but all courses in the major may have additional class or lab hours beyond the weekend schedule. Preparation for school nurse licensure is available. Admissions Procedures Admission to the ~lursingprogram includes first being accepted into Augsburg Weekend College through the procedures described on page 70. As candidates for the nursing major, RNs must demonstrate evidence of completion of an associate degree or diploma program, current nursing practice, and Minnesota licensure. While an RN may take general education courses and prerequisite courses for the nursing major, fi~rtherprogress in the major is co~ltingentupon: 1. Satisfactory completion at a college or university of the prerequisite courses: Anatomy and Physiology, Microbiology, Inorganic Chemistry, Organic or Biochemistry, English Composition, Introductory Sociology and Introductory Psychology. 2. A cumulative grade point average of at least 2.5. 3. Successfid completion of testing to validate lower division ~lursingIu~owledge. *Graduatesof the program are eligible t o apply to the Minnesota Department of Healthfir certzfication as a public health nurse. Please see the Augsburg College Catalog for complete information about the nursing major including additional special fees for entrance and exit testing. Required Courses in the Nursing Major NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR 305 306 310 31 1 330 350 403 404 Contemporary Nursing I: Comn~unication* Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing* Community Health Nursing I* Community Health Nursing 11: Practic~un** Trends and Issues in Nursing* Introduction to Nursing Research* Contemporary Nursing 111: Families* Contemporary Nursing IV: Ixadership and Management* NUR 423 l'racticum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family** N U R 427 Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership and Management* * *Thesecourses may require extra class or lab sessions. **Thesecourses require extra time and costfor clinical work Required Supporting Courses PHI or 1aL I'SY 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care 483 353 Christian Ethics, or an approved ethics course Brain and Behavior Psychology Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of liberal education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of human behavior by studying how people cope with their environment and interact with each other. Psychologists use a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology, human development, personality and computer applications. All psychology majors MUST have an adviser in the Psychology Department. The following courses in the Psychology core will be offered when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion of their program: PSY 264,265,381, 493. This may delay an individual student's ability to complete the major in the Weekend schedule. Required courses will be available regularly in the Weekday schedule. Core Courses PSY 105 GeneralPsychology PSY 264 Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I PSY 265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I1 PSY 381 Psychology in Historical Perspective PSY 399 Internship PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues Four additional upper division courses such as PSY 351 Developmental Psychology: Child, PSY 373 Organizatio~lalPsychology or PSY 485 Counseling Psychology. Students should consult with their adviser regarding these major electives. Minor Five courses including PSY 105, with a minimum of two courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from PSY 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward the minor. Religion Augsburg College uriderstands itself as a college of the church and it is persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective from which to undertake its educational task. The biblical faith and tradition of the Christian church have influenced the Western world to a degree much greater than is sometimes recognized. The student encounters this influence in studying language, literature, history, values and political structures. The study of religion and theology is intended to malce such encounters more meaningfi~lthrough a better knowledge of biblical history and that of the Christian church, and by a larger acquaintance with theological thought. Large segrnents of the earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different from those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion also seeks to introduce students to some of these major religious traditions. Core Courses REL REL REL 111 221 356 I~ltroductionto Theology Biblical Studies History of Religions REL REL 481 495 Contemporary Theology Seminar Major Electives Three additional Religion courses approved by the department chairperson. Religion Minor Five courses approved by the department chairperson. Note: It is important for Religion majors to consult with the department chairperson during their first year at Augsburg College. Religion 111 or 22 1is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken at other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. Completion of this major may require enrollment in one or more courses offered in an evening schedule. Social Work Accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, the Bachelor of Science in Social Work degree program at Augsburg College is built on a solid liberal arts foundation, on theory-based training, and on professio~lallydirected field experiences. As important, social work education at Augsburg is built on an appreciation for the needs, concerns, and values of the individuals and groups who constitute today's multi-cultural society. The Social Work major in Augsburg Weekend College includes seven courses from the Departments of Psychology, Biology, and Sociology. Concentrations are possible in the areas of aging, chemical dependency, corrections, social ministries, and youth work. Field work is an important component of the program. Social Work Core Courses* SOC SWIZ SWK SWI< SWK SWIZ SWK SWIZ SWIZ SWIZ SWIZ SWIZ SWI( 365 257 260 361 363 364 461 462 463 465 466 467 469 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Exploring Human Services Humans Developing Social Response to Human Needs Methods and Skills of Social Work Field Work I Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Field Work I1 Community Development and Organization Social Policy: Analysis and Development Field Work I11 The Social Worker as Professional Field Work IV Required Supporting Courses * BIO PSY SOC SOC SOC SOC 101 105 121 231 265 375 HumanBiology General Psychology Principles of Sociology Sociology of the Family Racial and Minority Group Relations Social Psychology *Students interested in Social Work should begin their program with the required supporting courses. The professional sequence will be offered when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion of the program. Social Welfare Minor Six courses incl~~ding SWIC 257 or department approved alternative internship, SWIC 361,463; PSY 351 or SOC 375; SOC 265; and POI, 121 or 158 or 325, or SWIC 465. Minors In addition to minors offered in Business, Communication, Econo~nics, English, MIS, l'sychologp, lteligion and Social Welfare (listed under each respective major), Weeltend College students are able to complete minors in the followi~lgareas: American Indian Studies Minor This minor offers nine courses which encompass the range of A~nerican Indian contributio~lsto North American culture. A minimum of five courses, including an i~ltroductorycourse and one upper division course, are required. All students are encouraged to ellroll in these courses. These courses will be offered in the Weeltend College schedule on a 2-3 year cycle. I I ENG 216 American Indian L,iterature HIS 360 American Indian History Introduction to American Indian Studies INS 105 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective INS 233 INS 260 Contemporary American I~ldia~ls INS 320 A~nericanIndian Women OJB 111 Beginning Oji bwe OJB 112 Beginning Ojibwe Tribal Arts and Culture AltT 290 These courses will be added in the near future: American Indian spiritual it)^ and l'hilosopl~ical ' T h o ~ ~ g h t Indians in the Cinema Indian Law Sociology Minor Five courses including SOC 121 and two upper division courses (n~unbered 300 and above). Women's Studies Minor Five courses which must include INS 201, three electives (one of which ~ u u s be t upper division) and INS 495 or 499. A student's program IIILIS~ have the written approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator. Approved electives from other academic depart~nents: AltT 352 Women's Art History ENG 282 Topics in Literature: Women and Fiction Mathematics Placement Group Requirements MIS 175,279,479; C:SC 170,2 10; and all 100-level MAT courses l~avc Math l'lacemcnt Group rccl~~ire~nents. Since all majors in Business, Econonlics or Ma~iagemcntInfornlation Syste~nsm ~ ~take s t MIS 279, all students in thcsc areas nu st have at least MPG 111. Other specific courses such as SOC 365 and PHY 103 also have MI'G recl~~irements, Please refer to the course description for any given course to determine if there is an MPG required by thc department. Some instructors require MPGs in courses they ccach. This s h o ~ ~ bc l d noted in tlie s)lllabi for their coursc(s). The Math Placclnent Requirerncnt call be met by transfer courses, Augsburg coursework or the Math Placement Assessment. This Assessment is given at NCMJSt~ldentOrientation each trimester, or by appointment during the academic calendar year. (The Math Department may disregard math courses talren Inore than five years ago, or may choose to lapse an MPG given more than five years ago.) Dean's List The llcan's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of two fill1 courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with n o incompletes in courses offered for credit. Academic Progress, Probation and Disnlissal The College rccluires that students maintain the following cumulative grade point averages (GPA): Freshman - a student who has talren fcwer than 7 courses cu~uulativcG1'A of 1.6 or liighcr Sophomore - a studelit who has talren fcwer than 16 courses cumulative Gl'A of 1.7 or higher Junior a student who has talrcn fewer than 25 courses cu~nulativcGl'A of 1.9 or liigher Senior a student who has talten 25 or more courses cunlulati\/c Gl'A of 2.0 or liighcr. It should be noted that a ~ i i i n i ~ n uGl'A ~ n of 2.0 is requircd for graduation with certain majors rccluiring a higlicr mini~n~uii GPA. Students whose acadc~nicacllieve~iientfdls below these guidelines will either be placed 011scholastic probation at the end of the term, or will be continued on probation, or will be dis~iiisscdfro111 the College. In addition, a freshman who receives two zero grades or a sopho~norewho receives three zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, dismissal fi-0111the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the student's commitment to academic progress is the major consideration in deciding whether or not to dismiss a student. Students who have a poor acadc~nicrecord may be strongly adviscd to withdraw before the end of a term. Those on probation who voluntarily withdraw fi.0111the College, as well as those who are dismissed, IIILIS~have special permission to re-enroll. Stude~ltsnay be removed fi.om probation when the cu~nulativeGPA reaches the minimu~nlcvcls stated above. Students placed on probation as fieshmcn h r Ila\~ingcarned two zero grades may be removed from probation if tlieir classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earlied additio~ialzero grades, and if their cu~nulativeGPA reaches 1.7. Students placed on probation as sopho~noresfor having carned three zero grades Inay be removed from probation if tlleir classification changes to junior and their cumulative Gl'A reaches 1.9. The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or slle may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Cornmittce on Student Standing. Attendance Policy It is expected that students attend every class. If a student knows she/he will miss more than one class meeting, she/he should not register for the course. Some faculty/courses require 100 percent attendance for a student to earn a passing grade. Most Weekend College classes meet seven times during a trimester plus Finals Class Weekend. Some courses meet for the entire period on Finals Class Weekend. Classes marked with an asterisk (*) on the Class Schedule require additional class meetings, the dates and times ofwhich are either listed on the course syllabus or determined by the class at the first meeting. Depending on the course, these additional meetings are either required or optional. Department Course Limits Augsburg College's graduation requirements allow a maximum of 13 courses from each department except in certain approved majors (Social Work, Nursing). Business Administration, Economics and Management Information Systems are considered different departments for graduation requirement purposes. Grading Procedures Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation are also used. Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P graded courses, or rank each as a "C". Transfer students are cautioned that P graded courses do not count in the requirement that 14 traditionally graded courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements in the Augsburg College Catalog. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 is graded only on the P / N grading system and some education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional system. English 111 is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. I11 courses where this is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/ N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to the dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes made after registration. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: Achieves highest standards of excellence. 4.0 3.5 Achieves above basic course standards. 3.0 2.5 Meets basic standards for the course. 2.0 1.5 Performance below basic course standards. 1.0 0.5 Unacceptable perfbrmance (no credit for the course). 0.0 Grade of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of emergency. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the instructor of the course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request, the work required to complete the course, the plan and date for completing the work, and comments fiom the instructor; and must file the form with the Office of the Registrar. Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college, or dropping these continued courses will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a registration as 1X by the student would be necessary if done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if done after one year a new registration would be necessary. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V).The charge for auditing a course is listed under Fees and Payment Schedule in the insert. Studentswho audit a come should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed a grade of W (Withdrawn). Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P / N grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. Cla~s~cation Students are classified in August and at the end of fall and winter terms as follows: Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points. Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points. Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points. Withdrawal fiom College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a &ling grade on the official record. Cancellation of comes or withdrawal h m college must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during h a l examinationweekend unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal From College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. Graduation with Distinction I I Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude - 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA Magna cum laude - 3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA Cum laude - 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Assessment of Previous Leariing (APL) A~~gsburg College recognizes that learning can and does talte place in Inally life situations. Some o f this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the discipli~lesthat compose the academic programs o f a liberal arts college. The A1'L program (Assessment o f Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is uansferred from anotl~eraccredited institution, may be presented for exa~ni~latio~l for possible credit toward the completion o f a bachelor's degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recog~litio~l at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: ( 1 )it is relevant to coursework in a field o f study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and ( 2 )it call be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition: CLEP (College Level Examination Program) Students who achieve acceptable scorcs in CLEP exams may receive academic credit at Augsburg College. CLE1' exams are available in a variety o f general and specific subject areas. For morc information, contact Weeltend College Admissio~ls(330.1792) or the regional CLEP center at the Uni\lersity o f Minnesota (624-3323). Departmental Assessment Students who wish to receive credit for a specific academic course and do 11othave transcript evidence o f completed work may request a departme~ltal assessment o f previous learning. This will most often include an examination that covers the essential components o f the course involved. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office(330-1036). CAP (Credit Assessment Process) This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluatioll o f a learning portfolio submitted by the student. Informal meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio o f previous learning for credit assessmcnt. Students may apply for CAP after co~npleti~lg at least four courses o f academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative GPA o f at least 2.5. For Inore information, contact the Registrar's Office(330.1036). ART 102 Environmental Aesthetics Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/ Minority Studies; Art/Music ART 106/ 306 Calligraphy Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the historical development of calligraphy and the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on practice in calligraphic concepts with special attention given to foundational, italic, Gothic and unicial styles. Three original projects are required and evaluation is based on quality of work plus participation and growth factors. Upper divisio~lstudents are required to complete demonstration sheets in three historical writing styles plus an expanded project. Distribution: Art/Music ART 107 Drawing Drawing in graphite pencils, pens, and pastel pencils. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental worlc. Distribution: Art/Music ART 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and techniques in acrylic and oil. Distribution: Art/Music ART 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photography process. Need access to 35mm single lens reflex camera (materials will cost $150-175). Distribution: Art/Music Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising major Publication Design An introduction to traditional design concerns and procedures related to publication design as well as design for desktop publishing. Theory and practice of coordinating visual images and typography with content in publications. Study of design in magazines, newspapers, newsletters, books, and miscellaneous publications. Students design and produce a publication as a group project. Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising ART 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, type, symbols and pictorial images. Emphasis will be placed on the creative thought process. Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising major ART 240 Art History Survey A survey of New World art fiom prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums. Distribution: Art/Music ART 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. Distribution: Art/Music ART 352 Women's Art History A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts including the fine arts, the "traditional" arts, and the work of Native American women. Distribution: Art/Music, Urban Concerns/Minority Studies/Women's Studies. Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor (upper division) BIO 101 H u m a n Biology Basic biological concepts fiom an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem?What influences does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: Chemistry/Biology Major: Required supporting course in Social Worlc BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: Chemistry/Biology Major: Required prerequisite for BSN major/Coaching Endorsement BIO 105 Biology and Society A co~lsideratio~l of the biological basis of some of the problems facing society, such as toxic polluta~ltsin air, water and soil, genetic engineering, AIDS, genetic diseases and counseling, extinction, wilder~lessethics, global warming, cancer, hunger, dmgs, and biodiversity. Distribution: Chemistry/Biolog)~ or Urban Concerns/ Women's Studies/Minority Studies BIO 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are co~lsideredas well as applications of microbiology to the field of ~nedicineand sanitation. For student nurses, health majors or collsellt of the instructor. (Prereq: C H M 110 or consent of instructor. Does not apply to major or minor.) Distribution: Chemistry/Biology Major: Prerequisite for the BSN major BIO 185 The Biology of Aging At some time in our lives most of us will directly experience aging or be i~lfluencedby people undergoi~lgagerelated changes. This course will concentrate 011 the biological aspects of such changes. Distribution: Chemistry/Biology BIO 231 The Biology of Women The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of the structure and f~~nctioning of the female human orga~lis~u as well as to evaluate rnisco~lceptio~ls about women that have arisen in the history of biology. Distribution: Chemist~y/Biology or Urban Concerns/ Women's Studies/Minority Studies Computers for Business, Economics and MIS (See under MIS 175) BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I Introductio~lto business activities, basic concepts, and fi~~~damentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of fi~la~lcial statements. Major: ltequired for Business Administration, Eco~lornicscore and MIS rnajor BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 A co~ltilluatio~l of BUS 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations, basic concepts and fi~~ndamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-malting and behavioral considerations. (Prereq: BUS 22 1) Major: ltequired for Busi~lessAdministration, Eco~lolnicscore and MIS major BUS 242 Principles of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, p l a ~ l ~ l i and ~ l g control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Major: Required for Business Ad~ninistrationcore and MIS major, elective in Public Relations/Advertising and Supervisory Management concentrations in Communication major BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, ~narltetingchannel and pricing decisions. Major: Required in the Business Administration core and MIS major, elective in Public Relations/Advertising and Marketing Communication major Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics, and MIS (See under MIS 279) BUS 322 Accounting Theory & Practice I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, inco~neconcepts, capital stock and surplus account, current and non-current assets. (Prereq: BUS 222, ECO 113) Major: Kequired in the Accounti~lgand Finance majors (upper division) BUS 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1 A continuation of BUS 322. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves. actuarial tovics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq: BUS 322) ~ i j b rRequired : in the ~ c c o u n %major n ~ (upper division) BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting ~ c c o u i t i tools n ~ for planningand control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost system, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq; BUS 222,242,252, MIS 279 or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper diviyion) BUS 326 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq: BUS 221, 331, ECO 112, 113, or consent of instructor) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 331 Financial Management Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of h n d s within the firm. Sources and uses of long and short term hnds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq: BUS 222, ECO 113, MIS 279) Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major (upper division) BUS 340 Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worlter with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq: BUS 242) Major: Required for Business Management major, elective in S~pervisoryManagement major (upper division) BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marleting management; research methodology; marlteting research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq: BUS 252, ECO 113, MIS 279 or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Marlteting major and an elective in the Marketing Communications major (upper division) BUS 355 Marketing Communications A look at the communications aspects of marlteting by integrating advertising, public relations, sales promotion, and personal selling into a coherent pro~notionmix. Emphasis will be placed on the design and evaluation of marlteting communications programs, particularly advertising; selection of media; copy-creative effort; advertiser-agency relationship; management of the personal selling function including sales force selection, compensation, territorial design, and performance appraisal. (Prereq: BUS 252) Major: Required in the Marlteting major, elective in Marketing Communications major, Public Relations/ Advertising major, or Supervisory Management (upper division) BUS 362 International Business Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an international context. Appreciation of the perspective required for successful planning and management of any enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in international business. (Prereq: BUS 221, BUS 242 or 262, ECO 113, or two business and economics courses or consent of instructor) Major: Required in International Business major (upper division) BUS/MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business, Economics, and MIS (See under MIS 370) BUS 391 Business Law An introduction to law and a survey of different areas of law as they relate to the conduct of business. Topics covered include contracts, torts, employment discrimination, and labor law. (Prereq: BUS 221,222,252; ECO 112,113 recommended.) Major: Required for Business Administration core (upper division) BUS 423 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checlts and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq: BUS 323) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 425 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq: BUS 323) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice Advanced financial theory; a system approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case materials. (Prereq: BUS 331) Major: Required in finance major (upper division) BUS 438 Investment Theory Appraisal of the rislt/retur~l relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital marltets and portfolio management. (Prereq: all core cqurses or consent of instructor) Major: Required in Finance major (upper division) BUS 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating hnctions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq: BUS 242) Major: Required in the Business Management major and an elective in the Supervisory Management major (upper division) BUS 450 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq: BUS 352) Major: Required in the Marlteting major and an elective in the Marlteting Communications major (upper division) BUS 465 International Management A comparative study of management styles across cultures. Models will be reviewed and developed which consider the implications of culture on the effectiveness of particular styles of leadership, human resource management, and strategic management. (Prereq: BUS 242) Major: Required in the International Business major (upper division) BUS 466 International Marketing This course is devoted to those issues and practices which are unique to marlceting a product and setvice in an international setting. Topics include international environmental scanning and analysis; comparative marlceting research; strategic planning; and marketing mix issues in rnulti~lationalmarlcets. (Prereq: BUS 252) Major: Required in the International Business major (upper division) BUS/MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Bush~ess, Economics and MIS (See under MIS 479) BUS 495 Topics: Risk Management and Insurance A study of risk management. E~nphasison the f~unctionof (1) determination of exposure to rislc; ( 2 ) analysis of rislc and losses; ( 3 ) methods of combating risks; and (4) administration of rislc insurance program. How to recognize and evaluate the property liability and personnel rislcs facing a business, a non-profit organization, a government unit, or an individual or family. How to select and deal with an insurer. Public policy issues such as availability of insurance are examined to identify and evaluate the role of insurance in the financial framework of the economy. Major: Elective for Busi~lessAdministration major (upper division) CHM 100 Chemistry for Changing Times This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular boolc by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science baclcground. Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we talce a molecular look at the human condition. This course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry nor does it meet any prerequisite chemistry requirements. Distribution: Chemistry/Biology CHM 109 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry 1)esigned for s t ~ ~ d e nwho t s need a survey of the fundamentals of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's upper division program), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education, and others. Open also to other st~tdentsin the humanities and social sciences. First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction t o organic chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special applications to human physiological chemistry. Will include arranged time fo1'1aboratdry work. This course does not apply toward the major or nli~lorin chemistry. (Prereq: High school chemistry) Distribution: Chemistry/Biology Major: Kequired prerequisite for Nursing major CHM 110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Continuation of CHM 109. Organic and biological chemistry with special applications to human physiological chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work. Does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. (Prereq: CHM 109) Distribution: Chemistry/Biology Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major CSC 170 Structured Programming An iiltroduction to computers, problem-solving, algorithm development and programming using Pascal. This course provides a foundation for hrther studies in cornputer science. (Prereq: MAT 114 or MAT 122 or MIS 279 or Math Placement Group IV) Major: Required for Computer Science and MIS majors CSC 210 Data Structures Data Structures and their implementation, recursion, searching and sorting algorithms, and continued development of programming methods using Pascal. (Prereq: CSC 170. Coreq: MAT 121 or 171) Major: Required for Computer Science and MIS majors Electronics (See under PHY 26 1) CSC 270 Fortran Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq: CSC 170 or another programming language course) Major: Elective for Computer Science major CSC 320 Algorithms A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms, and tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of alaorithms. the classes P and NP. NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq: CSC 210 and MAT 124) Major: Elective for Co~nputerScience major (upper division) u CSC 330 Theory of Computation Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages, automata, computability, and computational complexity. Topics include Turins machines, Church's thesis, the halting problem, and unsolvability. (Prereq: CSC 2 10 and MAT 124) Major: Required for Computer Science major (upper division) CSC 340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq: CSC 210) Major: Elective for Computer Science major (upper division) CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization An introduction to computer architecture, processors, operating systems, instruction sets, and assembly language programming. (Prereq: CSC 210) Major: Required for Computer Science major (upper division) CSC 352 Database Management and Design Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, including the development of an elementary database system. (Prereq: CSC 210) Major: Elective for Computer Science and MIS major (upper division) CSC 399 Internship A combined effort of student, faculty, and employer to complete a specific task and learn in a worlcplace. The internship often is under the auspices of the Cooperative Education Office as well as the computer science internship supervisor. Major: Elective for Computer Science major (upper division) CSC 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems. (Prereq: CSC 345) Major: Elective for Computer Science major (upper division) CSC 450 Principles of Programming Languages Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include programming language syntax and semantics, BNF, parsing, compilers, interpreters, data structures, control structures, and the run-time environment. (Prereq: CSC 210) Major: Required for Computer Science major (upper division) CSC 491 Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets weekly to keep the mathematics and computer science community informed about contemporary developments in the field and about interesting ideas that don't arise in courses. Junior and senior majors must attend, and others are welcome. All seniors give a talk. Other sessions are presented by faculty members or outside visitors. Major: Required for Computer Science major (no credit) CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other courses. This course may be repeated when the topics vary. (Prereq: Consent of instructor) Major: Elective for Computer Science major (upper division) CSC 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and the department. ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be talten independently of ECO 113. ECO 112 and 113 may be talren in either order. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics core, and MIS major ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be talten independently of ECO 112. ECO 112 and 113 may be talten in either order. (Prereq: MPG 11.) Distribution: Economics/Political Science Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics core and MIS major Computers for Business, Economics and MIS (see under MIS 175) Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS (See under MIS 279) ECO 311 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq: ECO 112,113; strongly recommend ECO 313) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core, elective for Economics major (upper division) ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analvzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq: ECO 112) ~ a i o r : - o n of e a choice of three reauired courses in the Business Administration core, required for Economics major (upper division) ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq: ECO 113) Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics core and MIS major (upper division) ECO 315 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq: ECO 112,113) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core, elective for Eco~lo~nics major (upper division) ECO 318 Management Science Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to malte better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq: ECO 313) Major: Required for Business Management major and MIS major, one of a choice of three required courses for the Finance major, elective in Economics and Supervisory Management majors (upper division) ECO 360 International Trade and Finance A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. Developme~ltof the basis of international trade; balance of payment; exchange rate systems and commercial policy. (Prereq: ECO 112, 113 or consent of instructor) Major: Required for International Business major, elective for Eco~lomicsmajor (upper division) ECO 415 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and correspondillg practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq: ECO 313, MIS 279) Major: Required in the Marketing major and one of a choice of three required courses in the Finance major, elective for Economics major (upper division) ECO/MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS (See MIS 479) EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments: IGndergartenElementary (.5 course) The study of strategies, methods, and evaluatio~lof teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological, sociological and neuro-scientific theories. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 351 Techniques for Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniqi~esand resources in the teaching of reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading proble~ns.Field placement requirement included in this class. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: l<ecluired fi)r Elementa~yEducation major (upper division) EDE 363 Itindergarten-ElementaryClinical Experiences (.5 course) Stirdc~itsshould enroll for Clinical Experience by the second trimester of their I<-Elementary course secluence. Includes 160 hours held experience and is arranged by the instructor in the Education ~ e p a r t ~ l ~ at e i least l t two months prior to the term they intend to take Clinical. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (l'rereq: l'.l'.S.?'.) Major: Required for Elementary Educatio11major (upper division) EDE 364 Itindergarte~l-Ele~nentary Curriculum: Interdisciplinary Studies (.25 course) Examinatio~~ and preparation of ruatcrials and resources for integrating specific slcill developmcnts through various subjects at the Itindergarten and elementary levels. (l'rerecl: P.l'.S.T.) Major: I<ecluired fi)r Elementa~yEdi~cationmajor (i~pperdivision) EDE 375 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (.5 course) Stitdy and utilization of a variety oftechniclucs and resources h ~teaching Itindcrgarten. (IZcquired for all persons seelcing Itindcrgarte~llicensure ~ 1 1 0take their first education course in the Fall of 1989 or later.) (Prcreq: P.P.S.T.) Major: l<equired fix I<-6 licensurc (i~pperdivision) EDE 376 IGndergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies at the Icindergarten and elementary levels. (l'rerccl: l'.l'.S.T.) Major: l<ecluired fix Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 377 Itindergartell-Elementary Curriculum: Science (.25 course) Examination and prep'lration of ~iiaterialsand rcsoiu-ccs k)r science at the kindergarten and elementa~ylevels. (l'rcrecl: P.l'.S.T.) Major: l<equired for Elemcnta~yEducation major (upper division) EDE 379 Itindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Art (.25 course) Examination a ~ preparation d of materials and resoivces k)r art at the lcindergartcn and elementa~yle\~els.(Prereq: P.1'S.T.) Major: l<ecl~~ired fix Elementary Ectucation ~najor (upper division) EDE 380 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Music (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for music at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 382 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 386 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Children's Literature ( .5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 387 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Art (.5 course) Examinatioll and preparation of materials and resources for language arts instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 388 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Health (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for health instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 389 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Physical Education (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education instruction at the lindergarte~land el'ementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 481,482, Student Teaching K, I<-6, or 1-6** Students must apply to student teach by Oct. 30, 483,484 1991, for Winter/Spring 1992 Student Teaching; March 30, 1992, for Fall 1992 Student Teaching; Oct. 30, 1992, for Winter/Spring 1993; and March 30, 1993, for Fall 1993. A minimum of three courses (481,482,483) unless otherwise advised by the department. Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. Admission into the Education Department is required prior to student teaching placement. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq: All I<-Elementarycourseworlr satisfactorily completed or permission of Department for exception; P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) **Thesecourses involve an additional clinicalfee. EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (.5 course) The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist students in teaching reading through the content areas. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division) EDS 352 Clinical Experience (.5 course) Students should enroll for Clinical Experience by the second trimester of their secondary course sequence. Includes 70 hours of field experience. Seminars are arranged by the instructor in the Education Department. Students should pick up an Application for Placement form in the Education Department at least two months prior to the term they intend to take Clinical. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division) EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The study of strategies, methods, and evaluation of teaching and learning in the context of educational, psychological, and sociological theories. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division) EDS 364 English Methods Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Prereq: EDU 264 and EDS 353 or consent of instructor; P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Secondary Education English Language Arts major (upper division) EDS 366 Foreign Language Methods (.5 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Secondary Education Foreign Language major (upper division) EDS 375 Social Studies Methods (.5 course) Introduction to the teaching of social studies and history in secondary classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq: EDS 353, P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Secondary Education Social Studies major (upper division) EDS 477 EDS 481,482 483,484 School and Society (.5 course) The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society. Current major issues in education will be studied. Students should enroll as closely as possible to the same term as their st~tdentteaching. (Prereq.: P.P.S.T., EDU 264, EDS 353 and Methods in Subject Area) Major: Required for Secondary Ed~icatio~l major (upper division) Student Teaching** Students must apply to student teach through the Education Department by Oct. 30, 1991, for Winter/Spring 1992 Student Teaching; March 30, 1992, for Fall 1992 Student Teaching; October 30, 1992, for Winter/Spring 1993 Student Teaching; and March 30, 1993, for Fall 1993 Student Teaching. Observing a ~ i d directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. Major department nus st recommend student for student teaching. A minimum of three courses, except four courses rcquired of Art, Music, Physical Educatio~l majors. Membership in a professional organization is req~iired.(Prereq.:P.P.S.T., all Secondary Educatio~l and major coursework successf~~lly completed or permission of the Department for an exception.) Major: l<equired for Secondary Education major (upper division) * *i%ese couyses invohe a n additional clinical fee. EDU 264 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (.5 course) Study and investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession as students evaluate their interest and suitability for a career in teaching. Open to all students. Suggested as first course to be taken. Major: ltequired for Elementary and Seco~ldary Education major EDU 341 Media Technology (.5 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective aitdio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included in this course. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Elementary and Secondaql Education major (upper division) EDU 388 Human Relations (.5 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of co~nmunication techniques, and of the minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations slcills applicable to teaching and other professiollal vocations. Open to all. (Prereq: P.P.S.T. needed by education students) Major: lcequired for Elementary and Secondary Education majors (upper division) ENG 111 Effective Writing Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is givcn t o increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing and developing topics, thinlting critically, and revising for clarity and style. A writing lab is provided for those needing additional help. The minirnurn passing grade for this course is 2.0. Distribution: ltequired for graduatio~l ENG 2 0 9 Grow Old Along With Me This course will focus on what poets, dramatists, and lovel lists have to say about the aging process. Students will be expected to interview older people to discover how they feel society regards the aging. Distribution: English/Speech ENG 2 1 6 American Indian Literature A study of representative works of poetry and tiction by selected American Indian writers. Discussio~land analysis will ti)cus on ways in which the literature reflect and illu~ninate. Distribution: American Indian culture and traditions ENG 2 2 3 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing sltills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use the material from their own areas of specialization. (Prcrcq: ENG 1 11 or equivalent) Major: ltecom~nendedelective for Business Administration major, meets one writing requirement for Co~nmunication major, an elective for English major. ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing, ENG 111. Its worltshop format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and writing. (Prereq: ENG 1 11 or equivalent) Major: ltequired for English major, meets one writing requirement for Communication major. ENG 226 Introduction to Creative Writing The purpose of this course is to introduce st~~dcnts to the process of creative writing and to various genres, empllasiz ing poeny and short fiction but including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq: ENG 111 or equivalent) Major: Meets one writing requirement for Communication major, an elective for English major. ENG 227 Journalism This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will be placed on writing for the print media, but students will learn to write for radio and television as well. Students will consider how to recognize news, how to gather and verify facts, and how to write those facts into a news story or news feature. This course will cover basic copy preparations and editing practices and includes an introduction to legal and ethical questions faced by journalists. (Prereq: ENG 111 or equivalent) Major: Required for Public Relations major, meets one writing requirement for Communication major, an elective for English major ENG 245 Introduction to Literature In this course students are initiated into the formal study of narrative, drama, and poetry in order to appreciate more fully the pleasures of literature. The course aims to expand students' exposure to literature and therefore draws on works from several periods, from different cultures and races, from male and female writers. As the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature, Introduction to Literature aims in particular to develop students' critical analysis skulls in reading and writing about literature. Distribution: English/Speech Major: Required for English major ENG 250 Readings in American Literature An introduction to representative worlts by ten to twelve American authors focusing on themes that yield an understanding of the Western heritage and American world views. These themes could include the emergence of national identity, the relationship between humanlund and God, the nature of nature, definitions of American self, individuality, the place of women and of racial and ethnic minorities in the development of American thought, and the continuity of Western culture in America. Distribution: English/Speech Major: An elective for English major ENG 261 Modern Fiction Signjficant worlts of selected prose writers; chiefly European, of the Twentieth Century. Some non-Western writers will be included. Distribution: English/Speech Major: An elective for English major ENG 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major worlts of Greek and Roman literature. For example, the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These worlts will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence 011 later literature, and their enduring relevance. Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets Western tradition requirement ENG 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period A study of masterpieces of literature; chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors as Cervantes, Rablais, MoliCre, Voltaire and Ibsen. Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets Western tradition requirement ENG 282/ 482 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian Literature, Twentieth Century Poetry, Comedy, The Short Story and Women and Fiction. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of the instructor) Distribution: English/Speech Major: An elective for English major ENG 327 Advanced Journalism: Interviewing and Editing Emphasis is placed on interviewing and then on organizing and writing the interview story. The second half of the course will concentrate on editing the work of others and learning layout and design. The course will include workshop sessions during which students conduct interviews and critique the interview skills of fellow students. There will also be laboratory sessions devoted to layout and design. (Prereq.: ENG 227) Major: An elective for English and Communicatio~l majors (upper division) ENG 331 British Literature: Chaucer to the Elizabethans Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 336 British Literature: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 337 British Literature: The Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the nineteenth century; emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 350 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some works of selected American writers from colonial times to World War I. We will study established writers such as Hawthorne, Dickinson, and Twain along with some less known writers who also demonstrate the rich variety of written responses to American civilization. Attention will be given to the ways writers approach issues relating to race, class, and gender. Conception of the individual in relation to society, the nature of nature, and regional differences will also be studied. The approach will be historical as well as topical. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets American literature requirement (upper division) ENG 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary worlis. Writers are selected to represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic, and racial diversity of the men and women who have responded significantly in literary worlrs to the changing conditions of modern American life. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Distribution: English/Speech, Urban Concerns/ Women's Studies/Minority Studies Major: Meets American literature requirement (upper division) ENG 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing or English as a Second Language and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. (Upper division) ENG 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its Eighteenth Century beginnings up to the Twentieth Century. Novels studied will be selected from the worlis of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Diclcens, Bronte, Thackray, Eliot and Hardy. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the Twentieth Century as the d o ~ n i ~ l aliterary ~ l t form. (Prereq.: Eng 245 or consent of instructor) Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 438 Shakespeare Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, historics, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shalrespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 499 Independent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. FRE 111 Beginning French Aim is to develop com~nu~licatio~l sltills of understanding, spealcing, reading, and writing. Through conversations, classroo~npractice, and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. Distribution: Foreign Language FRE 112 Beginning French Co~ltinuatio~l of FRE 1 11. Distribution: Foreign Language GER 111 Beginning German For students with no previous background. Aims at developi~lgbasic sltills. Classroom practice in spealung, understa~ldi~lg and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. Distribution: Foreign Language GER 112 Beginning German Continuation of GER 1 11. Distribution: Foreign Language HIS 101 The Beginning of Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizatio~~s in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and ltome, and the middle ages of Europe into thc 13th Century. HIS 103 The Modern World A study of the main currents in Western civilizatio~lfrom the time of Napoleon to the present. Distribution: History/Pliilosophy 1 HIS 104 The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. Distribution: History/Philosophy HIS 162 20th Century South Asia This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today. It is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-Western subjects. Distribution: History/Philosophy HIS 222 U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. Distribution: History/Philosophy HIS 331 Topics in U.S. History Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332, Augsburg College Catalog). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. (Prereq: College History course) Distribution: History/Philosophy (upper division) HIS 440 Topics in World History This course will investigate topics in world history which are not included in regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. (Prereq: College History course) Distribution: History/Philosophy (upper division) HPE 114 Health and Safety Education (.5 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course. Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary majors HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course) This course is designed to help hture teachers become more aware of the substance abuse problem among school-age children and adolescents. Prevention strategies as well as recognition of abuse, student assistance programs, and treatment will be discussed. Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary majors HPE 353 Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise and Sport Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological pri~lciplesapplied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq: 1310 103) Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification (upper division) HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (.5 course) Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq: HPE 353) Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification (upper division) HPE 482 Coaching Theory of Sport The psychology of coaching, coaching theory, techniques and administrative aspects of coaching athletics. Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification (upper division) HPE 489 Coaching Practicum (.5 course) Theory and practice of sports techniques included with supervised field experience in coaching consisting of no fewer than 40 clock hours. Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification (upper division) INS 201 Introduction to Women's Studies This multi-disciplinary course will introduce students to the contributions of women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences, and the arts and how the questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen fiom women's perspectives. Students will also study the history of the women's movement, diversity of women's experiences in terms of race, sexual orientation and class, and other contemporary issues raised by feminists. Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/ Minority Studies Minor: Required in Women's Studies minor INS 231 Religion in African-American History An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience; e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Distribution: Religion or Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/Minority Studies INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary and historic origins of womei's roles and status in human society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures. This com~&isonwill include such North American models as the Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and the Middle East and rural China. Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/ Minority Studies Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor I INS 265 Women in American Culture Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations; the class will collectively assess the position of Black and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by Illdial1 women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included. Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/ Minority Studies Minor: Elective in Women's Stitdies ~ninor INS 495 Seminar Selected topics. llequired of minors who d o not elect to d o an Independent Study. T o be completed after the introductory course and electives. Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor (upper division) INS 499 Independent Study Stitdent must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq: SOC 121 or 2 1 1 and consent of instructor.) Minor: Elective in Women Studies minor (upper division) MAT 103 Basic Mathematics A self-paced course for students needing a review of arithmetic and transition to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions, decirnal numbers, ratios, percents, metric system, exponents, radicals, and evaluation of algebraic expressions. Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Aitgsburg Mathematics Placement Test. Meets weeldy. (Prereq: Placement Group I. P/N grading only. ) MAT 104 Intermediate Algebra " A self-paced course for stitdents needing to review basic algebraic slulls and concepts. Topics include operations with polynomials and rational expressions; exponents and radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and inequalities; and graphing of linear and quadratic functions. Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. Admission ol~ly by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. Meets weekly. (Prereq: Math Place~nentGroup 11. P/N grading only.) MAT 114 Elementary Functions A study of fi~nctions:algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric. For students planning to take MAT 124 or 171. Students who have completed 124 or 171 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. Meets weeltly. (Prereq: MAT 104 or Math Placement Group 111) Distribution: Math/Physics I Major: Strongly recom~nendedfor Business Administration major prior t o talting MIS 279 MAT 121 Finite Mathematics Topics in finite ~nathematics(combinatorics, probability, ~natrices,linear programmi~lgand graph theory) of primary interest to students in the social and behavioral sciences, business and information science. Stude~ltswho have co~npletedMAT 171 may not register for credit. (l'rereq: MAT 104 or MI'G 111) Major: lkquired in MIS major MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calc~~lus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. St~tde~lts who have co~npletedMAT 124 may not register for credit. Meets weelrly. (l'rereq: MAT 104 or Placement Group 111) Distribution: Math/Physics MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1 Differe~ltialand integral calculus, including calculus of several variables and series, with applicatio~lsprimarily from the physical scie~ices,integrated with topics from plane and solid analytic geometry. Primarily fix students in mathematics or the sciences. (l'rereq: MAT 114 or Placement Group IV for 124; MAT 124 for 125.) MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts An examination of the interaction between the develop~ n e n of t ~nathematicsand that of civilization. l'riniarily for students not intending filrther mathematics. (Prerecl: MAT 104 or Placement G r o ~ ~111) p Distribution: Math/l'hysics MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics Topics in discrete ~nathematicssuch as sets and logic, combinatorics, probability, relations and fiunctio~ls, vectors and matrices, boolean algebra, and graph theory of primary interest to students in Computer Science and Mathematics. Students who have comvleted MAT 121 map register for credit only with consent of the instructor. (Prerecl: MAT 114, 121 or Placement G r o ~ ~IV) p Major: 1Lequired for Computer Science major MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS An i~ltroductionto microcomputer-based i~~fi)r~nation systems. St~ldyfeatures of hardw'lre, operating systems, languages and current applications. Learn to use MSIIOS, Lotus 123 (graphic, database and logical fiullctions) and dBASE (index, c1ue1-y and vie^/). May study other applications (Microsoft Worlts, Word Perfect, and Minitab). T o test o ~oft MIS 175, pass either a comprehensive exam or MIS 370. (l'rcrecl: Math Placement Gro~~ 11por Pass in MAT 103) Major: Iceq~~ired in Business Administration and Economics core, MIS major, elective in Supervisory Management major. MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation. Emphasis is placed on their use in applied problems in Business and Economics. Minitab may be required. (Prereq: MIS 175 and either Math Placement Group I11 or Pass in MAT 104) Major: Required in the Business Administration and Economics core, MIS major, elective in Supervisory Management and Public Relations majors MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS An investigation of programmable systems. Examine basic algorithms and associated flowcharts and psuedocode. Apply these concepts by programming some of these software: BASIC, DOS, Lotus, dBASE, Minitab, and Word Perfect. (Prereq: Math Placement Group I11 or Pass in MAT 104; MIS 175 or CSC 170 or with extensive lcnowledge of Lotus and DOS which has been verified by instructor. Major: One of two choices in MIS major (upper division) MIS 375 Management Information Systems in Organizations Use of a systems approach in analyziilg the role of information systems in organizations. Review the features of computers (hardware and software) and various types of information systems. May involve several case studies: review the business needs, summarize the relevant finding (hardware, software, systems, etc.), identify the options and communicate the recommendations. Learn to use a CASE tool such as Excelerator for systems analysis. (Prereq: BUS 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer course such as MIS 175 or 370. Consult with the instructor about variances in prerequisites. Recommended: PHI 130 and ENG 223.) Major: Required in MIS major (upper division) MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design Identify the necessary steps of systems analysis and design. Investigate various representations for information, processes and relationships. Utilize analytical tools such as data flow diagrams and CASE tools such as Excelerator. Complete a rudimentary systems design. (Prereq: MIS 375) Major: Required in MIS major (upper division) MIS 476 Information Systems Projects Using slulls developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a complete and extensive project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq: MIS 475) Major: Required in MIS major (upper division) MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS Utilize computer systems relevant to quantitative analysis: Lotus, Minitab, SPSS or MathCad. Investigate statistical descriptions, statistical inference and analysis of variance. Investigate linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations. (Prereq: MIS 175,279 and either Math Placement Group IV or grade of 2.0 or higher in MAT 114,121,122, or 171. Recommended: MIS 370 and ECO 318) Major: Recommended in MIS major and one of a choice of three required courses in the Finance major (upper division) MUS 130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music majors. Distribution: Art/Music NOR 111 Beginning Norwegian Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language NOR 112 Beginning Norwegian Continuation of NOR 111. Distribution: Foreign Language NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication A transitional course that introduces the components of the professional role and begins the professional socialization process. A communicative process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is negotiated. Interactive, group and learning theories are explored for their applicability to changing professional roles and practice. A teaching project is required. (Prereq: or concurrent enrollment: PSY 355) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing conceptual models are studied and their application to practice is examined using the nursing process format. Clinical application of a holistic assessment is required. (Prereq: NUR 305) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuses on community health delivery systems and the practice of public health nursing. Concepts of health are examined as they apply to current community health problems and issues. Clinical application of course content includes the assessment of an elderly person and definition of a framework for the assessment of a specific community. Ethical issues related to community health decision making with aggregate groups are explored. (Prereq: NUR 330) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) NUR 311 Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum** This course provides a cli~licalexperience in the practice of public health nursing in which the st~tdentprovides direct care to culturally diverse clients and groups. The student will provide care to both disease and disability and health promotion clients. The student will analyze a specific c o ~ n ~ n u ~ lsystem i t y and the community's provision of health related services. This practicurn lnay require weekday hours. (Prereq: NUK 310) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) * * This coulaseinvolves an additional clinicalfee. NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Current economic, social, political and professio~laltrends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for ~lursingpractice. (Prereq: N U R 306, REL 483 or P H I 380, or concurrent enrollment) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and methods appropriate to ~lursi~lg are emphaized in this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice and design a research proposal. (Prereq: N U R 330, may be talcen concurrently with N U R 3 10) Major: Required for Nursing major ( ~ ~ p pdivision) er NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111: Fanlilies This course provides a theoretical basis for ~lursi~lg of c~llt~~rally diserse families throughout the life span as a social system and explores theories related to family structure and fiu~~ctioning as well as families with psychosocial problems. Consideration is given to the role of the nurse in family health care. (Prereq: N U R 31 1, N U R 350, may be talcen prior or concurrently with N U R 423) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) NUR 404 Contemporary Nursing IV:Leadership and Management This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and management as emcrging professional nurse roles. Concepts of change, conflict, cornm~u~~ication, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accou~ltabilityand advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism. (l'rereq: NUR 403) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family * * A clinical practicu~noffering the student an opportunity to apply content from NUR 403 in providing conlplex nursing care to families in selectcd practice setting. (l'rereq: N U R 403 o r concurrent enrollment) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) **Thiscourse involves an additional clinicalfie NUR 427 NUR 432 Practic~unin Nursing 11: Leadership and Management * * This clinical practicu~nutilizes knowledge and sltills f i o ~ n NUR 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected agency setting. This ~xacticummay require weeltday hours. (Prereq: NUR 404 or co~icurrcntenroll~nent) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper divisio~i) * * This course involves an additional cli~iicalfee Topics in Nursing A course dcsig~iedto provide in-depth exploration of selectcd topics in nursing. Tlie subjects studied will vary dcpe~idi~ig upon the needs and interests of tlie faculty and studcnts. (Prereq: Senior standing or consent of instruct()~-. 011 demand.) Major: Electi\le for Nursing major (upper division) NUR 499 Independent Study This learni~igexperience provides tlie opportu~iityfix tlie students to study a selected topic or issue in depth. St~tdc~lts consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration. Major: Elective for N ~ r s i ~major ig (upper division) PHI 110 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Methods 'Tliougli each person I~ashis or her own set of ideas and belieti, rarely arc tliey critically analyzed or e\~aluatedfor their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed slrills. Another is tliat they may liavc had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to Western culture. Tlie purpose of this course is to provide the student with some experience in examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical slrills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. 1)istribution: History/Pliilosopliy PHI 120 Ethics Ethics studies our ~iioralbeliefs, helping students to consider the basis which tliey use to ~nalremoral judgments. The course explores tlie ~najorphilosophical approaches to evaluation of moral actions, and then applies tlic~iito contemporary personal and social ~iioral issues. This e~iablesstudcnts to be aware of tlie nature o f value disputes, tlie different perspectives talren, and tlie reasoning used to resolve them. Tlirouglio~~t the course Christian ethics will inform our considerations. Distribution: Histor)~/l'l~ilosopl~y Major: Recommended elective in Business Ad~iiinistrationmajor PHI 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Distribution: History/Philosophy Major: Recommended elective in Business Administration and MIS major PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. Distribution: History/Philosophy Major: PHI 380 or REL 483 required for Nursing major (upper division) PHY 101 Astronomy A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies that requires elementary algebra. In addition, the course traces the development of scientific thought from early civilization to the present day. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an 8-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Night viewing and laboratory sessions are important components of this course. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11) Distribution: Math/Physics PHY 103 Conceptual Physics An int&oductoG course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of vhvsic~to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11) Distribution: Math/Physics L PHY 106 > Introductory Meteorology A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere. The cdurse is designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic principles required for understanding weather and climate. Attention will be given to the overall weather vatterns of the earth and to the manv varied aspects of weather, some of which include: clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influence of weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical phenomena of the slty. Laboratory exercises are included as an intregal part of the course. The course is designed to satisfy the distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11) Distribution: Math/Physics PHY 111 Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physicd science. Attention will b e given to the interaction of physics and its associated tech~lologywith philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussio~lof the meaning of Twentieth Century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11) Distribution: Math/Physics PHY 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half of the course. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq: PHY 103, 111or 122; and MAT 122 or 125) Major: Elective for Computer Science major POL 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. Distribution: Economics/Political Science POL 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Mass Communications in Society Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmalung, entertainment and public affairs programming. Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/ Minority Studies or Economics/Political Science Major: Required for the Communication major (upper division) Topics in American Politics: Uses of Mass Communications This course offers advanced study in mass communications. Topics include "Comparison of World Wide Media Systems," "The Role of Government Regulations and Law in Shaping American Mass Media," "The Impact of Media on American Society, Politics, and Culture." (It is desirable to have taken POL 342 Mass Communications. If not, talk with instructor before registration.) Distribution: Economics/Political Science (upper division) PSY 105 Principles of Psychology An introductio~lto the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Distribution: Psychology/Sociology Major: Required for Psychology and Social Work major, a prerequisite for advanced courses in Psychology PSY 264/ 265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I, I1 A two-term sequence includillg experimentation in human learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without co~ltinuingin Research Methods 11. Majors in psychology must take both courses in sequence in consecutive terms. (Prereq: PSY 105) Major: Required for Psychology major PSY 355 Brain and Behavior A survey of the h~lctionsof the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep and wakeh~lness,motivation and emotion, learning and memory and mental disordcrs. (Prereq: PSY 105 and o ~ l course c in biology) Major: Required prerequisite course for Nursing major (upper division) PSY 356 Environmental Psychology This course uses a cultural-ecological viewpoint to study the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space and crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings and cities. (Prereq: PSY 105) 13istribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/ Minority Studies Major: Elective for Psychology major (upper division) PSY 373 Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizatio~~s of organizational behavior. The study of the individual, group, structure, and change and development in organizations. (Prereq: PSY 105) Major: Required for Business Management major and elective for Psychology major and three Co~nmunication majors (upper division) PSY 381 Psychology in Historical Perspective Historical develop~nentof psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq: PSY 105 and one other PSY course) Major: Required for Psychology major (uppcr division) PSY 399 Internship Prior to the beginning of the trimester in which a student desires an internship, interested students should consult with the Departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register for this course. (Prereq: PSY 105 and Junior class standing) Major: Required for Psychology major (upper division) PSY 485 Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq: Three PSY courses and Junior class standing) Major: Elective for Psychology and Human Relations major (upper division) PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq: PSY 105 and four other PSY courses) Major: Required for Psychology major (upper division) REL 111 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Distribution: Religion Major: Required for Religion major REL 215 Archaeology and the Bible Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archaeology, and review of some current findings. Distribution: Religion Major: An elective for Religion major REL 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. Distribution: Religion Major: Required for Religion major REL 263 World Justice and Hunger: Developing a New World View The course will survey the most recent reports and analysis of the current holocaust of global hunger including the root causes, the inter-connectedness of other issues, the biblical mandate and the roles of justice, charity, oppression and liberation will be discussed. The purpose will be to build greater global awareness, become sensitized to ethical choices, energize us for action and responsible living, and explore pedagogical principles for social justice. Distribution: Religion Major: Elective for Religion major REL 345 The Lutheran Heritage The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th Century and its development and cultural influence during 450 years of history. The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. (Prereq: REL 111 or 221) Distribution: Religion REL 353 Denominations and Religious Groups in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and religious groups. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. Distribution: Religion Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division) REL 356 History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world; including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confbcianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. Distribution: Religion Major: Required for Religion major (upper division) REL 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. Distribution: Religion Major: Required for Religion major (upper division) REL 363 Religion in America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. Distribution: Religion Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division) REL 369 Religious Imagination in Modern Literature Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and world view. Reading and discussion of nine works (novels, poetry, etc.). Distribution: Religion Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division) REL 445 The Bible, Language and Interpretation A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding the biblical text. Distribution: Religion Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division) REL 475 Judaism A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old ~estamentperiod to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chataqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. Distribution: Religion Major: Elective in Religion major (upper division) REL 481 Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. Distribution: Religion Major: Required for Religion major (upper division) REL 483 Christian Ethics The basis of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. Distribution: Religion Major: Required for Religion major, REL 483 or PHI 380 required for Nursing major (upper division) REL 486 Psychology of Religion and Theology A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, Vikta Frankl, Ernest Beclter, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. Distribution: Religion Major: Elective in Religion major (upper division) REL 495 Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in their junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. Major: Required for Religion major (upper division) SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality, and social structure. An essential tool for discovering the world and one's place in it. Distribution: Sociology/Psychology Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major SOC 231 Family Systems: A Cross Cultural View A cross-cultural examination of the family as an institution interacting with other social institutions. Effects of position in the social structure are examined to explain diversity in families in terms of class, race, and gender. Major: Required supporting course in Social Work major and an elective in the Human 1Xelations major SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The course format will include lectures, films, readings, and an opportunity for off-campus participant observation. Members of the class call expect evaluatio~lto be based on a combination of class participation, a research project, and a final examination. The course is offered only on a P/N basis. Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/ Minority Studies Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major and elective supporting course in the Business Management major SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology The concept of culhlru ex;mlineil in m~thrrlpology,TIie way we see and livc in tlic world. An ;lnalysis of basic assu~nptionsundorlyiiig tllc idens of t'narurc," "primitive," "civilized," and "pmp~rss."Tl~cpcrstrtl's rclation to culture. An analysis of selected aspects of Western culture. (Prereq: SOC 121 or consent of instructor) Major: lcequired for Social Studies major, recom~nended elective in Business Management major (upper division) SOC 349 Complex Organizations There is little in contemporary American life that is not sornehow affected by organizations. This course sociologically exnr~iii~cs (both tllccl~.eticallyand rnrpirir3lly) ho\v org,~niz.~tions survive ns elititlcs and ~viiatl i l i is like L'nr iwoplr within r hosu organi~ations.Tlirmrgti lcchrrc, distiissio~l,gunt spuakcw, and participation w w rvill explore the topics of orgal~izatiol~al goals, technology, structure and process; as well as corporate and white collar deviance, gender issues, and orgallizatio~lalchange. (Prereq: SOC 121 or permission of instructor) Major: Recommended elective in Human Relations, Public Relations/Advertising, and Supervisory Management majors (upper division) SOC 365 Quantitative Methods and Program Evaluation Overview of commonly-used research methods in social science and their application to program evaluation. Consumer overview of organization, comparison and i~lterpretationof quantitative i~lformationas evidellced in statistical analysis. Designed for Social Work majors. Not to be taken by Sociology majors. (Prereq: Level I11 Math Place~nentTest) Major: Required in Social Work major SOC 375 Social Psychology An exa~ninationof the idea of "group," its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self' and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A loolc at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for- granted. "Symbolic interaction," an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq: SOC 121) Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major, elective supporting course for Business Management major (upper division) SPA 111 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. Distribution: Foreign Language SPA 112 Beginning Spanish Continuation of SPA 111. Distribution: Foreign Language SPC 111 Public Speaking Theory and practice of effective speaking and critical listening. Students have the opportunity to give several speeches and receive feedback about their performance from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on such topics as developing self-confidence,speech preparation and organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery, style and language, and critical thinking and listening. Major: Required for Communication major, elective supporting course in Business Management major SPC 222 Introduction to Theatre A survey of dramatic art: major historical periods, plays, artists; dramatic structure, principles, and values; basic concepts and techniques of the play production process. Distribution: English/Speech SPC 224 Publication Design (See under ART 224.) SPC 329 Intercultural Communication This course will explore both the problems and potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, and non-verbal symbols will be examined in this course. Major: Recommended supporting course in Human Relations major (upper division) SPC 342 Mass Communications in Society (See under POL 342.) SPC 345 Organizational Communication An examination of the dynamics of communication in organizatio~lalsettings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, formal and informal communication networks, management styles, power and authority, motivation of employees, organizational culture, performance appraisal, effective use of meetings, and sources of communication problems in the workplace. Designed to enhance communication skills of both managers and subordinates. Students both investigate the literature on organizational communication and attempt to apply it to their own experiences in organizations. Major: Elective for three of the Communication majors (upper division) SPC 351 Argumentation Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public speaking, discussion, and debates. IZey objectives include increasing skill in a~lalyzingargumentative claims, being able to distinguish between strong and weak arguments, understanding test for evidence and fallacies in reasoning, and learning to apply principles of argumentation to contemporary public issues. Students have the opportunity to enhance their skulls in debate and discussion and also learn to analyze and critique arguments they encounter in their daily lives. (Prereq: SPC 111 or consent of instructor) Major: Required for the Communication major (upper division) SPC 352 Persuasion Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior. The course deals with a broad range of topics, including obstacles to persuasion, cultural dimensions of persuasion; the use of logical and psychological appeals, empirical research in persuasion; how persuasion is used in politics, sales, advertising, and interpersonal contexts; the nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the mass media on persuasion; and ethical issues related to persuasion. Students analyze persuasive messages in contemporary society, with practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Prereq: SPC 111 or consent of instructor) Major: Required for Communication major, elective supporting course in Business Marketing major (upper division) SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. This course combines theory and practice to help the student understand and manage communication problems more effectively. Major: Required for Communication major, elective supporting course in Business Management major (upper division) SPC 355 Small Group Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors related to decision-making, styles of leadership and conflict management. This course combines lecture with practical experience to help the student become a more effective and productive member of a small, taskoriented group. (Prereq: SPC 354) Major: Required for Communication major, recommended for supporting course in the Business Management major (upper division) SPC 360 Interpretive Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Study, understanding and practice in reading prose, poetry and drama before small and large groups. Distribution: English/Speech (upper division) SPC 421 Uses of Mass Communications: Advanced Topics (See under POL 421 .) SPC 480 Public Relations/Promotional Communication Public Relations in the modern world of communication, marketing and business. An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of basic promotional communication in profit and non-profit organizations. Major: Elective in all Communication majors (upper division) SWK 257 Exploring Human Services With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 80 hours per term as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human service professionals, minority professionals, clients and communities, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Career exploration: open to all students. Major: Required in the Social Work major SWK 260 Humans Developing This course provides the lcnowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of the "sustaining environment" factors, and other special stresses relevant to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity is also a focus. Students will gain self-understanding through use of their own experiences. Open to all students. Major: Required in the Social Work major and Elementary/Secondary Education major SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service and diversity of professional and client groups. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq: Junior or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups with a diversity b f professionals and client groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. (Prereq: SWK 361, Junior) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: SWIZ 361, Junior, concurrent with SWK 363) Major: Required in the Social Worlc major (upper division) SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing adaptations of the problem-solving model to diverse populations through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class w o r l c ~ ~ n l a r ~ e mof e nsocial t group work skills, emphasis on development of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches with focus on diversity of professionals and ciiknt populations. Lectures and/or laboratory exercises each weelc. (Prereq: 2.0 in SWK 363 and 364, candidacy status, concurrent with SWK 462) Major: Required in the Social Worlc major (upper division) SWK 462 Field Work I1 Progressively responsible supervised professional and social work experience including worlc with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in a social service agency. Ten hours per weelc, plus one supportive/ discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: concurrent with SWK 461, candidacy status) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 463 Community Development and Organization Locality developmen&d social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1)survey of historical forms of community organization and socid change; 2) understanding the theories, basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change; 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations; and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the essential principles and tqhniques of organizing. Open to all students. (Prereq: Senior or consent of instructor) Distribution: Urban Concerns/ Women's Studies/ Minority Studies Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development Includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed firsthand through work with an elected public policy maker. Readings and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq: SWK 361, 463 and Senior or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 466 Field Work I11 Continuation of SWK 462. Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment for work in field site. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in SWK461,462,463) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 467 The Social Worker as a Professional Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, affirmative action and sexual harassment issues, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in SWK 461,462,463) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 469 Field Work IV Continuation of SWK 466. Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment for work on field sites. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in SWIC 466, concurrent with SWK 467) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) Financial Information Admissions Requirements and Procedures Who May Apply Men or women who have: 1. Graduated from high school or have earned a G.E.D. Certificate. 2. Demonstrated academic ability with satisfactory performance in high school or previous college work. Admissions Process 1. Complete the application form and return it along with the application fee to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. 2. Have official transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions sent directly to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. Applicants with less than one year of previous college work should include their high school transcripts or G.E.D. Certificates. 3. The Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Committee will review the application materials and notif) students regarding acceptance and registration procedures. The Admissions Committee may request that the student submit a personal statement or have a personal interview with a Weelzend College faculty/staff member or submit letters of recommendation to the Committee. 4. Students who are transferring previous college worlz to the Weekend College program will be informed with their acceptance notification as to the number of courses and degree requirements that remain to be completed for the bachelor's degree. 5. Students who wish to apply for financial aid should refer to that section of thls bulletin. Transfer Credits From a Two-Year Community College Students with a Junior status equivalent to 18 or greater Augsburg courses will not be granted additional transfer credit toward graduation &om courseworlz talzen at a two - year community college. Financial Aid Company Tuition Assistance Program Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer f d lor partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degreeoriented college programs. Augsburg provides a payment plan by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. Grants and Scholarships Pell Grant This is a federal aid program, based on need, that is available to students who take at least one course in Weekend College. Awards range from $250-2,300 per year. Minnesota Part-time Student Grant Program The State of Minnesota provides an aid program, based on need, for state residents who take one course at Augsburg. Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program The Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program is available to Minnesota residents, attending at least half-time per term, based on financial needs. Awards ranged from $100 to $3,867 for 1990-1991. Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships American Indian students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application, please contact Augsburg's American Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal agency. Augsburg Tuition Grant Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to Weekend College students who show academic potential and have financial need. Loan Assistance Perkins Student Loan - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5%and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $9,000, and $18,000 if graduate study is included. Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student Loan) These loan hnds, which are based on need, are obtained drectly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual interest of 8% (10%after the fourth year of repayment) on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for the first two years and $4,000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of $17,250 and $54,750 for graduate students. Applications are available at the College and some banks. SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students) -A federal loan program. Independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per year to a maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of 12%and accrues from the date borrowed; payment usually begins within 60 days after disbursement. Students must apply for financial aid. SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund) -A Minnesota State Loan Program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per year ($16,000 cumulative) as an undergraduate with a $25,000 maximum for graduate students. ($1,000 minimum.) Interest rate is variable, paid by the borrower quarterly while in school. Principal and interest begin 12 months after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and be enrolled at least half-time. To Apply for Financial Aid 1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. 2) The Financial Aid Office will send you the necessary application and financial statement form (or you may pick them up at the Financial Aid Office, 152 Science Hall, or the Weekend College Office). 3) All students transferring from any post secondary institution must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each previously attended institution even if you did not receive aid. 4) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. Tuition, Fees and Payment Schedule Below are descriptions of Augsburg College's tuition, fees and payment schedules. For the exact tuition and fees amounts, please refer to the insert covering the academic year of enrollment (or planned enrollment). Tuition Tuition is set on an annual basis payable in three equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Tuition is charged per trimester course to a maximum of four course credits per trimester. Courses with values of .5 or .25 are charged one half or one fourth of the per course tuition. Therefore a student registering for 2.5 course credits would be charged as follows: Per course tuition x 2.5 courses. Weekend College students may register for Day schedule courses on a space available basis. A student with a combination schedule (Day and Weekend) carrying 3.0 or more course credits will be charged hll time tuition for that trimester. Pees Fees are also set on an annual basis and are payable in the trimester in which they were incurred. Fees are charged according to the following: Application Fee Activity Fee Late Fee Lifetime Sports Nursing Clinical Fee Registration Change Student Teaching Fee Transcript Fee Payable once, non-rehndable Per trimester Charged per day, up to 5 working days, for late completion of registration Payable on course regis~ationor completion of Assessment of Previous Learning Payable upon course registration After first class meeting for a cancel/add/change grade option, or a combination at one time Per student teaching course, payable upon registration Per copy after the first, which is free Payment Schedule Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until a student's account is paid in fdl.This also applies to student loans administered by the College (i.e. Perkins Student Loan). They must be current according to established repayment schedules. Augsbwg offers the following payment options: 1) Trimester payments in l l l on day of registration. 2) Payment Plan - Upon application and after College approval, a 3-payment plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be approved only if previous plans have been adhered to. * 3) Company Reimbursement - F d courses, or equivalent, which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $100 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days fiom the end of the term. *A non-sufficient h n d check used for payment at registration will declare that registration invalid and could affect hrther credit extended by the College. Refund Schedule A per course tuition rehnd will be made on the following basis: (Students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office in order to be eligible for the tuition rehnd.) Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100%(less a $75 Administrative Fee if withdrawing &om current term entirely) Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60% No rehnd after the third scheduled class meeting. The rehnd schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended classes. All rehnds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines, deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash rehnd of any resulting credit balance is determined. Please d o w two weeks for a rehnd. Tuition Refund Policy If a student is forced to withdraw because of accident or illness, whether a physical or mental health problem, the rehnd may include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment. Requests for this additional rehnd must be made to the Petitions Committee and must be accompanied by a written report fiom the attending health professional stating the inability for, or inadvisability of, continued study. Students charged on a single-course fee basis who have completed payment of assessed tuition may choose between this partial tuition rehnd or a tuition-fiee course retake credit. A retake credit may be used only to repeat the same course from which the student withdrew. This choice between rehnd and tuition-fiee retake credit must be made at the time of the request to the Petitions Committee, and the choice of monetary refind or retake credit may not be changed subsequently. Students should be aware that their choice of rehnd or retake credit may adversely affect their financial aid eligibility and that they bear hll responsibilityfor the effects of their choices. Retake credits must be used within one academic year or the next time the course is offered if that is longer than one year. oat Aqgsbuvg College - History I I I I I I Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The na